World Bank Document

Public Disclosure Authorized

Republic of Uganda

Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries

Public Disclosure Authorized

Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project- (RPLRP)

Public Disclosure Authorized ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMF)

October, 2013 Public Disclosure Authorized

Table of Contents

ACRONYMS ...... VII

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... XI

Component 1: Natural Resources Management ...... xi Component 2: Market Access and Trade ...... xi COMPONENT 3: LIVELIHOODS SUPPORT ...... XII Component 4: Pastoral Risk Management ...... xii Component 5: Project Management and Institutional Support ...... xii Project financing ...... xiii THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ...... xiii ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... XXII ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ...... XXII 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 1

1.1 BACKGROUND ...... 1 1.2 PROJECT PURPOSE ...... 1 1.3 PROJECT AREAS ...... 1 1.4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 2 1.4.1 Component 1: Natural Resources Management ...... 3 (Source: PIM, RPRLP Document 2013) ...... 3 1.4.2 Component 2: Market Access and Trade ...... 3 1.4.3 Component 3: Livelihoods Support ...... 4 1.4.4 Component 4: Pastoral Risk Management ...... 5 1.4.5 Component 5: Project Management and Institutional Support ...... 5 1.4.6 Project financing ...... 5 1.4.7 Direct Project Beneficiaries ...... 6 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ...... 8

2.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF ESMF ...... 8 2.2 PREPARATION OF THE ESMF ...... 8 2.2.1 Document Review ...... 8 2.2.2 Field Visits ...... 10 2.2.3 Stakeholder Consultations ...... 10 2.2.4 PCR Data Collection ...... 10 2.2.5 Data Analysis and Report Writing ...... 11 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC DATA ...... 12

3.1 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SETTINGS FOR KARAMOJA REGION ...... 12 3.1.1 Physical Environment of Karamoja Region ...... 12 3.1.2 Biological Environment ...... 13 3.1.3 Social Environment ...... 15 3.1.4 The IK Community ...... 25 3.2 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SETTING OF TESO REGION PROJECT AREAS ...... 27

3.2.1 Amuria ...... 27 3.2.2 Bukedea District ...... 32 3.2.3 Katakwi District ...... 34 3.2.4 Kumi District ...... 38 3.2.5 Kween District ...... 42 4 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ...... 53

4.1 THE POLICY FRAMEWORK ...... 53 4.1.1 The National Environment Management Policy 1994 (NESMP) ...... 53 4.1.2 The National Cultural Policy, 2006 ...... 53 4.1.3 The National Water Policy, 1999 ...... 53 4.1.4 The National Policy for Disaster Preparedness and Management, 2010 ...... 53 4.1.5 The National Land Use Policy ...... 54 4.1.6 The National Gender Policy, 1997 ...... 54 4.1.7 The National HIV/AIDS Policy, 2004 ...... 54 4.1.8 The National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995 ...... 54 4.1.9 The Draft Uganda Rangeland and Pastoralism Policy, 2012 ...... 54 4.1.10 The Uganda Wildlife Policy, 1999 ...... 54 4.2 THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK ...... 55 4.2.1 The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995 ...... 55 4.2.2 The National Environment Act, Cap 153 ...... 55 4.2.3 Agricultural Chemicals Act Cap 29 ...... 55 4.2.4 The Land Act, Cap 227 ...... 55 4.2.5 The Water Act, Cap 152 ...... 55 4.2.6 The Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006 ...... 55 4.2.7 Historical Monument Act, 1967 ...... 56 4.2.8 The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006 (12/2006) ...... 56 4.3 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUMENTS/OBLIGATIONS FOR UGANDA ...... 56 4.3.1 International Conventions ...... 56 4.3.2 IFC EHS Guidelines for Pesticide Manufacturing, Formulation, and Packaging ...... 57 4.3.3 FAO Guidelines on Good Practice for Ground Application of Pesticides, 2001 ...... 57 4.4 WORLD BANK SAFEGUARD POLICIES ...... 58 5 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND DISCLOSURE ...... 65

5.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ...... 65 5.2 DOCUMENTATION ON THE CONSULTATIONS MEETINGS ...... 65 THE DETAILS OF THE CONSULTATION MEETINGS ARE SUMMARIZED AS FOLLOWS: ...... 65

Meeting with Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) - Department of Water for Production Official ...... 65 Meeting with Uganda Land Alliance-ULA ...... 68 Meetings with Kween District Officials ...... 69 Meetings with Nakapiripirit District Officials ...... 70 Meetings with Moroto District Officials ...... 71 Meetings with Katakwi District Officials ...... 72 Meeting with Amuria District Officials ...... 73 Meeting with Amudat District Officials ...... 74 Meetings with Bukedea District Officials ...... 75

iii

Meetings with Kumi District Officials ...... 76 Meeting with Benet Lobby Group ...... 77 Stakeholder Consultations at Community Levels ...... 78 6 PROCESS FOR SUBPROJECT PREPARATION, IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING FOR RPLRP 80

6.1 THE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS ...... 80 6.1.1 Step 1: Screening of Activities and Sites ...... 81 6.1.2 Step 2: Assigning the appropriate Environmental Categories ...... 81 6.1.3 Step 3: Carrying out Environmental and Social Assessment ...... 82 6.1.4 Step 4: Reviews and Approvals ...... 83 6.1.5 Step 5: Public Consultations and Disclosure ...... 84 6.1.6 Step 6: Environmental Monitoring ...... 85 6.1.7 Step 7: Monitoring indicators...... 85 6.2 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT TOOLS ...... 85 6.2.1 Resettlement Policy Framework ...... 85 6.2.2 Pest Management Plan ...... 86 6.2.3 Physical Cultural Resources Management Plan ...... 86 6.3 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 87 6.3.2 Mechanism under RPLRP ...... 89 7 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONS ...... 90

7.1 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ...... 90 7.2 POTENTIAL POSITIVE IMPACTS ...... 91 7.3 POTENTIAL NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 92 7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 95 7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING ...... 96 8 ESMF IMPLEMENTATION AND CAPACITY NEEDS ...... 97

8.1 OVERVIEW OF INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ...... 97 8.2 IMPLEMENTATION AND COORDINATION AT REGIONAL LEVEL ...... 97 8.3 IMPLEMENTATION AND COORDINATION MECHANISMS AT NATIONAL LEVEL ...... 98 8.3.1 National Project Coordination Unit (NPCU) ...... 98 8.3.2 National Steering Committee (NSC) ...... 99 8.3.3 Technical Coordination Meetings ...... 99 8.3.4 Key Ministries/Agencies in project implementation ...... 100 8.4 IMPLEMENTATION AND COORDINATION AT DISTRICT LEVEL ...... 101 8.4.1 District Project Advisory Committee (DPAC) ...... 101 8.4.2 District Project Coordination Unit (DPCU) ...... 102 8.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION AT COMMUNITY LEVEL ...... 102 8.6 THE ROLE OF THE CONTRACTORS ...... 102 8.7 RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF RPRLP ACTIVITIES ...... 102 8.7.1 Integration of Security Agencies into RPLRP Framework ...... 102 8.7.2 Role of NEMA in RPRLP ...... 103 8.7.3 Collaboration existing similar projects ...... 103 8.7.4 Possible Collaboration with NGO Groups in RPLRP Implementation ...... 103

8.8 CAPACITY TO IMPLEMENT ESMF ...... 103 8.9 TRAINING NEEDS ...... 104 8.10 MONITORING OF ESMF ...... 105 8.10.1 General Monitoring Arrangements ...... 105 8.10.2 Annual reviews ...... 105 8.11 COST OF ESMF IMPLEMENTATION ...... 106 8.12 DISCLOSURE ...... 106 9 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 107

9.1 CONCLUSION ...... 107 9.2 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 107 9.2.1 Land for infrastructure ...... 107 9.2.2 Community ownership of facilities ...... 108 9.2.3 Involvement of Indigenous People in RPRPL ...... 108 9.2.4 Contracting an HIV/AIDS Service Provider ...... 108 10 REFERENCES ...... 109

ANNEXES ...... 111

ANNEX 1: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING FORM ...... 111 ANNEX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHECKLIST FORM ...... 117 ANNEX 3: THIRD SCHEDULE OF THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL ACT, CAP 153 ...... 152 ANNEX 4. PROJECTS WHICH ARE LIKELY TO BE EXEMPTED FROM THE EIA PROCESS (LIST A, ANNEX 2 EIA GUIDELINES) ...... 155 ANNEX 5: DETAILED ESIA PROCESS IN UGANDA ...... 156 ANNEX 6: GENERIC TORS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (ESIA) FOR A SUBPROJECT OF RPLRP ...... 162 ANNEX 7: CHANCE FIND PROCEDURES ...... 166 ANNEX 8: PESTICIDES MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 167 ANNEX 9: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) TEMPLATE AND GENERIC MITIGATION MEASURES FOR SUB-PROJECTS ...... 181 ANNEX 10: SAMPLE CONTRACT CLAUSES FOR CIVIL WORKS ...... 187 ANNEX 11: LIST OF PERSONS CONSULTED ...... 191 ANNEX 12 ESMF QUARTER AND ANNUAL REPORTING FORM ...... 197

List of Figures

Figure 1: Map of Uganda showing RPLRP Districts ...... 2 Figure 2: A typical Karamoja landscape areas of Napak ...... 13 Figure 3: Typical Savanna scrub with Acacia trees in the background near Kanakol Valley Dam in Moroto District...... 13 Figure 4: A typical Karamojong hut inside a Manyatta set up. Note piles of wood on the left side and at the rear...... 17 Figure 5: Boys hunting for food. Note rats that have been caught are held up by one of the boys (2nd from right...... 18 Figure 6: One of the existing water sources in Rupa which protected by a ring of trees...... 23 Figure 7: A fenced valley dam in Amudat...... 23 Figure 8: “Akriketi” in a meeting / livestock productivity ritual ...... 25 Figure 9: Part of Nyero rock paintings ...... 40 Figure 10: A memorial monument for 54 people massacred at Mukura railway Substation ...... 41 Figure 11: Sections of Mukura Memorial Site (Top: a house over the mass grave; left: Mass grave; and Right: collection of artefacts from within the site) ...... 41 Figure 12: Mud and wattle in Kirik areas in Kween...... 44 Figure 13: A section of iron sheet roofed houses in Kween areas...... 44 Figure 14: Fields of wheat close to Kapchorwa-Suam road ...... 45 Figure 15: Terraced hill side with fields...... 45 Figure 16: A truck carrying goods and passengers along Kapchorwa-Suam road. Note the soils at the edges that make it rather impassable in the rainy season ...... 46 Figure 17: Donkeys along the road carrying produce from the fields ...... 46 Figure 18: Women carrying firewood on their backs in Kween villages ...... 47 Figure 19: Part of R. Siti in Kween areas flowing from Mt. Elgon areas, it serves both domestic and livestock water supply needs ...... 49 Figure 20: Some setups in one of the shrines in the RPLRP areas ...... 51 Figure 21: Consultations with MoWE Principal Water Engineer (Photo by A Mugenyi, 2013) ...... 66 Figure 22: Consultations with ULA Official ...... 68 Figure 23: Community consultations at Ochorimongin (Photo by D Mudoola 2013) ...... 79 Figure 24: Community consultative meetings in Ngenge sub county (Kween ) and Kumi. Photo by D. Mudoola 2013 ...... 79

ACRONYMS

AAHO Assistant Animal Health Officers ABEK Alternate Basic Education for Karamoja ASALs Arid and Semi-Arid Lands ASTU Anti-Theft Stock Unit CAOs Chief Administrative Officers CCU Climate Change Unit CDOs Community Development Officers CGIAR Consultative Group on International Agriculture Research CGV Chief Government Valuer CITES Convention on International Trade on Endangered Species CLF Community Liaison Forums CPP Country Programming Paper DDP District Development Plan DDPMR Department of Disaster Preparedness, Management and Refugees DEOs District Environment Officers DCDO District Community Development Officer DCU District Coordination Unit DOM Department of Meteorology DPAC District Project Advisory Committee DWD Directorate of Water Development DVO District Veterinary Officer ESMF Environmental and Social Management Framework EWS Early Warning Systems HIV/AIDS Human Immuno Virus/Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome EFP Environmental Focal Person ESIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIE Environmental Initial Evaluation EIR Environmental Impact Review ESIS Environmental Impact Statement FAO Food and Agriculture Organization FG Farmer Groups FMD Foot and Mouth Disease GoU Government of Uganda GRC Grievance Redress Committee GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism HDI Human Development Index IFC International Finance Corporation IDA International Development Association IFPRI International Food Policy Research Institute IGAD Intergovernmental Authority on Development IPM Integrated Pest Management IPPF Indigenous People Policy Framework IPP Indigenous Peoples Plan IUCN World Conservation Union LDUs Local Defence Units MAAIF Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries

vii

MAT Market Access and Trade MoLHUD Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development MoTIC Ministry of Trade Industry and Cooperatives MWE Ministry of Water and Environment NAADS National Agricultural Advisory Services NARO National Agricultural Research Organization NEA National Environment Act NEMA National Environment Management Authority NGO Non-Government Organizations NRM Natural Resource Management NSC National Steering Committee NPCU National Project Coordination Unit NUWEP Northern Uganda Women’s Empowerment Programme OPM Office of the Prime Minister PB Project Brief PDOs Project Development Objectives PID Project Information Document PIM Project Implementation Manual POP Persistent Organic Pesticides PIU Project Implementation Unit PCRs Physical Cultural Resources PMIS Project Management Information System PRM Pastoral Risk Management PNC Post Natal Care PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPR Peste des Petits Ruminants PSC Project Steering Committee PTC Primary Training Centre REACH Reproductive Education and Community Health RPLRP Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project RVF Rift Valley Fever SACCOs Savings and Credit Cooperatives SPS Sanitary and Phyto-sanitary Standards TASO The Aids Support Organization UBOS Uganda Bureau of Statistics UNDP United Nations Development Programme UNESCO United Nations Education Scientific Cultural Organization UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change UNOCHA United Nations Office for Coordination of Humanitarian Assistance UPDF Uganda Peoples Defence Forces UPE Universal Primary Education UWA Uganda Wildlife Authority VSLAs Village Savings and Loans Associations WHO World Health Organization DWRD Directorate of Water Resources Management

viii

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Cumulative Impacts/Effects: The total effects on the same aspect of the environment resulting from a number of activities or projects.

Developer/Proponent/Sponsor: the entity – person/ company/agency – proposing to develop/implement/install a new project/subproject or expand an existing project under the RPLRP Project.

Direct Impacts: An effect on the environment brought about directly by the RPLRP project activities.

Disclosure: Information availability to all stakeholders at all stages of the development of projects.

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA): A comprehensive analysis of the project and its effects (positive and negative) on the environment and a description of the mitigative actions that will be carried out in order to avoid or minimize these effects.

Environment: physical, biological and social components and processes that define our surroundings.

Environmental Monitoring: The process of examining a project on a regular basis to ensure that it is in compliance with an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) as will be approved by NEMA after ESIA study.

Involuntary Resettlement: The forceful loss of land resources that requires individuals, families and / or groups to move and resettle elsewhere.

Impact: A positive or negative effect that a project has on an aspect of the environment.

Indirect impact: A positive or negative effect that a project indirectly has on an aspect of the environment.

Lead Agency: The agency with primary responsibility for the protection of the environment. For instance, the lead agency for environment matters in Uganda is the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA).

Mitigation Measures: The actions identified in an ESIA to negate or minimize the negative environmental impact that a project may have on the environment.

Pollution: contamination altering the state of purity.

Project and Sub-Project: a set of planned activities designed to achieve specific objectives within a given area and time frame. With respect to RPLRP Project, the terminology can be confusing. The project in World Bank terms in the RPLRP project; and all proposals subject to intermediary loans are subprojects.

Project Brief An outline of the planned development giving brief background on the project in terms of in-puts, activities to be undertaken and likely impacts

Scoping: The initial stage in an environmental assessment that establishes the extent of the development and its likely environmental and social parameters that will be affected

Screening: An initial step in which, a project will be considered for environmental assessment as well as, the level and focus of the assessment as per the Third Schedule of the National Environment Act Cap 153.

Significance: Level or scale of importance.

Significant effect: An impact with a magnitude on the environment.

Stakeholder: Any person, group, institution or agency that has an interest in the project, and the environmental effects that the project may bring about.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION The Government of Uganda has received assistance from technical consortium of the development partners to finance the preparation of the proposed Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project which is going to be implemented in Kenya, Uganda and Ethiopia. In Uganda, the project preparation is under the overall responsibility of Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries. The overall Project Development Objective is to enhance livelihoods resilience of pastoral and agro-pastoral communities in drought prone areas through regional approaches.

Project Components The project focus will be on natural resource management, livelihoods support, market access and early warning systems. The project will focus on building and strengthening linkages between regional and national institutions to address the issues that affect communities in the project areas. The project will be implemented in 12 districts which are Kaabong (bordering Kenya and South Sudan), Amudat, Kween, Moroto, Nakapiripirit, (bordering Kenya) and Kotido, Abim, Napak, Katakwi, Bukedea, Kumi and Amuria which have cross border activities and trans-boundary stock routes linking pastoral communities on either side of the borders. The selected project districts are more prone to prolonged droughts, water stress for animals, land degradation due to overgrazing, high density of animals and seasonal movement of animals in search for water and pasture. The areas are also characterized by civil conflicts due to sharing of natural resources. These districts have areas with the highest proportion of households owning cattle as source of livelihood. The four components are detailed below:

Component 1: Natural Resources Management This component aims at enhancing the secure access of pastoral and agro-pastoral communities to sustainably managed natural resources. It supports three set of activities: a. development of water resources, and the project will rehabilitate 5 small dams and construct 5 new water dams in locations accessible to pastoral communities in the project districts; b. development of pasture and land, about 480 hectares of grazing land are expected to be rehabilitated; and c. securing access to natural resources in the ASALs and border countries

This component will help update and refine the mapping system of shared natural resources at a regional scale, including rangelands. These maps will inform the identification of sites to develop and rehabilitate water infrastructures and rangelands.

Component 2: Market Access and Trade As a result of civil unrest that was experienced by areas north and east of lake Kyoga between 1987 to 2006, many pastoralists and agro-pastoralists lost their animals and the livestock infrastructure such as livestock markets, laboratories, holding grounds, animal

xi health centers, quarantine stations and slaughter slabs are in a poor state or were destroyed. This component has three sub-components: a. Market Support Infrastructure and Information Systems. The project has budgeted for the construction/rehabilitation of the following infrastructures: Livestock markets (10/5); border checkpoints (6/0); holding/auction grounds (5/5); slaughter facilities (5/3). Furthermore, the project will rehabilitate two regional veterinary laboratories in Moroto and Soroti and construct three satellite laboratories in Kween, Katakwi and Bukedea; b. Marketing Support and Value Chain Development. To achieve successful market value chain in the ASALs by the project, technical studies will be undertaken to identify market products to be prompted and developed by the project; and c. Improving Livestock Mobility and Trade in Livestock Products. The expected outcome of this sub-component is that “Policies, regulatory framework and capacity for traders enhanced”. The achievement of this outcome will be measured by (a) the number of regional protocols about sanitary and phyto- sanitary standards (SPS) ratified by the three countries, and (b) the number of regulations and policies on livestock identification and traceability harmonized between the three countries.

Component 3: Livelihoods support Investments in this component will include issues related to improved livestock productivity i.e. animal health food and feed production, breed improvement) and alternative livelihoods promotion. The component will disseminate tested and approaches and/or technologies developed through research for the dry lands by agricultural research institutes in the region. Capacity building will be carried out to enable the communities’ uptake the technologies and approaches and to take advantage of the opportunities in the region that increase their resilience to climatic shocks. The component will be implemented under three key sub component namely; i) livestock production and Health, ii) food and feed production and productivity, iii) livelihood diversification

Component 4: Pastoral Risk Management The expected outcome of this component is that there is enhanced drought preparedness, prevention and management. The component addresses thematic areas related to: (i) early warning and response system; and (ii) risks and conflict management. The project will aim at ensuring that early warning information is readily available, timely disseminated, and understood. Strengthening structures of project teams, EWS in MAAIF, districts and other relevant Ministries to collect, analyze and disseminate information and build their capacity (personnel, training, equipment) will be funded under the project. Veterinary officers and community animal health workers will be trained and equipped with bicycles and motorcycles to collect meteorological data.

Component 5: Project Management and Institutional Support This component will focus on all aspects related to overall project management and institutional strengthening for drought resilience at national and regional levels. The

xii component will have two subcomponents: Project Management, Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning and National and Regional Institutional Support. Project financing The RPLRP costs are based on an IDA allocation for an estimated budget of US$ 30 million over a five years period in the proportion of one third from the National and two thirds from the Regional IDA. The Government’s contributions is expected to cover part of the operating costs, including staff related costs in RPLRP coordination and implementation, and beneficiaries contributions for the construction and operating costs of small scale infrastructures. GoU will also provide complementary funding for the salaries of all project staff at NPCU not directly hired by the project. In addition GoU will provide project office spaces at the Ministry and in the 12 Districts and will finance land acquisition for the construction of new cattle markets, check point, laboratories, water dams, holding grounds and weather information collection centers.

THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) is to provide a process and guidance to assess the potential environmental and social impacts of the Regional Pastoral Livelihood Resilience Project. This process will address generic potential impacts of proposed project activities and propose relevant mitigation measures and strategies. The Framework is therefore, intended to help ensure that the proposed project will be environmentally and socially sustainable. The ESMF has identified both potential positive and negative impacts generic to the proposed project activities and proposes relevant strategies for their mitigation.

The ESMF spells out the environmental and social safeguards policies that have been triggered by the RPLRP project, the national legal and institutional arrangements, environmental screening and assessment guidance, monitoring and reporting formats and capacity requirements for its effective operationalization which is all geared towards ensuring that, the proposed project will take an environmentally and socially sustainable path.

STUDY METHODOLGY To fulfil the objectives of this assignment, both quantitative and qualitative assessment methods were employed. The consultant collected primary data from targeted communities/beneficiaries in the 12 Districts of the project and also used secondary data obtained from existing literature. Preparation of the ESMF followed the following steps:  Collection of baseline data on the environmental and social conditions in the 12 Districts;  Identification of potential positive and negative environmental and social impacts generic to the proposed projects;  Identification of possible environmental and social impact mitigation and management measures;  Preparation of screening procedures to be used while screening subproject proposals;  Formulation of environmental and social monitoring plans.

Document Review

xiii

Review of the existing baseline information and literature material was undertaken to gain an in-depth understanding of the proposed project. A desk review of the Ugandan legal framework and policies was also conducted in order to internalize the pertinent national legislation and policy framework that should be considered during project implementation. Literature and documentation also included cataloguing and analysing customary rights and practice on water resource use and management.

Field Visits The 12 Project Districts were visited and surveyed to deliberately establish their environmental and social setup. This was done with a view of assessing the values that may be affected and to estimate the extent and severity of impact due to the proposed project activities. Field observations facilitated analysis through direct observations of the communities. The Socio-economic aspects captured during the baseline survey included the following:

 General population data and settlement patterns/ Living patterns;  Community level of wealth/ level of income/ economic activities;  Education (Schools and Vocational institutions);  Organizational levels, existence of other partners;  Presence of resource personnel; and  Gender issues and community setting.

Stakeholder Consultations Consistent with best practice in developing ESMFs, consultations must occur with relevant parties within government and with interested parties outside government. Stakeholder engagement and consultation with regard to project was conducted to enable capture of the views and thoughts of the different players. The issues raised and concerns expressed including possible mechanisms of addressing these issues and concerns are captured in the ESMF. The key stakeholders consulted included government ministries, NGOs (Land Alliance, Benet Lobby Group and Action Aid), district and local community leaders, indigenous groups (Ik), members of the traditional water management structures, village water user committees, and some sections of the communities.

Data Analysis and Report Writing

The management and analysis of the quantitative data collected proceeded simultaneously with information gathering and data collection. The household questionnaires were cleaned, coded and entered into the computer using the SSPS computer software which led to the production of cross-tabulations to establish data in form of table and figures. Qualitative data was analyzed using thematic approach where themes were developed a long the study objectives of the social impact assessment in project districts for coding primary data. Relevant verbatim recordings were obtained during the study were used in the report writing to give anecdotal evidences. The process was done manually in relation to the major areas of the social assessment from which recommendations were made.

xiv

POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

The Policy Framework The policy framework for the Environment and Social Management requirements for the RPLRP project is principally premised on the National Environment Management Policy 1994 and related policies such as the following:

 The National Environment Management Policy 1994 (NEMP);  The National Cultural Policy, 2006;  The National Water Policy, 1999;  The National Land Use Policy, 2011;  The National Gender Policy, 1997;  The National HIV/AIDS Policy, 2004;  The National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995; and  The Uganda Wildlife Policy, 1999.

The Legal Framework The laws which are relevant to the Environment and Social Management for the RPLR project included the following:

 The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995;  The National Environment Act, Cap 153;  The Public Health Act, 1964  The Land Act, Cap 227;  The Water Act, Cap 152;  The Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 200;  National Policy for Older Persons, 2009  The Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006;  Historical Monument Act, 1967;  The National Forestry and Tree Planting Act, 2003;  The National Environment (Environment Impact Assessment) Regulations;  The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006 (12/2006);and  The National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks and Lakeshores Management) Regulations (SI 153-5).

International Environmental instruments/obligations for Uganda Uganda is a signatory to several international instruments on environmental management. These are summarized below:

 The African Convention on the Conservation of Nature (1968)  The Ramsar Convention (1971) on wetlands of International Importance  The Protection of World and Cultural Heritage convention (1972)  The Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna (CITES, 1973)  Convention on Biological Diversity- (CBD 1992)  United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC, 1992)

World Bank Safeguard Policies The project triggers the following World Bank Operational Policies and measures have been outlined in the ESMF for mitigating impacts from the project. The safeguards policies triggered are:

 OP 4.01 Environment Assessment  OP 4.04 Natural Habitat  OP 4.09 Pest Management  OP 4.10 Indigenous People  OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources  OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement  OP 4.36 Forests  OP 4.37 Safety of Dams

INSTITUTIONAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS

Project activities will be implemented at the regional, national and sub-national levels under the coordination of IGAD as summarized as follows: a. At Regional level: IGAD Secretariat will coordinate the implementation of the cross- border interventions, and serve as a platform to provide technical assistance and support policy dialogue with the RPLRP implementing countries; b. The Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries: will be the lead executing agency responsible for coordinating the different technical contributions by the different key ministries under the four components of the project; c. Ministry of Water and Environment (Directorate of Water Development-DWD): will provide technical support in the natural resource management as well as technical support and supervision of designs and construction of water dams and valley dams; d. Ministry of Trade and Marketing: will be responsible for technical guidance in animal and animal product trade, market opportunities, market information, trade policies, and value chain actors as well as training of informal and former pastoral traders will done under their supervision; e. The National Project Coordination Unit (NPCU): to be established by MAAIF and will be headed by the National Project Coordinator and is to coordinate project planning, supervision, monitoring, evaluation, knowledge learning and management of the project activities; f. The National Steering Committee (NSC): NSC will amongst others, provide conceptual, strategic and political guidance to the NPCU for project design, implementation and coordination of project activities in conformity with GoU and regional policies and strategies;

xvi g. The Technical Coordination Meetings: there will be quarterly Technical Coordination Meetings, with the aim to discuss specific technical and coordination issues and address any constraints that may be identified and will be chaired by the NPCU; h. Office of the Prime Minister (Disaster Preparedness and Early Warning Unit): the project activities under Pastoral Risk Management component will be implemented in conjunction with the Unit; i. Uganda Bureau of Statistics: UBOS will support the NPCU in collecting information required for project implementation; j. Meteorological Department to collect and timely disseminate early warning, weather and climate change information to the communities and will work with Office of the Prime Minister Disaster Preparedness Unit to address issues of disaster management; k. Serere and Nabuin Research Centers (NARO): will provide technical guidance on new technologies on aspects such as draught resistant animals and crops, post harvesting, animal breeding and water harvesting technologies and also train the pastoralists in the use of the new technologies; l. The District Project Advisory Committee (DPAC); will be formed to oversee the implementation of the project. The committee will provide policy guidance and financial management of the project funds; m. The District Coordination Unit: will be established under the Production Department and is to be coordinated by Veterinary Officer as Project Coordinator; n. District project technical committee: will be responsible for planning, supervision and reporting of project activities in their respective disciplines; and o. Project Implementation at Community Level: through the existing Local Councils 1-3 will participate in the meetings, trainings and implementation of different project activities.

Overall Implementation The implementation of the ESMF will be the sole responsibility of MAAIF through its Project Implementation Unit in close collaboration with NEMA and the District Environment & Community Development Officers in the RPLRP Districts. It is proposed that Management of environmental issues will require long-term planning to ensure prevention rather than correction of adverse impacts. Depending on existing capacity gaps, qualified professionals will be contracted to carry out periodic monitoring.

xvii

POTENTIAL PROJECT IMPACTS AND THEIR MITIGATIONS

The impacts identified are typical of the proposed project interventions which are summarized as follows:

Potential Positive Impacts

 Infrastructure facilities are to be shared by different ethnic groups and this can help achieve peace building goals of increasing interaction and fostering cooperation;

 Better and hygienic environment for trade in livestock and livestock products will be established by the project which will be a large positive benefit to the communities and local governments;

 The implementation of the project will bring about employment opportunities for people in the community;

 The planned rehabilitation and construction of valley dams will provide sources of water for the pastoral communities which in the long run can bring about change of their lifestyles from pastoral to sedentary agriculture;

 The cattle markets once constructed will be sources of income for the local governments through collection of market dues;

 The cattle markets will also have good waste management facilities in their vicinity through the project such as toilets;

 The project plans to focus on supporting appropriate alternative income generating enterprises for the households. This has a very large positive impact in terms of socio-economic empowerment of the households and creating food security at household level;

 Demarcation of livestock routes will make control of diseases fairly easier as veterinary staff can then manage the movement of livestock in cases of livestock disease out-breaks;

 Training of DVOs, Community Animal Health Workers (CAHWs), kraal leaders and para veterinary staff will enhance skills for livestock health management in the communities. Therefore, the capacity building in the project will help to develop skill for modern agriculture in the districts and the communities for better delivery of services for social and economic transformation;

 The RPLRP areas will have better information on natural resources especially range lands which will help pastoralists adapt to changing and harsh climatic risks there by minimize loss of livestock;

 Some groups in the Project area are both agriculturalists and pastoralists who keep cattle, goats, and sheep. The new facilities including water points, markets, and rehabilitation of rangelands will improve upon their pastoral livelihoods and access to market in addition to recognizing their rights to natural resources

xviii

especially watering points. Some of the Iks also look after cattle of their neighboring tribes as a form of employment. However, if such new facilities are constructed in their own land, that could be a motivation for the Iks to look after their own animals;

 Distribution of drought tolerant crops will provide the project beneficiaries with drought tolerant crop varieties to overcome famine one of their major problems. The groups will also benefit from extension services to realize sustainable food production to feed their communities. This will all enhance the agricultural skills of the project beneficiary communities thereby enhancing their sustainable livelihoods;

 Famine is an issue among the IPs and construction of storage facilities is likely to ensure safe storage practices to avoid losses due to storage pests;

 Conflict management with particular focus on cross-border issues is likely to promote peaceful coexistence, and to eradicate the discrimination and animosity that has existed amongst pastoral communities in the project area;

 Construction of pest management facilities such as spray races and dips will enhance tick management strategies in the districts covered under RPLRP;

 Upgrading of existing regional veterinary laboratories will further improve delivery of veterinary services and general better management of disease in the RPLRP districts;

 The project will put in place pesticide management facilities which will safeguard environment from pollution from such agrochemicals; and

 Revitalization of strategic animal check points and holding grounds under the project will ensure measures for disease control will be enhanced there by curbing aspects of disease spread and thefts.

Negative impacts and Mitigation Measures

 Construction of valley dams can potentially disturb the landscape around the dam through site clearance, excavation, establishing areas for storage equipment and construction materials, establishing accommodation facilities and parking, access roads. Such works can have impacts on the integrity of the environmental settings around the area. This is to be mitigated through ensuring that, works are kept to the minimum and restricted to the sites designated for the valley dams and their support facilities. In addition, the contractors should stockpile the topsoil excavated for restoration and re-vegetation of the site after works which will allow for normal re-vegetation and prevent any subsequent erosion and siltation;

 Dam construction creates borrow pits which degrade the environment through extraction of fill materials for embankments. The borrow pits if poorly restored can

xix

be breeding sites for malaria and other water based vectors. The contractors should restore borrow areas as part of their contracts and the obligation should be built in the contract and the District Environment Officers should certify to ensure compliance;

 The excavation works for valley dams generates volumes of cut to spoil materials which will need to be disposed from the site. In addition, the cut to spoil materials generates loose soils that can silt the water sources. It is proposed that, the contractors will lease dumpsites for the cut to spoil materials and should be sited outside water sources. The sites be leased from landlords in the area after a negotiated payments for such sites;

 The construction and rehabilitation works for the dams involves use of plant equipment whose storage and operations can have attendant impacts on environment in terms of noise and compaction of soil thereby affecting soil percolation ability. Since RPLRP envisages rehabilitating valley small dams, it means the construction process will involve fairly light equipment which will have minimum impacts on soils. Also, the works will be of short-term nature thus reducing impacts on environment;

 In addition, dam embankments can pose safety risk to both livestock and the communities. If the banks are high, safety of cattle to access water becomes an issue as well for the communities to draw water. In some instances, children can tempted to swim in the dams and may end up drowning. Fencing the dams and reservoir may be required to prevent access to the embankment and its reservoir. This will serve to control access to deep sections. Secondly, sensitizing communities on the risks associated with the dams be done before they are operational. In all, provision be made for safe watering and collection of water by the communities;

 Construction based impacts arising from excavation works during construction markets and associated project infrastructures will generate dust and other health associated implications on the workers and neighboring communities. This is to be mitigated through provision of Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) and observing good engineering practices during construction;

 Potential loss of vegetation cover through site clearance will be mitigated through limiting excavations to areas needed for establishment of project infrastructures and subsequent site restoration after works;

 Potential relegation of traditional crop varieties in favor of projects high yielding varieties that will be developed by the project. The traditional varieties are adapted to the local environment. It is suggested that, farmers be sensitized on the need to keep along their old crop varieties as well as NARO keeping such germplasm in their seed Banks;

 Site clearance works for infrastructure such as slaughter houses/ facilities construction can lead to soil erosion, loss of vegetation and sedimentation of nearby water areas. This can be mitigated through restricting works to designated areas and planting vegetation after close of works;

 The construction of slaughter facilities will raise issues relating to construction waste management, dust and noise amongst others. The contractor will follow best construction practices as will be enshrined in the contract;

 Operation of slaughter facilities will generate a host of public health issues that can compromise the quality of meat products. It is suggested that, the Public Health Inspectors as well as Veterinary Officers at the District take charge in ensuring that, the operations of such facilities comply with the Public Health Act 1964;

 There can be instances when animals die in markets due to transportation or disease. In addition, some meat in the slaughtered in the market could be declared unsafe for human consumption. Condemned meat in and dead animals could be disposed through use of special constructed pits in the vicinity where such carcasses can be disposed and waste engine oil poured on. Where resources allow, incinerators can be constructed or possibilities of use of existing incinerators in some of the health centers should be explored;

 Accumulation and management of solid waste during operation of markets. This can be addressed through contracting out the operations and management of such markets by the area local governments;

 Markets during their operations can have issues of crime triggered by alcohol consumption etc. The area police and Local Defense Units (LDUs) will be available to maintain law and order in such areas;

 HIV/AIDS is one of the potential concerns resulting from operations and consumption of alcohol. HIV/AIDS service providers to provide condoms in strategic locations in the markets. This should be done by the project through collaboration with existing HIV/AIDS service providers;

 Livelihoods interventions at household level can fuel instances of domestic violence against women by men over resources. It is common, when women get resources especially money; men tend to grab it for their needs. This intervention ought to build in mechanisms to protect women;

 Operation of the cattle markets can bring about transmission of livestock diseases. The area Veterinary staff will issue movement permits for cattle that are to be taken to the markets and this will be done after inspection of the animals to ensure they are healthy and fit for human consumption;

 Apart from meeting a basic human need, new water points in Karamoja could have a direct impact on the spread of livestock and human diseases since most water sources are shared in the region. The Project will sensitize communities on risks of sharing water sources with livestock;

 If new water point construction does not take into account grazing patterns, it has risk of creating environmental degradation by promoting permanent

xxi

grazing patterns in which, pastoralist tend to concentrate around water sources. The project in its plan, has attempted to spread out its plan on water supply interventions to create evenness of water availability to avoid this concern;

 The plan to support alternative income generation enterprises at household levels will require careful planning and consultations to avoid gender based violence especially when husbands want to grab all the resources at the expense of the wives;

 Increased agricultural production as a form of livelihood diversification and land use may come at the expense of use of seasonal grazing areas. To ensure that RPLRP interventions are conflict sensitive, MAAIF will have to carefully monitor the impact of agricultural livelihoods development and rangeland use among groups within the communities. This will be critical to reduce the likelihood that expanding agricultural land use will further conflict among groups relying on rangelands access;

 Seed and planting materials distribution programs can have a number of social risks, including creating dependency among communities for hand-outs, and limited crop performance when seeds distributed do not fit local contexts or do not reflect farmer variety preferences. In addition, free distribution of seeds can also create high expectations among recipients that, the project will continue to provide seed year in year out. To avoid creating dependency syndrome amongst the project beneficiaries, MAAIF will have to limit free seed distributions to a specific period and the project design should include a mechanism to inform and educate recipients about planning and savings for future seed purchases.

Environmental and Social Management Plan An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for RPRLP Program is intended to ensure efficient environmental and social management of its activities. An ESMP translates recommended mitigation and monitoring measures into specific actions that will be carried out by the proponent. The ESMP will need to be adjusted to the terms and conditions specified in any project approval. It will then form the basis for impact management during project construction and operation. Furthermore, the ESMP identifies components of RPLRP, key component activities and associated impacts, when such impacts will likely occur (project phase), mitigation measures, who will be responsible to implement the measures, and costs implementing the measures.

With regard to ESMP implementation, it is noted that, most impacts are expected to arise from construction based activities and as such, the contractors ought to be supervised to ensure application of best construction methods are put in place during implementation. This implies most costs are to be part of the contractor’s works.

Environmental Monitoring Monitoring will begin during the construction phase and must continue throughout all the phases of project cycle (cradle to grave). This will include regular reviews of the impacts that can’t be adequately assessed before the beginning of the project, or which arise unexpectedly. In such cases, appropriate new actions to mitigate any

xxii adverse effects must be identified. The Developer will maintain inspection and auditing records, while ensuring that incident reporting and emergency response procedures are established and enforced.

Area of Monitoring will include: a. Levels of re-vegetation of the sites after works; b. Safety measures instituted in the valley dams; c. Issuance and usage of PPEs by the workers; d. PMP implementation measures instituted; e. HIV/AIDS measures instituted and their levels of operationalization; f. Plans for PCRs mitigations.

Preparation of Environmental Audits According to the National Environment Act Cap 135, an Audit is to be undertaken after initial 12-36 months after the start of the project. This project should also conduct such audit to assess compliance of the project with environmental provisions. Such an Audit will be used to establish the effectiveness of the mitigation measures proposed in the ESMF. Such audit will be carried out by an independent environmental consultant.

Grievance Redress Mechanism Village Peace Committees (VPCs) already exist at the village level in Karamoja Subregion and they could be used to register and mediate grievances at the village level. However, in areas where such committees don’t exist, a local grievance redress committee (LGRC) will be initiated at the village level to record grievances and also help in mediation. This committee will comprise the LC I Chairperson, a trusted village elder, a religious representative, an elected PAP representative and specific vulnerable group representatives of relevance to the village i.e. women and the disabled. Disputes will be resolved at the village level as far as possible. At the District Level, the Grievance Redress Committee will be established to deal with any grievances unsettled at the village level. The Grievance Redress Committee at the district will at a minimum comprise the LC3 representative, representatives of vulnerable groups, District Land Officer/Surveyor, District Community Development Officer and a Grievance Officer from PCU who will oversee and coordinate grievance issues at the village level including setting up of LGRCs, provision of Grievance Logbooks and related logistics, training and orientation of LGRCs and VPCs, and providing advice on grievance resolution as well as compiling records of all RPLRP grievances raised and their mediation for the whole district. The grievance mechanism for the implementation process is as follows:

(a) The LGRC/VPC will interrogate the PAP in the local language and complete a Grievance Form which will be signed by the leader of the LGRC/VPC and the PAP/complainant. This will then be lodged in the Grievance Log provided by the Grievance Officer; (b) The PAP should expect a response from the LGRC or VPC within seven days of filing the complaint. If the issue is not resolved, the LGRC/VPC will forward the complaint to the GRC at the District; (c) The GRC at the District will be given a fourteen day notice to hold a meeting. Two days after the meeting, the GRC will call the PAP and LGRC/VPC for

xxiii

discussions and resolution. The resolution will be presented to the PAP in written form within the same day of the meeting; (d) If there is no resolution to the grievance, the GRC at the district and the PAP shall then refer the matter to the District Land Tribunal. (e) Appeal to Court - The Ugandan laws allow any aggrieved person the right to access to Court of law. If the complainant still remains dissatisfied with the District Land Tribunal, the complainant has the option to pursue appropriate recourse via judicial process in Uganda. Courts of law will be a “last resort” option, in view of the above mechanism.

Key Recommendations

Land for infrastructures One of the key challenges in the project will be the availability of land for the construction of some infrastructures. In all the districts, there are areas designated as markets and some of the markets already have largely makeshift infrastructures. The market areas are under the sub-counties and have been operated without any issue of land ownership issues being raised. However, since there will be construction of permanent structures in the earmarked markets, it is important that, Local Governments acquire titles of ownership over those areas.

As for valley dams, it is reported that, originally the Ministry of Water of Environment would sink valley dams without paying any compensation for the land. During consultations, it emerged that, communities have since began demanding compensation for areas where valley dams are to be located. This is likely to be an issue during project implementation which has to be resolved by the project implementers and the communities early to avoid delaying implementation. In addition, after the eviction of the Benets from Mt. Elgon National Park by UWA, Government temporarily resettled them in the areas of Kwosir, Benet and Kigwoi without any ownership rights over the land which equally makes provision of infrastructures under the project to be a challenge for the Benet community.

Community ownership of facilities Lack of community ownership for project infrastructures can result in facilities going unused or being abandoned “white elephant syndrome”. Experience has shown that, some huge infrastructure investments which have been completed without adequate local community input at their conceptualization, face a risk of poor usage and maintenance. Available information indicates that, some previous effort to upgrade infrastructure especially in Karamoja region in terms of water supplies, health facilities and schools have faced challenges of sustainability and optimal usage since their implementation was based on a top-down approach. In view of this, RPRLP should of necessity, operationalize its community mobilization and sensitization framework on the project aspects so that, the communities are fully brought on board to own and participate in the project to build ownership and guarantee sustainability.

Involvement of Indigenous People in RPRPL The two Indigenous People groups (Ik/Teuso and Benets) in the project area present unique social characteristics which can be a challenge in the implementation of the Project. Their uniqueness is reflected in terms of their location, ways of lives, access and

xxiv levels of education. For instance, the Ik people stay remotely inside the forest, they are cultivators and gathers while the Benets are on hilly and rocky areas and do practice mixed farming. In all, access to their areas is a challenge due to poor and non- motorable roads. In such cases, delivery of services and infrastructures to these communities under the RPLRP needs serious considerations and planning. In light of these, RPLRP would include improvement of community access roads in one of its sub- components.

Institutional Framework in the implementation of RPRLP Activities

The Draft PIM for RPLRP of June 2013 has fairly elaborate institutional framework to deliver the project. However, some observations on this subject identified are:

 Integration of Security Agencies into RPLRP Framework Karamoja region has had a legacy of violent conflicts associated with decades of cattle rustling which has caused immeasurable suffering for the people. Nevertheless, evidence from the field study and existing literature indicates that, the region is experiencing relative peace because of the on-going disarmament process. In addition, a new phenomenon of protected kraals has emerged which is replacing traditional kraals. Most animals are now in centralized kraals protected by the Uganda People’s Defence Forces (UPDF), the Uganda Police under its Anti-Stock Theft Unit (ASTU) and the Local Defence Units (LDU). In addition, parts Teso and Sebei sub-regions are also vulnerable to incursions by armed Karimojongs though this is currently contained by the UPDF and police interventions. In view of this, it is important that, RPRLP integrates security agencies as part of its institutional framework for purposes of guaranteeing security during its implementation.

 Role of NEMA In addition, the oversight role of NEMA in the implementation of RPLRP and in particular, ESMF and wider environment is not fully articulated in Working Project Implementation Manual of 2013. Statutorily, NEMA plays monitoring, supervision and coordination roles in environment management in Uganda and it is central in the environmental aspects of RPLRP especially aspects of clearance and disclosure the ESMF amongst others.

 Collaboration existing similar projects Ministry of Local Government has since 2009 to date implemented Community Agriculture Infrastructure Improvement Project (CAIIP) under financing from the AfDB across districts in Uganda and in some of the RPRLP districts (Amuria, Katakwi, Bukedea and Kween). The focus of CAIIP included markets, cattle crashes and community access roads. Therefore, experiences and lessons of similar projects in the project areas could inform RPLRP.

 Collaboration with NGO Groups In some RPLRP districts, there are some NGO groups implementing project interventions with success such as Mercy Corps, World Vision and OXFARM who have successfully worked with some communities in Karamoja region on farming activities. Amongst the Benets, Action Aid and Food for the Hungry are

xxv

supporting a local NGO (Benet Lobby Group) to work on some livelihood interventions with the Benets. All these have reportedly had successful stories in their interventions and RPRLP could implement some of its activities through such groups.

Need to Contract an HIV/AIDS Service Provider GoU has adopted a Multi-Sectoral Approach in its fight against HIV/AIDs in the county. The Approach obliges all sectors of economy to integrate HIV/AIDS mitigation measures into their plans and activities. To this end, RPLRP should integrate measures to address the scourge in its activities and will require procuring services of an HIV/AIDS Service provider to undertake this task. The original strategies of using existing framework do not of late work as the assignment will be an added role i.e. more less secondary to them.

CAPACITY BUILDING NEEDS FOR ESMF IMPLEMENTATION

Effective implementation of this ESMF will require adequate capacity enhancement within the collaborating institutions and other stakeholders. In light of this, the capacity of key stakeholder institutions will be strengthened through tailor made training programmes whose focus, emphasis mode of delivery including the content will be in line with the capacity needs of such entities with a clear focus on ESMF implementation. The training will also address the implementation needs of the ESMF as well as, the technical aspects relevant to the RPLRP Project. Training on ESMF will be undertaken in three levels namely, the local communities (farmers), District staff and MAAIF technical staff as well as liaison staff in the collaborating sector ministries and institutions. It is also recognized that, the integration of crosscutting issues into the development process is an emerging concept in Uganda.

MAAIF has limited institutional capacity to implement this ESMF. The ministry currently relies on assistance from other ministries especially from MWE for technical issues on environmental issues. Building in-house capacity is the sustainable solution to that critical gap. In that regard, MAAIF has committed to recruit both an Environmental Management Specialist and a Social Development Specialist to fully address all environmental and social issues respectively including indigenous and vulnerability issues of the project. The Social Development Specialist will train and guide the CDOs and other development partners including NGOs and CBOs on all social issues including issues of IPs and vulnerable groups and they will be facilitated by MAAIF to help implement and monitor the project on ground especially in terms of mobilization. The Social Development Specialist will be the focal person for all social matters related to the RPLRP and other existing or future projects under MAAIF. The Environmental Management Specialist will guide DEOs on impact mitigations as well as environmental monitoring of the project. Both specialists will guide MAAIF or will undertake subproject screening as well as work with consulting teams which will be recruited to conduct detailed studies (ESIA, RAPs etc.). It is proposed that, the MAAIF establishes and equips an Environmental Unit within its macro-structure. In the short-term basis, services of consultants could be procured to steer compliance of ESMF in RPLRP.

xxvi

Cost of ESMF Implementation Most cost of ESMF are to be integrated as part of RPLRP budget covering aspects such as training and community mobilization, provision of transport (vehicles), computers and as well as operation costs. However, estimates of budgets for critical aspects for ESMF implementation are as below:

Item Cost in USD Recruitment of both an Environmental Management Specialist and a 150,000 Social Development Specialist including salary for 3 years paid on RPLRP budget Training and sensitization on environmental and social issues 100,000 Procurement of environmental monitoring equipment 80,000 Facilitation of DEOs and CDOs to supervise and monitor projects 150,000 especially during construction Total Cost Estimate 480,000

Disclosure This ESMF will be disclosed in compliance with relevant Ugandan regulations and the World Bank Operational Policies. It will be disclosed at the Infoshop of the World Bank and will also be available to any interested persons. MAAIF will also provide copies of the respective ESIAs for disclosure at the World Bank Infoshop for public access. A 60- day disclosure period is recommended to allow ample time for all interested and affected parties to submit their comments and concern.

Summary and Concluding Remarks

The ESMF describes the proposed RPLRP project, identifies likely social and environmental impacts and proposes management measures to mitigate them during its implementation. Preliminary assessments of the potential environmental and social impacts of the RPLRP have been elaborated and the respective measures to mitigate them outlined as well. The institutional framework for operationalization of the ESMF has been defined based on the draft PIM presented by MAAIF and specific recommendations for inclusion of some agencies that are deemed pivotal with regards to attaining meaningful inclusion of indigenous people and vulnerable groups and overall effective implementation of the project on the ground have also been made. For effective mainstreaming of the ESMF into the institutions, capacity building strategies have been proposed with the most key being training and recruitment of in-house Environmental Management and Social Development Specialists as a long-term and sustainable solution to MAAIF’s current limited capacity to effectively implement this ESMF. Based on the preliminary assessments as the specific locations of the subprojects are unknown at this point, overall, the impacts of the RPLRP will be of small scale, localized and of short-term nature which can be effectively mitigated through the mitigation measures proposed and by strictly following the requirements and guidance in this ESMF.

xxvii

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background The Government of Uganda has received assistance from technical consortium of the development partners to finance the preparation of the proposed Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project – RPLRP to be implemented in Kenya, Uganda and Ethiopia. In Uganda, the project preparation is under the overall responsibility of MAAIF. The overall Project Development Objective is to enhance livelihoods resilience of pastoral and agro-pastoral communities in drought prone areas through regional approaches.

1.2 Project Purpose The aim of the project is to mitigate the impact of droughts at the districts, national and regional levels by introducing regional interventions in complement to existing national initiatives. It will build capacities in the government of Uganda and among pastoral and agro-pastoral communities from 12 project districts. It will increase resilience of pastoral communities to address medium- and long-term climate-related vulnerabilities, like droughts, resource conflicts, and food insecurity.

1.3 Project Areas The project will be implemented in 12 districts (Figure 1) which are Kaabong (bordering Kenya and South Sudan), Amudat, Kween, Moroto, Nakapiripirit, (bordering Kenya) and Kotido, Abim, Napak, Katakwi, Bukedea, Kumi and Amuria which have cross border activities and trans-boundary stock routes linking pastoral communities on either side of the borders. The selected project districts are more prone to prolonged droughts, water stress for animals, land degradation due to overgrazing, high density of animals and seasonal movement of animals in search for water and pasture. The areas are also characterized by civil conflicts due to sharing of natural resources. These districts have areas with the highest proportion of households owning cattle as source of livelihood.

Figure 1: Map of Uganda showing RPLRP Districts

1.4 Project Description The project will have five components: (i) Natural Resource Management (NRM); (ii) Market Access and Trade (MAT); (iii) Livelihood Support (LS); (iv) Pastoral Risk Management (PRM); and (v) Project Management and Institutional Support (PMIS).

1.4.1 Component 1: Natural Resources Management This component aims at enhancing the secure access of pastoral and agro-pastoral communities to sustainably managed natural resources. It supports three set of activities: a. development of water resources, and the project will rehabilitate 5 small dams and construct 5 new water dams in locations accessible to pastoral communities in the project districts; b. development of pasture and land, about 480 hectares of grazing land are expected to be rehabilitated; and c. securing access to natural resources in the ASALs and border countries

Table 1: Water infrastructure (Total/Functional)

Water and Water Infrastructure (Total/Functional) Function- Sanitation ality of Water- Access Committee Small Valley Shallow Protected Infra- District Boreholes harvesting Function- Dams Tanks Wells Springs structures Tanks ality No. No. No. No. No. No. % % % Amudat 2/2 0 224/169 32/27 6/4 9/9 32% 77% 36% Nakapiriprit Moroto 6/5 0/0 435/330 3/3 1/0 46/34 39% 76% 30% Napak Abim 4/2 0/0 143/121 13/6 3/3 29/18 83% 76% 46% Kotido 33/32 4/4 224/171 1/1 0/0 37/37 33% 82% 35% Kaabong 1/1 1/1 227/192 18/15 0/0 0/0 20% 84% 66% Kween 0/0 0/0 32/30 0/0 383/333 29/21 60% 82% 14% Teso Katakwi 8/7 0/0 399/353 65/57 1/1 21/11 84% 87% 68% Amuria 10/5 1//0 513/467 116/79 31/20 5//2 58% 86% 60% Kumi 7/6 0/0 369/327 279/240 154/150 52/42 63% 89% 66% Bukedea

(Source: PIM, RPRLP Document 2013)

1.4.2 Component 2: Market Access and Trade As a result of civil unrest that was experienced by areas north and east of lake Kyoga between 1987 to 2006, many pastoralists and agro-pastoralists lost their animals and the livestock infrastructure such as livestock markets, laboratories, holding grounds, animal health centers, quarantine stations and slaughter slabs are in a poor state or were destroyed.

This component has three sub-components: a. Market Support Infrastructure and Information Systems. The project has budgeted for the construction/rehabilitation of the following infrastructures: Livestock markets (10/5); border checkpoints (6/0); holding/auction grounds (5/5); slaughter facilities (5/3). Furthermore, the project will rehabilitate two regional veterinary laboratories in Moroto and Soroti1 and construct three satellite laboratories in Kween, Katakwi and Bukedea;

b. Marketing Support and Value Chain Development. To achieve successful market value chain in the ASALs by the project, technical studies will be undertaken to identify market products to be prompted and developed by the project; and

c. Improving Livestock Mobility and Trade in Livestock Products. The expected outcome of this sub-component is that “Policies, regulatory framework and capacity for traders enhanced”. The achievement of this outcome will be measured by (a) the number of regional protocols about sanitary and phyto- sanitary standards (SPS) ratified by the three countries, and (b) the number of regulations and policies on livestock identification and traceability harmonized between the three countries.

Table 2: Interventions under Component 2 Construction Rehabilitation Equipment Reagents /consumables O&M Staffing 2 functioning Regional labs supported/upgraded: Moroto X X X x x Soroti X X X x x 8 Satellite labs (7 not yet functional) supported Amudat X X x x Nakapiriprit X X x x Napak X X x x Abim X X x x Kotido X X x x Kaabong X X x x Amuria X X x x Kumi X X x x Kween X X X x x Katakwi X X X x x Bukedea X X X x x Source: MAAIF

1.4.3 Component 3: Livelihoods Support Investments in this component will include issues related to improved livestock productivity i.e. animal health food and feed production, breed improvement) and alternative livelihoods promotion. The component will disseminate tested and approaches and/or technologies developed through research for the dry lands by agricultural research institutes in the region. Capacity building will be carried out to

1 Though Soroti is not a Project District under RPRLP, it will serve as regional laboratory for the Teso region.

4 enable the communities’ uptake the technologies and approaches and to take advantage of the opportunities in the region that increase their resilience to climatic shocks.

This component aims at enhancing the livelihoods of pastoralist and agro-pastoralist communities, and comprises three sub-components: (i) livestock production and health, (ii) food and feed production, and (iii) Livelihoods diversification.

1.4.4 Component 4: Pastoral Risk Management The expected outcome of this component is that there is enhanced drought preparedness, prevention and management. The component addresses thematic areas related to: (i) early warning and response system; and (ii) risks and conflict management. The project will aim at ensuring that early warning information is readily available, timely disseminated, and understood. Strengthening structures of project teams, EWS in MAAIF, districts and other relevant Ministries to collect, analyze and disseminate information and build their capacity (personnel, training, equipment) will be funded under the project. Veterinary officers and community animal health workers will be trained and equipped with bicycles and motorcycles to collect meteorological data.

1.4.5 Component 5: Project Management and Institutional Support This component will focus on all aspects related to overall project management and institutional strengthening for drought resilience at national and regional levels. The component will have two subcomponents: Project Management, Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning and National and Regional Institutional Support.

1.4.6 Project financing The RPLRP costs are based on an IDA allocation for an estimated budget of US$ 30 million over a five years period (Table 3), in the proportion of one third from the National and two thirds from the Regional IDA. The Government’s contributions is expected to cover part of the operating costs, including staff related costs in RPLRP coordination and implementation, and beneficiaries contributions for the construction and operating costs of small scale infrastructures (e.g., water points or livestock route demarcation under Component 1, or livestock market infrastructures under Component 2). GoU will also provide complementary funding for the salaries of all project staff at NPCU not directly hired by the project. In addition, GoU will provide project office spaces at the Ministry and in the 12 Districts and land for the construction of new cattle markets, check point, laboratories, water dams, holding grounds and weather information collection centers.

Table 3: Cost of Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project (Uganda)

Contribution by Financier (US$) Component /Sub-component GoU Beneficiarie IDA % s % 1.Natural Resources Management 1.1 Water Resource Development 4,319,590

1.2 Sustainable Land Management in Pastoral and Agro-pastoral Areas 2,340,006

1.3 Securing access to natural resources in the ASALs 1,845,767 and border countries Sub-Total Component 1 8,505,363 28.4 2. Market Access and Trade 2.1 Marketing Support Infrastructure and Information 4,363,871 Systems 2.2 Development of Livestock Marketing Support and 517,862 value Chain 2.2 Improving Livestock Mobility and Trade of Livestock 2,658,814 and Livestock Products Sub-Total Component 2 7,540,547 25 3. Livelihood Support 3.1 Livestock Production and Health 4,456,521 3.2 Food and Fodder Production and Productivity 1,575,319

3.3 Livelihood Diversification 783,654 Sub-Total Component 3 6,815,494 22.7. 4 4. Pastoral Risk Management 4.1Pastoral Risk Early Warning and Response Systems 2,519,551 4.2 Disaster Risk Management 299,154 Sub-Total Component 4 2,818,705 9.4 5. Project Management and Institutional Support

5.1 Project Management, M&E, Learning, Knowledge 3,184,269 Management and Communication 5.2 Regional and National Institutions Support 375,000 Sub-Total Component 5 3,559,269 11.9 Sub-Total BASE Cost 29,239,378 Contingency costs (physical and price contingency - 760,622 10% of Base Cost) TOTAL PROJECT COST 30,000,000

(Source: CPD, July 2013)

1.4.7 Direct Project Beneficiaries The project target population is comprised of pastoral and agro-pastoral households who depend on livestock as dominant livelihood and agro-pastoral households with small herds and flocks and who, to some extent, depend upon cropping. Pastoral communities have rich customary laws used for many centuries for political and social administration of the rangelands and their people. Building on such laws, pastoral communities have developed traditional institutions and networks that have been

6 serving their people in solving their various economic, social and political matters. The dominant social capital or customary institutions involve social support mechanisms, natural resources management systems, social security systems, and conflict resolution systems. The project intervention areas are characterized by water shortage, frequent drought, shortage of grass/fodder, outbreak of human disease (particularly, malaria), livestock disease and gender disparities in access to productive assets are the main sources of vulnerability. Besides, they are characterized by poor infrastructure developments, very limited social services (and therefore low education and literacy levels), susceptibility to natural hazards, poor resource endowments, increasing competition for scarce resources and limited livelihood opportunities.

Hence, the RPLRP is designed to improve access to community demand-driven social and economic services for the targeted communities.

2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

2.1 Purpose and Scope of ESMF The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) is to provide a process and guidance to assess the potential environmental and social impacts of the Regional Pastoral Livelihood Resilience Project. This process will address generic potential impacts of proposed project activities and propose relevant mitigation measures and strategies. The Framework is therefore, intended to help ensure that the proposed project will be environmentally and socially sustainable. The ESMF has identified potential positive and negative impacts generic to the proposed project activities and proposes relevant strategies for their mitigation.

2.2 Preparation of the ESMF To fulfil the objectives of this assignment, both quantitative and qualitative assessment methods were employed. The consultant collected primary data from targeted communities/beneficiaries in the 12 Districts of the project and also used secondary data obtained from existing literature. The preparation of the ESMF followed the following steps:

 Collection of baseline data on the environmental and social conditions in the 12 Districts;  Identification of potential positive and negative environmental and social impacts generic to the proposed projects;  Identification of possible environmental and social impact mitigation and management measures;  Preparation of screening procedures to be used while screening subproject proposals; and  Formulation of environmental and social monitoring plans.

2.2.1 Document Review Review of the existing baseline information and literature material was undertaken to gain an in-depth understanding of the proposed project. A desk review of the Ugandan legal framework and policies was also conducted in order to internalize the pertinent national legislation and policy framework that should be considered during project implementation. Among the documents that were reviewed in order to collect baseline information included:

 Draft Country Program Paper on Drought Resilience, 2013;

 Draft Country Project Document for Regional Pastoral Livelihoods Resilience Project of July 2013;  Pest Management Plans such as Final Version for Ghana Commercial Agricultural Project 2011;  Draft RPLRP Project Implementation Manual of July 2013;  District Development plans for RPLRP Districts for the periods 2010-2015;  Uganda Bureau of Statistics Statistical Abstract 2011;  National Development Plan 2010/11 – 2014/15;  Ministry of Water and Environment /Directorate of Water Resources Management, Hydro climatic report 2000  Sector Annual Review Reports for MWE 2010-13 periods.

The key legislation reviewed included the following:

Reference was also made to some international Environmental management to which Uganda is a signatory such as:

RPLRP also triggers the following World Bank Safeguard policies below which were equally reviewed in the study as summarised below as follows:

 OP 4.01 Environment Assessment  OP 4.04 Natural Habitat  OP 4.09 Pest Management  OP 4.10 Indigenous People  OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources  OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement

 OP 4.36 Forests  OP 4.37 Safety of Dams

Literature and documentation also included cataloguing and analysing customary rights and practice on water resource use and management were identified and reviewed. These were sourced at the sub-county, local district administration, area operational NGOs, line ministry and client field staff and headquarters.

2.2.2 Field Visits The 12 Project Districts were visited and surveyed to deliberately establish their environmental and social setup. This was done with a view of assessing the values that may be affected and to estimate the extent and severity of impact due to the proposed project activities. Field observations facilitated learning through direct observations of the communities. The consultant made stopovers around important sites and water resources and made observations regarding the subject matter.

The field visits identified the following to initiate the baseline:  Physical-cultural and historical sites;  Wildlife habitats, feeding, and crossing areas;  Hydrological setting;  Pest management issues;  Dam safety issues in existing water reservoirs/ valley tanks/dams.  Settlement and resettlement.

The Socio-economic aspects captured during the baseline survey included:  General population data and settlement patterns/ Living patterns;  Community level of wealth/ level of income/ economic activities;  Education (Schools and Vocational institutions);  Organizational levels, existence of other partners;  Presence of resource personnel;  Gender issues and community setting.

2.2.3 Stakeholder Consultations Consistent with best practice in developing ESMFs, consultations must occur with relevant parties within government and with interested parties outside government. Stakeholder engagement and consultation with regard to project was conducted to enable capture of the views and thoughts of the different players. The issues raised and concerns expressed including possible mechanisms of addressing these issues and concerns are appended as Annex 1 of this document. The stakeholders’ consultation was significant to the preparation of this ESMF and partly formed the basis for the determination of potential project impacts and viable mitigation measures. The key stakeholders consulted included community elders, Kraal leaders, clan leaders/chiefs, opinion leaders, members of the traditional water management structures, village water user committees, local council chairpersons, district technical officers and the community in general participated in dialogue meetings.

2.2.4 PCR Data Collection Rapid Cultural Heritage Assessment was conducted to gather basic data especially on the existence of PCRs in the project areas. This largely involved consultations, field surveys and literature review regarding aspects of PCRs in the project area. This also

10 involved key informant’s interviews. This involved posing oral questions to selected persons deemed valuable as far as the assessment was concerned.

2.2.5 Data Analysis and Report Writing The management and analysis of the quantitative data collected proceeded simultaneously with information gathering and data collection. The household questionnaires were cleaned, coded and entered into the computer using the SSPS computer software which led to the production of cross-tabulations to establish data in form of table and figures. Qualitative data was analyzed using thematic approach where themes were developed a long the study objectives of the social impact assessment in project districts for coding primary data. Relevant verbatim recordings were obtained during the study were used in the report writing to give anecdotal evidences. The process was done manually in relation to the major areas of the social assessment from which recommendations were made.

3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO- ECONOMIC DATA

An attempt has been made to document baseline environmental and social settings on regional basis i.e. Karamoja region (Kaabong, Amudat, Moroto, Nakapiripirit, Kotido, Abim, Napak), Teso region (Amuria, Bukedea, Katakwi and Kumi) and Sebei Region (Kapchorwa -Kween areas) as follows:

3.1 Baseline Environmental and Social Settings for Karamoja Region

3.1.1 Physical Environment of Karamoja Region

3.1.1.1 Topography Karamoja region is bordered by the whole northern and eastern sides by mountain chain bordering the South Sudan and the Kenya from the north west to the south east and giving the region a general slope trend oriented from the north east to the south west side. The region can be split into three landscape predominant zones which are; the northern and eastern borders of Karamoja are mountainous and are evolving to hilly landscape (mainly Kaabong and Moroto) and in the south of Napak and Nakapiripirit districts. In the northern part of the region; spontaneous peaks are punctuating the regional relief and orienting surface water flow, such as the Inselbergs or Volcanic intrusions (i.e. Napak peak or Mount Moroto). The wetlands area assumed a plug effect for the whole upstream water flowing to Lake Bisina.

3.1.1.2 Geology The region of Karamoja is one of the richest regions of Uganda in term of geological variety and ores occurrences. Indeed, mainly composed by highly metamorphosed or granitized rocks, the region also presents an equilibrate melt of sedimentary, volcanic and metamorphic rocks. In the Region, metamorphic rocks cover the largest part of the study area.

3.1.1.3 Soils Karamoja region lies within a particular ground which can potentially be linked to the particular local geology. Indeed, almost 50% of the region evolves within ferruginous tropical soils and vertisols which should be supposed to be resulting of acid gneisses, amphiboles or granulites rocks weathering. A quite clear evolution should also be observable according to altimetry and stream flow location. High reliefs (Karamoja mountains; Abim and Moroto peaks) present high lessived ferruginous tropical soil as well as lithosol, when Karamoja plain presents a predominance of vertisols.

3.1.1.4 Karamoja Climate Karamoja is a remote region located near the Rift Valley in East Africa. Rain patterns are low, with an average of 500-700 mm of rainfall per year. But in contrast to purely pastoralist areas in the region, like the neighboring Turkana, Karamoja is an agro- pastoralist area. However, the natural environment is subject to variations which are scarcely predictable, and are often unexpected. It is generally accepted in official

12 reports that the rainy season ‘normally’ begins late in March or early April; and that the rains then continue with reasonable regularity until late September or early October when the dry season begins.

3.1.2 Biological Environment

3.1.2.1 Land uses / Vegetation cover The Karamoja region is quite poor in term of land uses variety. The typical Karamoja landscape is characterized by semi-arid savannah with seasonal grasses, thorny plants, occasional small trees and rocks out-crop mountains. Link with geological and soils characteristics is easily done. Common perennial grass species include: Themeda traindra, Pannicum spp., Setaria spp which were common at the margins of seasonally flooded areas. The areas are further overgrazed and engulfed in Acaccia hockii which is characteristic of long-term seasonal fires. Browse species identified include Gum Arabica trees (Acacia seyal, Acaccia Senegal, Accacia sieberiana, Accacia gerrardii and Accacia nilotica trees). Other common equally trees include Balanites aegyptica, Calotropis procera, Maerua crassifolia, Salvadora persica amongst other species.

Figure 2: A typical Karamoja landscape areas of Napak Figure 3: Typical Savanna scrub with Acacia trees in the background near Kanakol Valley Dam in Moroto District.

It is important to note that, the project sites have largely been subjected to human influence in terms of vegetation clearance, cultivation and grazing hence, wildlife communities have been displaced/hunted. None of the trees and fauna encountered is reportedly recorded in IUCN Red Data Book as endangered, threatened or rare.

3.1.2.2 Protected Areas

3.1.2.2.1 Wildlife Reserves These reserves reportedly represent a total surface of 19% for the whole Karamoja region (Table 4).

Table 4: : Summary information on Karamoja Wildlife Reserves

Name District Surface Characteristics Key Fauna and Key Flora Flora Matheniko Moroto- 1,540 Upstream area; rich Olive baboons, Lannea barteri Napak km2 woody and hilly area. Patas monkeys, Lannea humilis Topi, Common etopoue g Eland Lannea schimperi Waterbucks Ozoroa insignis Eragrostis spp, Acacia seyal, Harrisonia spp Balanites aegyptica Combretum mole Rhus spp Bokora Napak 2,095 60,000 to 100,000 cattle Warthogs, Combretum Corridor km2 moving through the Hartebeest, woodlands southern half of the Common eland Acalypha cilicata reserve (Oct/Feb) to Bushbucks Acalypha villicaulis graze within Teso region East African Civets Bridelia Bush pig schleroneura Bridelia setenere Pian-Upe Napak- 2,205 20,000 cattle move Olive baboon Asystasia spp Amudat km2 through the reserve Plains zebra Eragrostis spp, (Oct/Feb) to graze along Warthog Acacia seyal, Lake Opeta Giraffe Harrisonia spp Hartebeest Balanites Topi aegyptica (Source: Biological and Socio-economic Survey Report for Protected areas in Karamoja, 2010)

According to National legislation, grazing inside wildlife reserves is allowed without permits though crop cultivation is not permitted. It is noted, illegal settlement issues inside protected areas are quite common in the region and more particularly within Napak forest where the illegal habitants already represent almost 15,000 persons. This evolution of illegal settlement drove to an augmentation of fuel wood demand and, thus, deforestation of the protected area.

3.1.2.2.2 National Parks Kidepo Valley National Park remains the only area enjoying this statute and covers, in the extreme northern side of the sub-region (Kaabong) to 1,436 km2 area. This is a spectacular park lying within 5.2% of the region recording many hundreds of birds and plants species as well as no less than 86 species of mammals. This area is strictly neither for grazing nor habitation and this is under protection of the Government.

3.1.2.2.3 Central Forest Reserve These are numerous in Karamoja and quite sporadically localized as summarized in Table 5. The CFRs are characteristically dry forest Acacia savannah woodlands with main vegetation composition comprising; Acacia seyal, A. polycantha, Balanites

14 aegyptica, Typical herbs and shrubs include Capparis tomentosa, Clitoria ternatea, Fleuggea virosa, Indigofera spp., Lantana spp., and Sida spp. The grass layer is dominated by Setaria incrassata and S. holstii, with Cymbopogon pospischili and Panicum hochstetteri and abundant Cyperus rotundus. Combretum spp., with Grewia bicolor, Harrisonia abyssinica, Lannea spp., Ozoroa insignis, Pappea capensis, and Ximenia caffra. There is also grass layer, such as Imperata cylindrica amongst others.

Table 5: Forest Reserves in Karamoja Region

Sr Name Location Size (Ha) No. 1 Kadam Pian Pain 38,917 2 Akur Labwor 6,434 3 Kaabong Dodoth 41 4 Lopeichubei Dodoth 1,090 5 Morungole Dodoth 15,063 6 Nyangea-Napore (Part) Dodoth 27,677 7 Zulia Dodoth 102,893 8 Moroto Matheniko 48,210 9 Alerek Labwor 7,433 10 Kano Labwor 8,293 11 Lotim -Puta Dodoth 1,958 12 Nangolibwel Labwor and Jie 20,210 13 Otukei (Part) Dodoth 1,254 14 Napak Bokora 20,316 15 Ating Labwor 1,318 16 Lomej Dodoth 759 17 Lwala Dodoth 5,884 18 Napono (Part) Jie 1,709 19 Timu Dodoth 11,751 Total (Hectares) 322,210 322,210

(Source: National Forestry Authority, 2010)

3.1.3 Social Environment

3.1.3.1 General Social Characteristics of the Region Karamoja region of northeastern Uganda borders Sudan in the north and Kenya in the east. The region comprises seven districts and nine ethnic groups of the Matheniko and the Tepeth of Moroto district, the Bokora of Napak district, the Pian of Nakapiripirit district, the Jie of Kotido district, the Pokot of Amudat district, the Labwor (sometimes called the AcholiLabwor) of Abim district, the Dodoth, Nyangia (sometimes called the Napore) and Ik (sometimes called the Teuso) of Kaabong district. With an estimated population of just about 1.1 million people (UBOS, 2013), Karamoja region is the poorest and least developed region of the country (Ayoo et al., 2013) and is host to the worst human development indicators in key areas, including primary school enrollment, maternal and infant mortality, life expectancy, and population below poverty (Table 6). As such Karamoja region has the highest Human Poverty Indices (HPI) of above 53% compared to the national average which is 37.5% (Ayoo et al., 2013).

Table 6: Comparative Human and Development Indicators for Karamoja Region Attribute National Karamoja Life Expectancy 50.4 years 47.7 years Population Living Below Poverty Line 31% 82% Maternal Mortality Rate 435 750 Infant Mortality Rate 76 105 Under 5 Years Mortality Rate 134 174 Global Acute Malnutrition 6% 9.5% Immunization 46% 48% Access To Sanitation Unit 62% 9% Access To Safe Water 63% 30% Literacy Rate 67% 11% (Source: Ayoo et al., 2013)

3.1.3.1 Ethnicity in Karamoja Region Karamoja region is considered as extremely rich in terms of culture and beliefs. The region has two main ethnic groups: the Karamojong and the Jie in Kitodo. Other smaller groups include the Pokot (Amudat in Eastern Karamoja); Labwor (Abim in Western Karamoja); Ik (Teuso) and Dodoth (Kaabong); and Tepeth and Matheniko (Moroto), Pain and Upe in Nakapiripirit. Some groups are clearly separated testimony of a possible past Diaspora. All these groups are covered under the general term as Karamojong. Furthermore the presence of the IK tribe in the project area triggers the World Bank Safeguard Policy OP 4-10 on the Indigenous peoples.

3.1.3.2 Population The population of the seven project districts was estimated at 1,147,800 in 2010 and 1,218,900 in 2011. The population growth rate for Karamoja is estimated at almost 4% (UBOS, 2011) as in the Table 7.

Table 7: Population of Karamoja Districts

District Population Census 2002 Population Projection 2012 Nakapiripiti 90,922 161,600 Abim 67,171 103,306 Kotido 122,541 233,300 Moroto 77,243 136,000 Kaabong 202,758 395,200 Napak 112,697 197,700 Amudat 63,572 113,700 (Source: UBOS 2013, Populations of Districts of Uganda)

3.1.3.3 Land Use and Settlement Karamoja region which is semi-arid savannah covered with seasonal grasses, thorny plants and occasional small trees and mountains with estimated 80% of its population living below poverty line. A majority of the population is leading a pastoral or agro- pastoral lifestyle, relying on livestock as the main source of subsistence. People of this region grow sorghum, millet, cowpeas, and groundnuts especially during years of adequate rainfall. They supplement their food supply by gathering wild fruits and vegetable and through hunting. However, most of people have adapted to this harsh

16 environment by raising livestock (cattle, goats, sheep etc.) with crop production taking more subsidiary role. Settlements are nucleated in manyattas which is an aggregation of huts (Figure 4) each separated on household basis in an enclosure.

Figure 4: A typical Karamojong hut inside a Manyatta set up. Note piles of wood on the left side and at the rear.

3.1.3.4 Livelihoods and poverty in Karamoja In this semi-arid and patriarchal society, the majority of the population subsists through agro-pastoral and pastoral livelihoods. The region suffers from cyclic drought which occurs every two to three years. The increase in poverty and vulnerability in recent decades is attributable to cattle raiding and the accompanying insecurity, proliferation of small arms and light weapons through the porous borders with Sudan and Kenya, lack of essential infrastructure, and climatic changes resulting in droughts and famine.

Dependence on natural resources for food and income is another common source of livelihood identified by the communities. Wild fruits are important resources for human consumption and nutrition – both from the fruits‟ flesh and from seed oils – and for their role in rituals. Other wild foods such as honey and ants are also highly valued. Households and individuals are intensifying certain strategies, such as natural resource exploitation gathering of wild foods to supplement diets and in the sale of firewood, charcoal, and building poles for cash or food. Foraging is mainly done by women and girls to augment family resources. They collect wild vegetables and fruits (ebisinai, edwol, esoboliat, akeo, ebabui plus fruits like ngimongo, ngakalio, ngiru, ngacok, adilat) especially in times of poor harvests and loss of animal assets through raids. This

17 activity is equally dangerous for the women involved. They also supplement their food supply through hunting which is done mainly by the youth (Figure 6).

Figure 5: Boys hunting for food. Note rats that have been caught are held up by one of the boys (2nd from right.

3.1.3.5 Main Economic and livelihood systems in Karamoja Region The major livelihood activities in Karamoja are agriculture, unskilled wage labor, livestock management and brewing (Table 8). The women are predominantly overrepresented in subsistence farming, unskilled labor, and brewing. The recent disarmament process also contributed to changes in gender roles with women taking on additional roles of foraging for natural resource products due to restriction on men’s mobility by the military. The communities ranked petty trade and agro-pastoralism as the most significant livelihood activities. Other sources of livelihood include causal labor, collecting wild fruits and vegetables, and artisanal mining. These community perceptions are in congruence with information we obtained from the literature review.

Table 8: Karamoja Livelihood Activities

Livelihood Activity % Of Households National Average (%) Agriculture 60.9 78.1 Unskilled Wage 40.2 33.8 Labour Livestock 25.6 16.4 Management Brewing 18.9 6.1 Commercial Activity 3.9 5.6 Petty Trading 3.3 11.6 Wage Labour 3.2 7.2 Skilled Labour 0.3 4.7 (Source: Ayoo et al., 2013)

3.1.3.5.1 Artisanal Mining Artisanal mining is another form of livelihood activity employing both men and women. Minerals, such as limestone and marble, are important to communities for income generation. Workers at stone quarries access basic necessities with profits they earn from selling extracted limestone and marble to cement companies. The extraction of marble from the slopes of Mount Moroto for sale to cement factories is a relatively new livelihood activity. Communities in Rupa sub-county are already involved in open cast mining of Gold on individual basis. Marble and limestone mining is also an ongoing activity in Rupa and Kothiro sub-counties in Moroto district. The markets for these mines are available locally, nationally and internationally in Kenya.

3.1.3.5.2 Support from SACCOs The main income generation and private sector initiatives emerging in Karamoja are the establishment of Savings and Credit Cooperatives (SACCOs) and Village Savings and Loans Associations (VSLA). These initiatives provide small-scale micro-finance loans to members of the associations. The SACCOs are government initiatives while VSLA are initiated by non-governmental organizations (NGOs). The availability of the micro- finance support centers at the district has widened the people’s economic base and has encouraged them to borrow for business ventures. The community also reported that a lot of small scale businesses are mushrooming as a result of improved security. Some NGOs are supporting communities in nursery bed formation and the seedlings which are sold for cash.

3.1.3.6 Literacy Levels From field consultations and reference to literature, there is increased access to education and health in Karamoja region and this is attributed to improved security. However, though access to education has improved, communities feel the quality of education is still poor. It is reported that, most of the children have enrolled in school as a consequence of collecting animals into protected kraals during the disarmament campaign. In the past, only two out of 10 boys of school-going age (8-15) went to school. School enrollment for the girls has also risen from none to about three out of every ten girls. Most parents are now encouraging their children to go to school to benefit from the government’s free universal primary education (UPE) and free secondary education. The communities reported that the World Food Programme

(WFP) and some NGOs are providing schools with food for the pupils. It is also reported that, there are other avenues for ensuring children attend school and such include opening of Alternative Basic Education for Karamoja (ABEK) as well as communities giving the LCs the mandate of ensuring that parents take their children to school. However, this initiative is only for primary school children under UPE. Access to secondary education is still a major challenge in the region. The Uganda Demographic Health Survey of 2011 indicates that Karamoja has still the worst secondary school attendance ratio of 4.9 percent for boys and 4.7 percent for girls aged 13-18 years.

3.1.3.7 Access to health Services The major challenge with delivery of medical services still remains availability of senior medical staff like doctors. Table 6 indicates that the health sector in Karamoja is lagging behind the rest of the country. Although immunization is high at 48 percent compared to the national average of 46 percent the infant mortality rate and maternal mortality rate double the national averages. The Uganda Demographic Health Survey of 2011 indicates that Karamoja had only 30.9 percent of expectant mothers delivered by a skilled provider and 27.1 percent of mothers delivered in a health facility compared to the national averages of 59.3 percent and 57.4 percent respectively. These poor health indicators shows that poor access to health facilities accounts for high infant and maternal mortality rates in Karamoja, and thus increased vulnerability to chronic poverty especially by women.

3.1.3.8 Gender Dimension in Karamoja Region The Karamojong society also experiences gender inequality as the rest of the country. The women are treated as inferior and socially excluded from decision making and other civic engagements because society accords them little worth. The women’s voice are not heard or not heard as loudly as of men because of the prejudice against women devalues their hearers‟ credibility judgments to what they say (World Bank, 2013). This prejudice has effects on gender inequality and poverty because a person whose word is devalued cannot influence others, cannot exercise authority, and cannot defend herself from violence. In fact many of the people we interviewed perceived that domestic violence is normal and wife beating is perceived as disciplining.

The devaluing of women contributes to the common occurrences and beliefs that women should not speak up in public. The men beat women and they don’t want them to talk about it. Women and uninitiated men are excluded from the traditional governance structure. There is also gender inequality in terms of gainful employment. The women and girls do menial work compared to men. Those interviewed said the boys and men’s work is looking after cattle while women’s work is to digging, weeding, harvesting and threshing grains, collecting firewood/thorns for fencing the home, brewing, fetching water, cooking and child upbringing and in some communities like in Matheniko women are also involved in constructing the hut for family dwellings. Some women we interviewed commented that they are often given only the neck and offals of animals slaughtered during festivals and other traditional gatherings. Some men we interviewed remarked that: The women are not allowed to go to the shrines (where the bull is being roasted) during the cleansing ceremonies. They sit behind the men in any cultural gathering. This is because women are not purified to go to the shrines -- men

20 don’t eat together with women. The women’s responsibilities are only to brew local beer and serve the men.

3.1.3.9 Discrimination of minority groups Ethnicity is another source of discrimination. The Ik and the Tepeth are most marginalized ethnic groups in Karamoja. They are socially excluded because their language is not understood by the major groups, their cultural practices and different, and they are few in number. These minority groups are often poorer than the major groups. They are sometimes labeled and referred to as dogs or “Ngingokin.”

3.1.3.1 Land Tenure in Karamoja Region In Karamoja, what ought to have been customary land was devoted to state use as gazetted areas for wildlife conservation and forestry, in addition to other interests such as of exploration and prospecting for minerals (Rugadya et al., 2010). Given that the communities are both agro-pastoralists and transhumant, access by clans and households to land is based on agreements with other clans, permitting the movement of cattle during the year to areas where pasture and water are available. Thus, households do not seek access to a piece of land in a particular community or lineage on which to build shelter and plant crops, but rather access to land harboring range resources. At present, customary tenure has evolved into individualized and communal sub-tenures, each with distinct characters and resource rights embedded therein for the individuals, households and the community at large. Within communal customary, two sub-tenure types are distinguished; the grazing lands and the shrine areas, while within individualized customary sub-tenure is the arable land and land used for homesteads, where manyattas are constructed (IFPRI, 2007).

3.1.3.1.1 Communal Customary: Grazing Lands These are open access areas that are communally held and constitute the stock of land that is continuously being alienated into gardens and settlements. Individuals and communities are users of grazing lands. Grazing lands do not hold definitive borders as they straddle across local government administrative demarcations and communities.

3.1.3.1.2 Communal Customary: Shrine Areas These are locations of sanctity where traditional religious worship takes place with strict rules of access, the breach of which attracts severe sanctions from the elders and the community at large. The shrines are in numerous locations with each shrine having definitive boundaries often marked by particular trees or shrubs that community members can easily identify but are prohibited from cutting or even picking for firewood. Although these are communal locations, they are not open access areas because of the rules in place.

3.1.3.1.3 Individualized Customary: Homesteads Arises when open access areas are alienated into gardens or manyattas, this conversion is not standardized, with two common forms of practices. The less prevalent practice is identification of a location, occupation and use without approval or sanctioning from any authority whether customary or statutory. The most common practice is where individuals seek permission from the patriarchs or elders of neighboring manyattas to locate their own settlements within the vicinity of existing ones due to security. Homesteads are not communal lands, but they highly

21 individualized settlements that are either nucleated or scattered. However, the practice of scattered manyattas that was once common is slowly being altered in part because of the collective kraal policy because of heightened insecurity. Access to water is also a contributory factor to this change.

3.1.3.1.4 Customary: Gardens Similarly, opening up areas of cultivation is adjacent to settlement (manyatta) areas. Gardens plots have definitive boundaries marked by a variety of features including trees, anthills, and rocks. However, the most common boundary markers are strips or bands (ekikoru) of uncultivated land between garden plots. This type of land is in the realm of family authority and family heads hold conclusive rights over these plots, including the right to even engage in various land transactions. It is thus no surprise, that this is the type of land for which registration into title is taking place across the region in Karamoja. These landholdings are often of small sizes and are considered to be individual property. It can be transmitted to kin either by inheritance or sub-division within families.

3.1.3.2 Safe Water Coverage The Ministry of Water and Environment Water Atlas 2010 indicates that Abim District has got a total of 193 water sources, and the Operational status of these water sources is 76%, Kotido district has got 283 water sources and the operational status is 82%, Moroto and Napak Districts have got 492 water sources and the operational status is 76%, Kaabong district has got 263 water sources and the operational status of water sources is 84%. This picture seems to apply throughout the Karamoja region with respect to safe water coverage.

3.1.3.3 Protection and conservation of water resources Protection of the different water sources is a responsibility of the traditional water management structures, village water user committees, clan leaders, elders and the community at large. The traditional mechanisms for protecting water sources include fencing, planting trees around water sources (Figures 6-7), prohibiting of directly watering livestock from sources gazetted for human consumption and forbidding children from playing in water sources. In most Karamojong communities, a child found playing in water is publically canned by the Karachunas/male youth.

Figure 6: One of the existing water sources in Rupa which Figure 7: A fenced valley dam in Amudat. protected by a ring of trees.

Customary measures for conserving water sources vary across ethnic groups and seasonality. Tree planting and campaigns against cutting trees and clearing vegetation as conservation measures for is reportedly common among the Bokora, Matheniko, Tepeth and Dodoth. However, during dry season, charcoal burning is common because it is regarded as a coping mechanism. Conservation of water sources among the different groups is also regarded as preventive measure against silting and contamination. Water sources for domestic consumption are protected by a group of traditional leaders and women purposely to avoid contamination by animals, children and non-community members. To ensure water quality especially for human consumption, water sources are cleaned and cleared by women in the morning.

3.1.3.4 Water Use and Access Use and access to the different water sources is governed by both customary rules and practices and statutory provisions. Although, traditionally set rules are non- documented, they are still existent in the minds and hearts of the Karamojong and are effective in regulating water use and management. However, customary rules on use and access vary with seasonality and across clans and ethnic communities. During dry season i.e. September to March, some water sources especially water ponds are used only for human and domestic consumption thereby rendering livestock watering customary forbidden and sanctioned. Among the penalties for watering livestock in water ponds for human consumption during dry season include paying monetary fines and performing purification rituals. Purification rituals include making sacrifices to please the water spirits.

Secondly, during the dry season, animals are watered in shifts on alternate days, locally known as Akigel among the Bokora and Dodoth”. Watering in shifts is intended to give all herders opportunity to water their livestock and be able to cope during dry spells while promoting social harmony and integration.

3.1.3.5 Rangeland Management Practices Due to increasing difficulties caused by sole dependence on livestock, cultivation by the pastoralist has increased and the Karamojong are largely semi-nomadic or practice transhumance pastoralism, supplemented with some sedentary agricultural mono- cropping especially in southern and western parts of the Karamoja region that border other districts. Agro-pastoralism and pastoralism systems are highly heterogeneous, but they have one outstanding commonality: mobility of livestock as an adaptive tool to the ecological conditions they reside in. In the drier belts as well as in mountain areas livestock mobility is the foundation of the pastoral system because it enables livestock to graze the diffuse and scattered vegetation of the regions’ rangelands, or to take refuge to more favourable sites during droughts.

3.1.3.6 Conservation of Trees In Karamoja, specific species of trees are conserved for: medicinal needs (Acacia seyal- Gum Arabica, Ximenia Americana, Balanites aegyptica); fruit collection (Tamarindus indica, Anonna senegalensis, Cappais tomentosa) construction needs (Combretum molle, Acacia tortilis, Piliostigma thorningii) and fencing of manyattas (Acacia spp, Capparis tomentosa, Rhus spp and live Euphorbia candelabrum. However, tree cutting has increased as alternative livelihoods such as crop husbandry which requires more firewood for cooking and commercial charcoal burning for income evolve. This has led to higher susceptibility to soil erosion and land degradation especially in Kalapata and parts of Kotido and Abim.

3.1.3.7 Roles and responsibilities in rangeland management and decision making There are clear differentiation of rangeland management and decision making roles amongst the Karamojong communities which are according to gender and age groups. Women keep homesteads (Manyattas) and tend to crops and some livestock especially the calving cows and their calves. On the other hand the young men (Karacuna) are responsible for livestock movements and protection. Decision making matters, including rangeland management, are through an assembly of Elders (Akriket Figure 8).

Figure 8: “Akriketi” in a meeting / livestock productivity ritual

Customary decisions have sustained Karamojong livelihoods in the face of the challenging environment but changes are evident by post conflict security measures and Local Government structures which are influencing the grazing systems and livelihoods (UNOCHA, 2010).

3.1.3.8 PCRs in Karamoja Region There is much unexploited tourism potential in Moroto. For example, in the Napak Mountains, tourist attractions like mountain climbing, camping sites, bird watching and forest walks have not been fully exploited. Nakiloro, in Rupa Sub-county, is an archaeological site of interest, as well as Apule, the dispersal site of the Karimojong. This too has not been fully exploited. In addition, Karamoja region, popularly known as Uganda land of warrior nomads and agro-pastrolists, is an arid expanse of savannah and bush which forms the northeast edge of Uganda where it borders with Kenya and South Sudan, with Ethiopia not far off. The area is inhabited by the Karamojong, a group of people largely distinct geographically and culturally from the rest of Uganda. Most importantly, Karamoja hosts Uganda’s most remote and spectacular nature reserve, Kidepo valley national park – a park of stunning beauty and pristine wilderness. The region has an archaeological site in Nadunget as well as an Indigenous group of people called IK.

3.1.4 The IK Community The Ik community (one of the indigenous Peoples in Uganda) is a small minority ethnic group in the Morungole Highlands, Kamion Sub-county in Kaabong District in Karamoja Subregion in the parishes of Kamion, Timu and Lokwakaramoe near the border with Kenya, along the escarpment between Timu forest in the South and Kidepo National Park on Uganda's northern frontier with Sudan. Kamion subcounty is located approximately 20 kms from Kaabong District headquarters and covers an area of

25 approximately 74 square kms. The Ik are divided into 10 clans (Jigeta, Komokua, Telek, Ngidoza, Ilengik, Kadunkuny, Ngibongorena, Uzet, Nyorobat and Ngibonga). Their population is estimated at 12,000 people with a fertility rate of about 4%. The Ik community is neighbored by the following tribes; the Turkana (living in western Kenya) to the east, Dodoth to the west, the Toposa (living in southern Sudan) to the north and the Napore to the South. They live in several small villages after having been displaced when their land was converted into part of the Kidepo National Park. Their rituals and traditions are centered in the Timu forest which is steadily receding.

As a result of their location in relation to their neighbours, the Ik are incredibly vulnerable and liable to attacks from both Dodoth and Turkana warriors. They are historically a non-violent people and, as a result, they have become what one report has described as “the archetypal middlemen – unarmed, non-combative and numerically weak”. Their problems mainly arise, both directly and indirectly, from the activities of the Dodoth warriors. They directly suffer when they are attacked and their crops are stolen, and indirectly when services are unable to reach them due to the persistent insecurity. The Ik are geographically located between conflicting communities that are numerically strong and usually armed yet the Ik are numerically weak, not armed and their land is rich in pasture, a situation that makes them more vulnerable to constant attacks (CECORE, 2011).

The Ik exist in a precarious situation on the top of the escarpments and whilst their physical isolation in the mountains helps to protect them from violence at the hands of raiding warriors, it also serves to marginalize them from government services. Unlike the rest of the tribes in Karamoja, the Ik no longer keep livestock since it is a source of further insecurity from raiders. With the Ik located between these two dominant communities, each attack affects them as their land provides routes/pathways for raiders. Additionally, due to periodic drought, the Ik often face famine. The vital relief aid that has targeted the region has often not reached them. In general, the Ik are an indigenous group struggling to maintain their agricultural traditions and rituals amidst growing poverty, drought, and raiding tribes. The Ik legend of origin clearly forbids them to fight and kill and even cut down trees. The Ik women are not allowed to own property except honey. While they do speak their own native language (Icetot), many Ik have ventured outside of their culture and learned the language of surrounding tribes in order to herd cattle for these groups as a source of employment.

Being subsistence farmers without cattle and having played off the Dodoth (a Karamojong sub-group) against the Turkana (in Kenya) for a long time, the Ik were rejected by most of their agro-pastoral Karamojong neighbours and were left to starve rather than be allowed to join nearby villages. This resulted in the deaths of some Ik, and others having to leave the area to become low-wage earners in nearby towns. The Ik (meaning head/first to arrive) acquired the name ‘Teuso’ (meaning poor people, dogs, or those without cattle or guns) from their neighbours after they were evicted from Kidepo (MRGI, 2001). They are marginalized because they practice a culture different from most Karamojong, even their language is different. For example while the Karamojong marry using cows, they marry with gourds, melons. They still use spears, arrows, etc and are predominantly agriculturalists. While Karamojong boys can marry Ik girls, Ik boys are not allowed to marry Karamojong girls.

3.2 Baseline Environmental and Social Setting of Teso Region Project Areas

3.2.1 Amuria Amuria District is located in north-eastern Uganda and it is bordered by Katakwi in the East, Soroti in the South, Kaberamaido in the West and Moroto and Lira in the North. The district total area is estimated at 2,613 km2.

3.2.1.1 Vegetation The vegetation is mainly savannah grassland type with dotted trees and shrubs. Other areas have savannah woodland composed of different tree species; the most notable include Combretum collinum, Vitellaria paradoxa and Piliostima thonningii widely spread in the district. Some areas bordering Karamoja have semi-arid conditions and are characterized by thorny trees such as Balanites spp, Acacia sieberiana, and Acacia senegal. At present, the forest cover existing in the district is seriously declining due to a number of pressures.

3.2.1.2 Geology and soils of the Amuria The stratum of the district extends from a section of Karamoja region and comprises principally of the pre-Cambrian system, the Mesozoic and canozoic groups and it is mainly the later pre-Cambrian. The other groups of rocks include the Mesozoic and Cenozoic eras, they are associated with volcanic eruptions in the eastern parts of the region represented by mountains of Toror. The altitude ranges between 100m to 2500m above sea level.

3.2.1.3 Wetlands Amuria District is covered by a large network of wetlands and the major ones include:  Kirik –Ajeleik-Komolo swamp system that connects with the Okok-Okere wetland system and draining to the Awoja-Bisina-Kyoga system;  Abia-Alakaituk-Angole swamp joins the Awoja-Bisina-Kyoga system;  Omunyal swamp joins the Awoja-Bisina-Kyoga system;  Obose-Osenyi wetlands (joins the Omunyal-Kyoga system) connecting to R. Moroto  Akeriau wetland systems  Alito wetland systems

Many other minor wetlands covering small surface areas are spread throughout the district.

3.2.1.4 Population From the 2002 Population and Housing census report, the two counties of Amuria district had a population of 180,022 people. By mid-2011 the population of the district was projected to be 375,700 people Table 9.

Table 9: Amuria District Population by Sub-county Sub county Population projections by sex (2011) Total (2011) Total (Mid 2012 Projection) Men Women Abarilela 17,200 19,700 36,900 40,100 Asamuk 23,300 26,600 49,900 54,400 Kuju 21,900 24,600 46,500 50,500 Morungatuny 2-,400 23,200 43,600 47,300 Orungo 18,400 21,000 39,400 42,800 Wera 14,700 17,700 32,400 35,300 Acowa 31,000 35,300 66,300 72,000 Kapelebyong 10,500 12,400 22,900 24,800 Obalanga 17,700 20,100 37,800 41,000 Total 175,100 200,600 375,700 408,200 (UBOS Sub National Projections Report 2008-2012).

3.2.1.5 HIV/AIDS Prevalence in Amuria District HIV/AIDS has been recognized as one of the serious health problem countrywide and Amuria district is no exception to this. The incidence of prevalence in the district is estimated to be 6.4 % but accurate figures need to be worked out after thorough research. All the health units in the district are able to provide treatment of common illnesses and some of those other opportunistic infections that affect people infected with HIV. Other minimal treatment using antiretroviral drugs is available for a few at Amuria HC V where there is a medical officer who takes care of the programme.

3.2.1.6 Housing situation in the district The housing situation in the district is generally poor with most dwelling units constructed with mud and wattle. The commonest roofing material is grass that is easily destroyed by fires and rots after some few years. The floors of the houses are just rammed earth with no cement making their condition to be unfavorable to human health, bearing in mind that most households sleep on the floor with local materials like mats for bedding. There are very few permanent buildings. They exist mostly in trading centers and rural growth centers that are mushrooming in most parts of the district.

3.2.1.7 Gender Dimension Overall the level of gender mainstreaming in development programmes is low despite the efforts made previously. Therefore, the participation of women in developmental process is low. The communities in the district are largely patriarchal in nature. In Amuria like other parts of Uganda, the place of women and men in terms of their roles in the community can be largely be categorized into two; reproduction and production respectively. It is a practice that in more than 90% of the households and communities in the district, men hold sway in matters relating to control of resources and access to them. These resources mainly include productive assets like land, capital and finances. The males are by tradition the heads of households under the traditional clan systems.

3.2.1.7.1 Gender and education In the area of education, there are currently 120 primary schools in Amuria District though there isn’t any specifically for girls. Enrolment of both boys and girls in primary education has since improved following introduction of Universal Primary Education (UPE) for all school going children. Enrolment by sex in most schools is almost balanced, with boys constituting 51% and girls 49%. In general terms the current enrolment is 57,538

28 pupils with 29,829 boys and 27,709 girls. A number of factors such as the environment at school and at home explain the scenario. As girls reach adolescence they have special needs that accompany their adolescence and schools endeavor to pay attention to such needs, which has provided an enabling environment for girl child education in the district.

The provision of such facilities in schools to cater for needs of girls has improved with gender segregated toilet facilities and specialized teachers to address specific needs of girls and boys. Each of the schools has a senior woman teacher and a senior man teacher designated to attend to the special needs of girls and boys. In addition, the district has put in place the Gender Based Violence (GBV) working group that coordinates gender based violence issues in the district. For example, they have established a referral system where cases of the violation of the right of a girl child to education are handled. In terms of persons concerned with delivering school education in the district there are about 1,050 teachers in schools with about 725 males and approximately 325 females. There is one female primary teacher out of every 4 teachers in primary schools in the district.

3.2.1.7.2 Gender and production The dominant productive activity carried out in the district is farming which is practiced at a subsistence level. According to the Uganda Population and Housing Census 2002 report 68.31% of the labour force in the district is engaged in subsistence farming. The census report defines the labour force as ‘persons aged 10 years and above who are economically active (whose status is paid employee, self employed or unpaid family worker)’. According to the report 14,314 (47.1%) of the total labour force then was made up of women.

3.2.1.8 Health services The health delivery system in the district comprises of the district health office, health sub district (HSD), the HC III and HC II units. The health care services are delivered by both government and private organizations and individuals. There are a total of 18 health units in the district. Nine of these units are operated by the government and seven by private not for profit (PNFP).

3.2.1.8.1 Disease burden Available Health Management Information (HMIS) records show that the major cause of sickness in the district is malaria constituting about 54% of the cases of the sick followed by acute respiratory infection (without pneumonia) which is responsible for up to 15% of the sick. The other common illnesses with the percentage of the sickness they are responsible are diarrhoea (non-bloody) 8%, intestinal worms 6%, trauma (general) 5%, skin infections 3%, eye infections 3%, uterine tract infection (UTI) 3%, ear infections 1% and diarrhoea (bloody) 1%. Much of other illnesses are related to the hygiene and sanitation conditions of the community. Diarrhoeal infections are common within the camps for IDPs where sanitation conditions are so poor.

3.2.1.9 Safe Water Supply in Amuria District In general terms, Amuria district has no large surface water bodies that can be exploited for water supplies however the sub counties of Asamuk, Kuju Orungo and Morungatuny have swamps where the possibility of getting springs and perennial open wells that can be protected as shallow and deep. The sub counties of Asamuk, parts of

Kuju, Wera, Orungo and Morungatuny have also potential for shallow wells that can be reliable, whilst Acowa, Kapelebyong and parts of Obalanga have seasonal sub surface water potential. The most difficult sub counties as regards having ground water potential are Orungo and Acowa. This is the sole reason why our predominant safe water sources are boreholes and shallow well with a few springs (protected).

Table 7: Distribution of Water Sources in the Sub-Counties by Technology

LLG Protected springs Boreholes Shallow wells Functionality rate F NF F NF F NF Abarilela 0 0 22 3 8 0 90.9 Asamuk 6 8 30 2 9 0 81.8 Wera 1 0 19 2 6 3 83.3 Kuju 12 6 22 3 5 0 81.3 Orungo 3 3 16 3 9 1 80.0 Morungatuny 6 7 18 3 12 1 76.6 Obalanga 0 0 28 2 10 2 90.5 Kapelebyong 0 0 26 3 5 2 88.6 Acowa 0 0 35 4 9 3 86.3 Amuria ------TOTAL 28 24 216 25 73 12 84.4 (DISTRICT) Note: F = Functional, NF = Non Functional

Table 8: Safe water coverage by sub-county as at the end of FY 2007/08

Sub county borehole JICA Shallow Protecte Others taps Total Pop. Popn. %ag Augered wells d springs served e wells Abarilela 50 0 8 0 0 0 58 26,902 16,200 56.1 Acowa 64 0 12 0 0 0 76 46,734 21,000 46.9 Asamuk 50 0 10 14 0 0 74 36,245 18,600 49.3 Wera 40 0 10 1 0 0 51 23,850 13,650 58.4 Kuju 52 0 10 14 0 0 76 33,385 19,200 59.2 Orungo 41 0 8 6 0 0 55 27,433 14,400 56.6 Obalanga 78 0 12 0 0 0 90 27,470 24,200 85.4 Morungatuny 60 0 13 13 0 0 86 31,426 21,900 71.4 Kapelebyong 48 0 7 0 0 0 55 17,633 11,543 83.8 Amuria 7 0 1 0 0 0 8 7,800 777 13.4 T/council Total 490 0 91 48 0 0 629 278,878 161,47 57.9 0

From Tables 10-11, the functionality rate and the existing sources of safe water by technology and by sub-county the following can be seen: a. Obalanga and Abarilela have the highest functionality rates of water sources. b. Its clear that in general the best performing technology is boreholes at a functionality rate of 89.6% followed by hand dug shallow wells at a rate of 85.9% and the other technology of protected springs is at 53%; c. It is also clear in general that the sub counties that are doing well have most of their safe water sources as boreholes; and

30 d. Having a functionality average of 84% has a tremendous pointer towards the efficiency and existence of the community based management system to handle the issues of operation and maintenance and also availability of safe water for the people.

3.2.1.10 Sanitation There is no up to date information on the sanitation status in the district, however looking at the situation in general and making reference to some of the little available data, (which however is limited to some particular areas/ sub counties) collected by the NGOs in the sector, we can say that the sanitation coverage of Amuria still lies below 40%.

3.2.1.11 Poverty Status Poverty in Amuria The economy of Amuria district is predominantly based on agriculture and livestock keeping. It is largely subsistence based agriculture with hardly any form of organized commercial farm production. Over 90% of the district population is engaged in agricultural cultivation and livestock keeping. The livelihoods of the communities depend on these activities which provide them with food, income, employment and other social benefits. However, the extent to which they practice this has changed in recent years. Over the late 1980s and early 1990s, there was massive loss of livestock due to cattle rustling by armed Karimojong from the neighboring districts of Karamoja. When considered on regional terms, Amuria, which is part of the Eastern region, has its population living below the poverty line in the range of 46%.

3.2.1.12 Marketing of Agricultural Produce These are places where trade takes place on weekly basis and are scattered all over the district. These market places lack the required facilities including latrines and urinals. Trade takes place in makeshift structures made of grass and wattle. Rain and heat from the sun therefore affects both sellers and buyers. The types of business carried out in these places include sale of manufactured goods, agricultural outputs, eating houses, local brew, etc.

3.2.1.13 Animal Production Accurate and up to date information on the census of livestock could not be availed because the department has not carried out a census however the recent census carried out by UBOS in 2009 will help in having amore close livestock populations as summarized in Table 12.

Table 9: Major Animals kept in Amuria District as of 2009 Records Category Cross breed Local (estimate) Total Cattle 17 56,732 63,732 Goats 29 43,454 63,483 Sheep 0 27,611 27,614 Pigs 541 5,251 11,251 Poultry 256 150,732 150,732 (Source: Amuria DDP 2009-12)

Table 10: Animal Products 2009

Type Production level Value (ushs) Hides (kg) 960 960,000 Skins (kg) 2,805 1,402,500 Milk (litres) 300,245 150,125,500 Eggs (number) 690,000 3,000,000 Meat – cattle (kg) 32,500 65,000,000 Meat – goat (kg) 20,320 40,640,000 Mutton (kg) 5,000 10,000,000 Pork (kg) 2,400 3,600,000 Total value 274,728,000

Table 11: Animal Marketing 2009 Records

Category Numbers Value (ushs) Main market Cattle 6,240 1,248,000,000 Mbale, Soroti, Tororo and Palisa Goats and 4,680 93,600,000 Mbale, Soroti, Tororo and Palisa sheep Pigs 320 15,608,200 Soroti and Katakwi Poultry 40,820 104,680,000 Mbale, Soroti and Tororo total value 1,461,888,200

Table 12: Veterinary Infrastructure

Facility Functional Mal-functional Total Cattle dips 0 16 17 Earth dams 2 63 65 Valley tanks 0 3 3 Veterinary 0 1 1 centres Holding ground 0 1 2

3.2.2 Bukedea District The Bukedea District is located in Eastern Uganda. It borders Mbale and Sironko districts in the East, Kumi district to the North, Katakwi and Nakapiripirit districts in the North East and Pallisa district in the South. The District headquarters is Bukedea Town Council a distance of about 285 km from Kampala City. It lies approximately between: latitude 1°10` North and 1°35`North and Longitude 33°30`East and 32°20`East. The district covers a total area of 1,029.32km2, out of which 1,035.82km2 is land area while 13.5 km2 is mainly swamps/wetlands.

3.2.2.1 Topography of Bukedea Bukedea District is in the plains of Teso i.e. generally flat with few undulations, beautified by isolated inselbergs, the most pronounced are Bukedea (Kocheka) and Kachumbala (Kongunga, Kongoidi, Komuge, Amus, Otimonga, Moru-Ateko, Kotia-Aligoi and Kongatuny). These inselbergs for long have modified the micro-climate and contributed to volcanic fertility of soils.

3.2.2.2 Climate and Vegetation of Bukedea The district has a modified equatorial climate with both heavy rainfall and high temperatures. The rainfall pattern is characteristically bi-modal with peaks in April-May and July-August. The rest of the months are relatively hot and dry. The annual mean temperature stands at 22°C. The vegetation is generally savannah. There are woodlands found at Malera, Kolir and Bukedea Sub Counties, as well as forest plantations and reserves.

3.2.2.3 Human Population, Ethnicity and Density Bukedea District population is estimated to be having a population of 189,774 people, Males 91,735 females 97,988. According to the 2002 Population and Housing census, Bukedea District had 122,233 people in the 25,767 households, of which males were 58,598, while females were 63,835. Ethnic grouping include; Iteso who constitute the majority, the others being mainly; Bagishu, Banyole, Langi and Banganda, Basoga, Acholi, Acholi Labwor, and Bugwere. Generally, Bukedea has diversity of ethnic groups though Iteso constitute approximately 95% of the population.

3.2.2.4 Energy sources in Bukedea The main source of energy for cooking is wood fuel, used by about 99.9% of households, while 0.02% of households use electricity/gas, 0.03% use paraffin and 0.07% use other services. Paraffin is main service of lighting used by 55.26% of households, 0.16% use electricity/gas, firewood 22.32% and 0.07% of households use other sources for lighting. Bukedea has two power lines crossing it i.e. Lira line which is 32KVA and Soroti line with 250 volts.

3.2.2.5 Education Bukedea District has a total of 137 education institutions comprised as follows: 20 nursery; 101 Primary schools of which 18 are private the rest are government aided; 13 secondary schools one Core Primary Teacher Training School and 2 Vocational/ Technical school.

3.2.2.6 Health Bukedea has one health sub district (HSD), with one (1) health IV as its headquarters; this has an operating theatre which is currently non-functional, a maternity unit, 5 health centre III, and one (1) health centre II. The health department has also constructed more Health Centre IIs in Koboli, Apopong, Nalugai and Busano which are a waiting to be operationalized.

3.2.2.7 Gender Dimension in Bukedea Gender equality is the ultimate goal as a result of absence of discrimination on the basis of a person’s sex in opportunities and allocation of resources or in access to services. empowerment is increased opportunity for both men and women to control their life e.g. power to make decisions. In terms of literacy levels by gender, Bukedea has more illiterate women in the district than men as summarized in Table 16

Table 13: Literacy and illiteracy levels by 2002 for 10+years

Literacy/ Male total Percentage Female Percentage Overall Percentage illiteracy total total Literacy 22,759 69 19,687 28 22,226 57.6 Illiteracy 11,050 31 21,606 52 32,656 22.2

3.2.2.8 HIV/AIDS Prevalence HIV/AIDS prevalence rates stands at 4.2%, slightly lower than the national average of 6.2% as summarized in Table 17. The population groups most at risk of HIV/AIDS include; married couples and young people in the age bracket of 15- 38years of age. The other category of people includes those who abuse drugs and alcohol.

Table 14: Estimated Population Infected with HIV/AIDS

Sub-county Population Estimated pop. infected HIV/AIDS Bukedea 644,186 27,700 Kachumbala 1,246,512 53,600 Kidongole 574,419 24,700 Kolir 569,767 24,500 Malera 906,977 39,000 Bukedea T/C 209,302 9,000 District Total 4,151,163 178,500

3.2.2.9 PCRs in Bukedea Areas Apart from the burial sites which are spread over areas in the district, there are some memorial sites for Semei Kakungulu who was British collaborator during the colonial period. These include overgrown old historical Mvule trees said to have been planted by Semei Kakungulu in the areas of St. Theresa secondary school, St Marys Core Primary Teachers College (PTC), and near Okunguro primary school all within Bukedea Catholic Mission. The Muvule trees are quite visible from the Mbale-Soroti highway near the Trading Centre in Bukedea. Kakungulu Forts are also found near Bukedea Catholic Mission which is also very close to the railway station.

3.2.3 Katakwi District Katakwi District regained its district status in 1997 through an Act of Parliament. Its earlier status as North Teso District was cancelled in the 1970s. The District was curved out of Soroti District in 1997 and in July 2005 Amuria district was curved out of Katakwi district. Katakwi District is located in the North Eastern region of Uganda, lying between longitudes 33° 48' E - 34° 18' E and latitudes 1° 38' N – 2° 20' N. It shares borders with the districts of Moroto in the North, Nakapiripirit in the East, Amuria in the West & North-west, Soroti in the Southwest and Kumi in the South. The District Headquarters is situated at Katakwi Town Council, a road distance of about 380 km from Kampala, the National capital by the most direct route.

3.2.3.1 Geology Geological surveys have revealed that most areas are underlain by rocks of basement complex of pre-cambrian age, which include: granites, mignalites, gneiss, schists and quartzites. The district landscape is generally a plateau with gently undulating slopes in certain areas.

3.2.3.2 Soils The soils are mainly of ferralitic type (sandy sediments and sandy loam). They are well drained and friable. Bottomland contains widespread deposits of alluvium. The land

34 resource is fertile and productive with the most fertile region being areas lying in the North to Eastern part of the district.

3.2.3.3 Climate In terms of climate, relief and vegetation, the district located on the Northern plateau. It is characterized by extensive flat plains with grassland savannah and frequent shrub vegetation. There is a marked long dry season and rainfall is relatively low, ranging from 850mm – 1500mm, with the Northern parts receiving less rainfall.

3.2.3.4 Vegetation The vegetation of Katakwi district largely comprises of savannah grasslands dotted with shrubs and trees. It can generally be described as a woodland / shrub land – grassland vegetation dominated by Acacia, Conbretum, Piliostigma, Butyrosperum paradoxum and Hyperenia species.

3.2.3.5 Water Resources The water resources in Katakwi consist of open water bodies (surface sources), ground water (sub-surface) and rain- harvest. Katakwi District has an area of 177 sq. km covered by water. The District has two minor lakes (Bisina and Opeta) in its border with Kumi district and one seasonal river (Kiriik) flowing from Karamoja. It also has a large swamp area. Water from these various sources is put to multiple uses including human, livestock and wildlife consumption. In addition, the open water sources being rich in biodiversity are a source of fisheries resource. Wetlands occupy the transition between open water bodies and terrestrial eco-system and perform important regulatory functions. Rainfall is the principal contributor of water to the surface bodies.

3.2.3.6 Socio- Economic Background and Population Livelihoods The people of Katakwi District are partially traditionally pastoralists. They earn their livelihood through livestock rearing and crop production at subsistence level. This was so until 1986 when cattle rustling by the Karimojong intensified. In 1987 a civil strife broke out in the Teso region and this aggravated the situation. During this period a lot of lives and property were lost and many families got disintegrated. Most of the productive labour force was either destroyed or displaced. Animal traction, which used to be a major means of opening land for agricultural production became a thing of the past. The whole of Teso region became impoverished as the economic base was completely depleted.

With the gradual return of peace in the early 1990’s the population began to resettle and engage in small-scale production activities. Through individual and some NGO efforts, the economic recovery had begun to take shape with livestock and crop production levels rising. However, if the persistent cattle rustling continue, it will affect the economic recovery. If total peace and security is restored, there is no doubt that Katakwi district can attain sustainable levels of development. On average about 64% of the population of Katakwi falls below the poverty line (i.e. the population is spending less than US $ 1 per person per day on basic human requirements such as health, food, shelter).

3.2.3.7 Population Size and Distribution The district population of Katakwi for the year 2002 final census results is 118,928 out of which 57,401 (48.3%) are male and 61,527 (51.7%) are female (Table 18). Of the total district population, 2.38% are urban while 97.62% are rural based.

Table 15: Population Distribution by Sub-county and Sex (2010)

Sub county Male Female Total Kapujan 4,383 4,805 9,188 Katakwi 12,902 13,785 26,687 Katakwi T/C 2,769 3,143 5,912 Magoro 5,567 6,012 11,579 Ngariam 8,065 8,362 16,424 Omodoi 5,063 5,494 10,557 Ongongoja 4,733 5,051 9,784 Toroma 4,642 4,858 9,500 Usuk 9,277 10,017 19,294 57,401 61,527 118,928 (Source: DDP 2010-14) Table 16: Population Density by Sub-county in 2010

Sub county Total pop. Land area(km2) Pop. density Kapujan 9,188 79.39 117.04 Katakwi 26,687 272.60 100.00 Katakwi t/c 5,912 13.0 561.15 Magoro 11,579 231.66 48.63 Ngariam 16,424 642.29 28.00 Omodoi 10,557 n/a n/a Ongongoja 9,784 n/a n/a Toroma 9,500 n/a n/a Usuk 19,294 n/a n/a Sub total 118,928 2,177.23 56.9 118,928 2,177.23 56.9

Table 17: Functional Age Group (2010)

Age group Age (complete Total Percentage years) Population for Immunization 0 - 4 24,380 20.5% Pre-school age population 0 – 5 26,485 18.4% Primary school age population 6 – 12 25,570 21.5% Lower secondary age population 14 –17 10,754 8.8% Child population 0 -17 66,005 55.5% Teen –age population 13 -19 32,994 27% Youth population 18 -30 25,451 21.4% Adult population 18+ 52,923 44.5% Females of reproductive age 15-49 29,084 23.8% Productive age group 15-64 64,521 52.8% Elderly above 60 6,541 5.5% (Source: Based on Analysis of the Population and Housing Census 2002 Results)

Table 168: Demographic Indicators for Katakwi District

Indicator Katakwi Uganda Sex ratio (males per 100 females) 93.6 9605 Dependency ratio (per 1000 reproductive population) 89.39 104 Crude Birth Rate (per 1,000 pop.) 48.5 52 Crude Death Rate (per 1,000 pop) 17.9 1 Total Fertility Rate 6.35 6.9 Infant Mortality Rate (per 100 live births) 116 97 Under 5 mortality rate (per 1,000 live births) 192 174 Maternal mortality rate (per 100,00 live births) n/a 506 Contraceptive prevalence n/a 15 life expectance at birth (years) 46 48 urban population distribution(%) 2.0 11.3 Child nutrition status – wasted (%) n/a 5.3 Child nutrition status – stunted (%) n/a 38.3

3.2.3.8 HIV/AIDS in Katakwi Disrict Insecurity and war in the region greatly affected food production, education, and health and led to increased HIV/AIDS prevalence with incidence rates that stand at 17% compared to the national average of 6.1%. As a result, poverty levels in Katakwi have remained high with over 64% of the population living below the poverty line against the national average of 32%.

3.2.3.9 Education information The district has a total of 160 primary schools with 157 government-aided, 2 private and 1 community school. For secondary schools, the district has over 14 schools, 8 are government, 3 private and 3 community and there 12 Secondary schools.

3.2.3.10 Health Sector The district has Government dispensaries (II), health centers (III) at county, health centers (IV) at sub-district and no hospital at the moment. Moreso, it has also private/NGO dispensaries and private health service centers as summarized in Table 22.

Table 19: Health Infrastructure, 2010

Healthy Facility Government Private/NGO Total Health Centre IV 1 0 1 Health Centre III 5 2 7 Theatre 1 0 1 Laboratory 3 2 5 Maternities 7 2 9 Clinics 0 11 11 Drug shops 0 31 31

3.2.3.11 Energy Sector Katakwi District has no Electricity supply. The District is ear marked to benefit from Uganda Electricity Distribution proposed 33 kV feeder power line from Soroti to Moroto and Kotido. A dispatch sub-station for the line location is in Opuyo near Soroti town a

37 distance of about 52 km to Katakwi District Headquarters. The demand for electricity supply in Katakwi town is increasingly rising by the day. The heavy capital out lay anticipated seems to be the major constraint on the work on the proposed power line. At the district headquarters small generators and solar systems are used to power the equipment.

3.2.1.3 Climate The Districts records high temperatures around 25oC mean annual maximum temperatures. Day and night temperatures reach their highest and lowest respectively in the dry season. The mean annual maximum temperature is about 32.5oC and the mean annual minimum temperature is 18oC. The district is characterised by a bimodal type of rainfall with peak periods in the months of March-June and September- November.

3.2.4 Kumi District Kumi District is located in Eastern Uganda. It borders Bukedea district in the east, Soroti and Ngora districts to the West, Katakwi and Nakapiripirit districts in the North and North East and Pallisa district in the South. The district headquarters is in Kumi Town Council, a distance of about 305 kms from Kampala.

3.2.4.1 Climate In terms of climate and relief, Kumi district lies at an approximate altitude of between 1,036m and 1,127 above sea level in a modified equatorial climatic zone with both heavy rainfall and high temperature. Based on the population projections of 2006 there are 333,067 people in the district.

3.2.4.2 Economic information The major economic activity in the district is agriculture, mostly subsistence farming with emphasis on (i) food crops: finger millet, groundnuts, sweet potatoes, cassava, sorghum, rice, cow peas, soya beans, bananas, sunflower and onions, (ii) cash crops: cotton. Other activities include fishing in both Lake Kyoga and the satellite lakes in the district. There is an expanding class of artisans in the Kumi. These include arts and crafts, carpentry, joinery and building. The predominant ethnic group in Kumi district is the Iteso and the predominant language spoken is Ateso.

3.2.4.3 Population The district’s estimated population is 360,000 people (UBOS 2010 mid-year projections), 40% of which is 15-49 years (Table 3). The women in the reproductive age group (15-49 years) are 21% of the district population and constitute 41 % of the females in the district. The 2002 national population census estimated the population of Kumi district to be approximately 165,400 of this, 56% is within the unproductive age bracket which strains social service delivery as well as natural resources. The annual population growth rate in the district is given as 4.3% and if this trend continues the population is expected to double in about 20 years. The total fertility rate of the district is 7.6, with literacy levels standing at 73.9% and 52.3% for men and women respectively. Ethnic grouping is constituted mainly by Iteso about 98% while the remaining 2% is shared among other groups (Table 23). The region also has one of the highest population growth rates and is among the most densely populated areas in the country. The population of Kumi Districts is reportedly one of the youngest in the country with 56% of its population under the age of 18 years (DDP, 2009-2014).

Table 20: Population of Kumi district by sex and selected age groups

Indicator Kumi Male Female Total Percentage 1 year 8,800 8,600 17,400 5 1-4 years 28,400 27,700 56,100 15 5-14 years 53,700 52,500 106,200 30 15-49 years 67,100 76,400 143,500 40 50+ years 15,800 21,000 36,800 10 Total Population 173,800 186,200 360,000 100 (Source: UBOS 2009 Mid Year Projections)

3.2.4.4 Gender Aspects

3.2.4.4.1 Gender in production work in Kumi District As in most districts in Uganda, crop farming for consumption and sale is the predominant economic activity of both women and men in the communities. A part from farm-based income, women are also engaged in brewing (beer and spirits), except for a relatively small percentage who are successful traders or owners and managers of service enterprises, such as bars and restaurants. On the other hand, men are engaged in a broader range of income activities most of which are physically demanding activities, such as collection and sale of forest products especially charcoal burning, and higher income gender-prescribed manufacturing activities, such as brick making and carpentry which rely on both physical strength and skills acquired through training or passed down informally. Such trainings traditionally favor men more than women.

Farm labor is also a common form of employment though often practiced periodically according to opportunity and need and is one of the sources of cash and in-kind income for poor and medium-income households. Generally, enterprises or activities falling into the lowest income bracket are performed by both men and women.

3.2.4.4.2 Gender Empowerment and opportunities in Kumi In many respects, the circumstances for women in Kumi rotate their Empowerment being hinged on farming based income generating activities. However, the importance placed on farm based labouring both by men and women implies less concentration on non-farm activities, particularly amongst women who are already the predominant force in own-farm production. Brewing is the major female source of off-farm income, with the benefit being that the working capital for brewing is only tied up for a short period of time (during the short brewing cycle), and are thus relatively easily available when cash is required for other purposes.

For example, if a household member falls ill, the profits from a small batch of beer can be used to buy medicine, and/or the working capital used for investment in health care or another needed service/commodity (Smith, 2010). Aside from brewing, there is reportedly a relative small, although potentially influential (unaffiliated) group of women who are progressively engaging in more capital intensive and fairly profitable predominantly service-based enterprises such as restaurants, bars, transport amongst others. The women have seized such opportunities against culturally prescribed norms,

39 and are reportedly working hard to effectively build up such businesses or small enterprises.

It is also reported that, in Kumi, sometimes the source of income for initiating farm- and non-farm based enterprises is from loans from micro finance institutions with a few groups getting assistance through gifts from well-wisher institutions and groups. It is noted that, a number of women groups have received some trainings on enterprise management although the issue of defaulting on payment for services by men from women enterprises, notably beer, is rampant.

3.2.4.5 Education and health services Kumi district has 33 secondary schools (9 government-aided, 24 private), 1 technical institution, 3 teacher training colleges and 1 university. The majority (73 %) of the secondary schools are private. The district has a total of 27 health facilities three of which are hospitals (2 are PNFP), 13HC III, 11 health centre II (5 PNFPs.

3.2.4.6 PCRs in Kumi Areas In the areas of Kumi key PCRs include:

3.2.4.6.1 Nyero Rock Paintings Nyero rock paintings located 7km from Kumi town in Moru-Ikara village in Nyero Sub County on 36º N; 0594062, 0162951, Elevation 1146m. It is an interesting archaeological and well preserved sites in Eastern Region now under the Uganda National Museums (Figure 12).

Figure 9: Part of Nyero rock paintings

3.2.4.6.2 Mukura Memorial Monument The station is a known site following the 1989 NRA massacre of 54 people who were suffocated in a train wagon. To date, Government has erected a memorial monument

40 in a mass grave for the 54 victims who were suffocated in the wagon (Figures 10-11). The site has been preserved and gazetted as national memorial site with a secondary school (Mukura Memorial Secondary School) built in the area all in memory of the 54 people.

Figure 10: A memorial monument for 54 people massacred at Mukura railway Substation

Figure 11: Sections of Mukura Memorial Site (Top: a house over the mass grave; left: Mass grave; and Right: collection of artefacts from within the site)

3.2.4.7 Land tenure in Teso Region In Teso region, the most common mode of land ownership is customary system, which is almost the same as customary law in other parts of northern Uganda. Under customary tenure in Teso, the clan elders have the responsibility for administering land, but this

41 includes the right to say who can sell land and to whom. This is because, they have the responsibility to protect the land for all the clan, and to make sure that everyone in the clan is given rights to land. The family head manages the land on behalf of the family as the steward of the land. His rights to manage the land go together with the responsibility to look after the rights of others to use the land, and to make sure that the next generation will also be able to enjoy the land. Other people in the family also have rights over the land. Security of tenure over land always comes with land allocation, on condition only that a household is able to use the land. The family head is responsible for ensuring security of tenure, with clan authorities as the overall guarantor.

The clan on its part has therefore the responsibility for overseeing the administration of all the land. This means making sure that there are heirs appointed at household levels to manage the land and to oversee and authorize any land sales. The clan also owns land which is communally used, such as for hunting and grazing. It is responsible for ensuring proper use of the land and that, there are no trespassers. A son becomes head of household after marriage and is allocated land to hold and to manage for the good of his family. He is the steward of that land. His wives, children and other family members also have rights to that land, but he is the overall ‘manager’.

3.2.5 Kween District Kween District is bordered by Nakapiripitit District to the north, Amudat the northeast, Bukwo the east, the Republic of Kenya to the south, Kapchorwa District to the west and Bulambuli the northwest. The town of Binyiny, where the district headquarters are located is approximately 69 km (43 mi), by road, northeast of Mbale, the nearest large town. Together with Kapchorwa District and Bukwa District, it forms the Sebei subregion, formerly known as Sebei District.

3.2.5.1 Topography The District is divided into two distinct geographical areas – the upper and hilly part and the lower plains of Ngenge and Kiriki sub counties. The upper area is densely populated and is prone to landslides while the lower part is generally flat and prone to floods in the rainy season.

3.2.5.2 Geology and Soil The terrain in Kween is characteristically of the tertiary volcanic of the Elgon Series. The predominant rock material is agglomerates, which contains fragments of hard lava in matrix of volcanic ash. The ash is weathering, at the surface, at various rates. This releases rock fragments ranging in size from cobbles to massive boulders and these may lie on the current surface or may be embedded in soil. The soil consists predominantly of volcanic decomposition products. Clay, which may be red, black or grey, is intermingled with sand and gravel sized particles. These may have been formed by lateritic action or may be residual siliceous materials that have resisted further weathering. There are occasional outcrops of hard lava which may be of high silica content and coarse grain structure in some areas in the district giving waterfalls where rivers cross such sections.

3.2.5.3 Climate The climatic condition of the area is generally characterized by wet weather all the year round due to the relatively high elevation of the area associated with Mount

Elgon. The area receives high rainfall. The annual average rainfall of the area is about 1500mm with a maximum of approximately 2,000 mm. There is no data available for Kapchorwa region and for Kween in particular hence, the data available for Sironko is utilized as an indicative data for the District. The record between the period 1989 and 1993 for Sironko shows that the area had an annual maximum temperature of 29.30C and minimum of 16.20C. On the other hand, the minimum annual rainfall in Kween is reportedly 1,517mm increasing to 1,873mm in some areas. There is one major wet season, that is, between March and September during which most of the precipitation takes place.

3.2.5.4 Mt. Elgon National Park Mt Elgon National Park covers an area of 1,279 km² and is bisected by the border of Kenya and Uganda with the Ugandan part covering about 1,110 km² while the Kenyan part covers 169 km². Elgon's slopes support a rich variety of vegetation ranging from montane forest to high open moorland studded with the giant lobelia and groundsel plants. The vegetation varies with altitude. The mountain slopes are covered with olive Olea hochstetteri and Aningueria adolfi-friedericii wet montane forest. At higher altitudes, this changes to olive and Podocarpus gracilior forest, and then a Podocarpus and bamboo Arundinaria alpina zone. Higher still is a Hagenia abyssinica zone and then moorland with heaths Erica arborea and Philippia trimera, tussock grasses such as Agrostis gracilifolia and Festuca pilgeri, herbs such as Alchemilla, Helichrysum, Lobelia, and the giant groundsels Senecio barbatipes and Senecio elgonensis.

Of the 400 species recorded for the Park the following are of particular note as they only occur in high altitude broad-leaf montane forest: Ardisiandra wettsteinii, Carduus afromontanus, Echinops hoehnelii, Ranunculus keniensis (previously thought endemic to Mount Kenya), and Romulea keniensis. A total of about 112 tree species are known to occur in Mt. Elgon National Park out of which four are known to be endemic to the Ugandan side. Furthermore, 14 tree species exist only on the Ugandan side of the Park and on other mountains of eastern and north-eastern Uganda. It is important to note that, parts of the park occur in Kween County in Kapchorwa.

3.2.5.5 Housing According to the Kween District Profile Report 2012, the District has 60.5 % of the housing units being of mud and wattle with grass roof and 39.5% were roofed with iron sheets (Figures 12-13). It is also reported that, are few permanent houses which are located in urban areas. In trading centers, there is no distinction between residential and commercial structures as they are used for both small businesses and dwellings.

Figure 12: Mud and wattle in Kirik areas in Kween Figure 13: A section of iron sheet roofed houses in Kween areas.

3.2.5.6 Customary land ownership in Kapchorwa Region In Kapchorwa region (including Kween), the most common land tenure system is customary tenure, which the Land Act recognizes as governed by customs, rules, and regulations of the community (Uganda, Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development 1998). Approximately 97 percent of the arable land in the region is owned under customary tenure (IFPRI, 2007). With high levels of population density, conflict over land in the region is frequent.

3.2.5.7 Agriculture The main source of livelihood in Kween district is farming which accounts for 84.3 percent of the total households’ population followed by employment income (5.8 percent), then business enterprise (DDP, 2012). Crops grown include coffee, maize, beans, bananas, wheat, barley, cassava, Irish and sweet potatoes and yams. Apart from crop farming the people also keep some few cattle, goats and sheep (Figures 17- 18). Millet is also grown, but on small scale and primarily for home consumption. Fertile land is always reserved for crops and the less fertile land and rocky places are used for grazing and provision for thatching grass. Some of the maize grown is used for brew known as “komek” in local language. Farming is essentially on small plots of land of 0.5- 2 acres found around the homesteads. Livestock rearing supplements farming activities. Very few people depend on trade and paid employment. In hilly areas, farmers practice terracing as a way of protecting soils form erosion.

Figure 14: Fields of wheat close to Kapchorwa-Suam road Figure 15: Terraced hill side with fields.

3.2.5.8 Transport At the local level, the main mode of transporting produce is by use of donkey and trucks (Figures 19-20). Donkeys are major means of transport that manage the sloppy terrain of project area. They are mainly used to transport agricultural produce from the gardens and to the markets and also carrying water and fire wood. Almost every family owns a donkey which they use for transport. There are also public commuter taxis operating along the Kapchorwa-Suam road through during rainy season, the road is almost impassable and can only be used by trucks carrying both passengers and goods. The trucks carry goods as well as passengers who either stand or sit on goods at the same time.

Figure 16: A truck carrying goods and passengers along Kapchorwa-Suam road. Note the soils at the edges that make it rather impassable in the rainy season

Figure 17: Donkeys along the road carrying produce from the fields

3.2.5.9 Gender Dimension in Kween Areas Like in all areas of Uganda and most African countries, there are specific cultural roles for men and women in project area. Generally, women are culturally assigned

46 reproductive roles such as home keeping which are concerned with general household welfare and community work whereas men take on productive roles associated with monetary gains. Grazing animals, ploughing, pruning, and thinning banana plantation where bananas are grown are considered to be men’s activities in the area. However, in the urban areas some women are responsible for looking after the livestock. Some men work and some do not. Some go with the women to the fields while others look after animals. Very few are in small businesses particularly in rural communities. During harvesting time for beans, maize and picking coffee, most men help their wives. As a rule men do not help in banana plantation weeding and in the planting of potatoes. These are considered strictly to be women activities. Fetching water and fire wood is done by the women (Figure 18).

Figure 18: Women carrying firewood on their backs in Kween villages

Preparing food, bathing children, feeding children and cleaning the house are specific for the women in both urban and rural areas. Gardening, harvesting, weeding, picking coffee are shared between men and women. Providing food, paying for food family treatment, and paying children’s fees although regarded as a responsibility for both is mainly relegated to men particularly in the urban area. Daily activity profiles compiled for men and women indicate that women wake up earlier than men, do almost all the household chores and also participate in other gardening activities with men. Men are more concerned with gardening and grazing. Women work longer hours than men and are involved in more activities at both household and community levels where they get involved in community services such as weddings and funerals.

During harvesting time, mothers usually go to the gardens around 11.00am after making all preparations including those for supper. They come home from fields around 5.00 pm to prepare super. All these indicate that women are more burdened than men as daily activities for women include looking after the children, preparing food, washing clothes and generally taking care of the house unlike the men whose activities apart from looking after animals and gardening (sometimes), are mainly supervisory.

3.2.5.10 Access, Ownership and Control of Assets Marketing of produce, as the women participants narrated, is mainly the responsibility of men who also control the proceeds. Women may sell with permission from their Husbands but quantities are usually restricted. Women are required to declare the outcomes of their transactions and account for the money spent. A wife may be entrusted with money to keep but has no right to spend it unless the husband has permitted her to do so. Spouses were said to occasionally discuss family finances and spending usually tied to needs, such as children fees, treatment, farm inputs, and so on. The community identified some of the assets they considered important. These included assets such as land, cattle (oxen), ploughs, donkeys, a house and some farm implements.

All productive major assets such as land, farm implements, livestock especially cattle are owned and controlled by men with women having access as long as they are married to such men. When separation or divorce occurs, women lose access to such assets. In the urban areas, land, a house and livestock (cattle, goats, and donkeys), and expensive assets such as television sets, radio, and a vehicle are controlled by men although they are accessed by women as well. Women on the other hand have more control over reproductive assets such as poultry, household utensils, and sewing machines help them to meet their reproductive gender roles. Cash money, furniture, and shops are known controlled by both husbands and women and the wife (see table below).

3.2.5.11 Water One of reliable water sources in the district is from the rivers and streams that radiate from the foothills of Mr. Elgon ranges (Figure 22). However, these are beginning to dry up in the dry seasons. As such, the pastoralists in Ngenge and Kiriki sub counties have to travel for long distances in search of water during the dry season. Water harvesting from roof tops is not a common practice in the district.The district safe water coverage stands at 52.4%. There are 608 water sources in the district as indicated in Table 25 and the average household distance to a water source is 500m.

Figure 19: Part of R. Siti in Kween areas flowing from Mt. Elgon areas, it serves both domestic and livestock water supply needs

Table 17: Water sources in the district

Technology %age No of water points Spring protection 74.3% 452 springs Gravity Flow Scheme 20.2 123 tap stands Boreholes 2.3 14 Rain water harvesting tanks 2.7 16 Hand dug wells 0.5 3 Total 608 water sources

Although the rivers and streams are the major sources of water for production and domestic comsumption in the district, no major interventions have been instituted to protect the these rivers and streams. No soil conservations measures are practiced within their catchments and cultivation is upto the river banks.

3.2.5.12 HIV/AIDS Statistics compiled by the office of the District Director of Health Services for Kapchorwa for instance in 2008, reveal that a total of 12,000 people are HIV positive. This is despite the various efforts being put in place by the district health office, The Aids Support

Organization [TASO], Reproductive Educative and Community Health [REACH] and other NGOs in sensitizing the people about the dangers of the disease. Based on results of HIV tests done through voluntary counseling and guidance, the prevalence rate is estimated at 6.8 per cent. Given the fact that the entire Kapchorwa population is about 200,000 people, the HIV/Aids statistics compiled by his office standing at 12,000 people infected indicates that one person in every 16 people in Kapchorwa is HIV positive. The prevalence rate of HIV/AIDS in Bukwo District is at 10 percent for Bukwo District (Bukwo DHO, 2006).

3.2.5.13 PCRs in Kween Areas

Some of the PCRs in Kween areas include:

3.2.5.13.1 Caves and Paleontological Resources Some areas in Kween district are reportedly to have some paleontological such as wood fossils and some early miocene molluscus materials occurs in areas of Lamitina at Kabuchai Hill (N 01°1705.5,E34°4705.2 and N 01°1705.5,E 34°4705.2 North of River Chamangeni a tributary of the Saum River. Part of the rivers in the areas of broader Kapchorwa region (including Kween District) have reportedly yielded information on hominoids that have been studied to give evolutional facts of the past life. Generally, there are no places of worship in the lower parts of Kween District except for some cave like structures located in Mt. Elgon areas in the district and inside Mt. Elgon National Park. Some of the important caves include; Kitum, Chepnyali, and Mackingeny which have become tourist attractions. Kitum cave is over 60 meters wide and penetrates 200 meters.

The Mt. Elgon is an extinct Pliocene shield volcano, and part of one of the east-African volcanic rings associated with the Great Rift Valley System. The mountain is the oldest of all the East African volcanoes and estimated to be between 15 and 20 million years old. The highest point of the volcano is the Wagagai peak, which reaches 4,321 meters above sea level. The mountain has got three other major peaks, namely the Kiongo (4303m), Mubiyi (4210m) and Jackson’s summit (4165m). The total area of the Mt Elgon is 2,304 km2, of which 2045 km2 is a protected and makes up the Mt Elgon National Park. Recently, Mt. Elgon National Park became a UNESCO Man and Biodiversity Reserve.

Traditional Cultural Shrines in Project areas Amongst some of the communities in the RPLRP project are some shrines where local medicine persons administer native treatment very pegged to the customs and beliefs of inhabitants (Figure 20).

Figure 20: Some setups in one of the shrines in the RPLRP areas

3.2.5.14 The Benet/Ndorobo in Kween District The Benet indigenous people, who are part of the larger tribe called the Sabiny, are a pastoralist forest dwelling community who traditionally resided in the grassland and moorland areas of Mt Elgon forest. There are mainly two groups namely; the lowland Sabiny people and the forest-dwelling Ndorobo people. Ndorobo are the indigenous Benets, the first occupants of Mt. Elgon. The Ndorobo indigenous people have four social groupings namely; The Benet, the Piswa, the Kwoti, and the Yatui clans. The Benet community is a historical term which was used to describe the contested area of Mount Elgon where Ndorobo and settlers currently reside. The terms ‘Benet’ and ‘Benet community’ were revitalized to describe the people in that area (both settlers and Ndorobo) for the purposes of pursing the legal strategy.

Although the 1983 resettlement scheme was meant to remove the Ndorobo Indigenous people from the Mt. Elgon Forest Reserve, it was found expedient to resettle the lowland Sabiny people, who had been rendered landless by the fatal cattle rustling raids of the Karamajong and the Kenyan Pokots, together with the Ndorobo indigenous people. During the 1983 resettlement exercise, the two groups were resettled together in the present day Benet Resettlement Area and thereby adopting the generic term Benet people. Their population is estimated at 20,000.

The Benet communities were allowed to remain in the moorlands of Mt. Elgon Forest Reserve without residence documentation on an understanding that this was their home. The assumption was that the Benet community would remain a small community, practicing pastoralism, hunting and fruit and herbs collecting for their

51 livelihood. Later on their population and number of livestock grew significantly, thus interfering with forest regeneration. In addition to other activities they took up subsistence agriculture, growing Irish potatoes. In so doing, they damaged the fragile ecosystem within the moorland, bringing sizeable chunks of the montane forest under agriculture, thus encroaching. These activities became increasingly damaging and incompatible to the fragile ecosystem.

Key Livelihood Challenges In February 2008, the Uganda Wildlife Authority and the Uganda People’s Defense Forces evicted more than 4,000 people from the Benet and Ndorobo communities living in Mount Elgon National Park in East Uganda. It is reported that people’s houses and crops were destroyed, cattle were confiscated and the people were left homeless. They found shelter where they could: in caves and under trees. However, the Benet people have a legal right to live in Mount Elgon National Park. In October 2005, the Ugandan High Court in Mbale ruled that the Benet were the “historical and indigenous inhabitants” of parts of Mount Elgon National Park. The ruling stated that the Benet should be allowed to “carry out agricultural activities” in the areas to which they have historical claim. Despite a landmark victory against the government in 2005, the Benet continues to suffer from the effects of their evictions from the Mt. Elgon National Park. Landlessness and its resulting negative effects continued to top the list of frustrations for the Benet community in 2011. Three main challenges currently face the Benet namely:

 The state expropriated their resources by evicting them from Mt. Elgon National Park in 2005  They feel they are deprived of their resources and that deprivation has impoverished them. Activities such as hunting, gathering fruits, grazing are prohibited and yet they provided people with means of securing food and nutrition.  The degradation of the forest continues in which they were resettled is continuing due to illegal tree cutting.

4 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

4.1 The Policy Framework The policy framework for the Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the RPLRP project is principally premised on the National Environment Management Policy 1994 and related policies.

4.1.1 The National Environment Management Policy 1994 (NEMP) The key policy objectives include the enhancement of the health and quality of life of Ugandans and promotion of long-term, sustainable socio-economic development through sound environmental and natural resource management and use; and optimizing resource use and achieving a sustainable level of resource consumption. With regard to RPLRP, aspects of Environmental Assessment have been integrated into the project in with the objective of ensuring sustainability in the project.

4.1.2 The National Cultural Policy, 2006 The National Culture Policy, 2006 complements, promotes, and strengthens the overall development goals of the country. Its specific objectives include amongst others, the need to promote and strengthen Uganda’s diverse cultural identities and to conserve, protect, and promote Uganda’s tangible and intangible cultural heritage. RPLRP has outlined Chance Finds Procedures to ensure protection and conservation of PCRs that will be encountered during project implementation.

4.1.3 The National Water Policy, 1999 The overall water resources policy objective is to sustainably manage and develop the water resources in a coordinated and integrated manner to secure/provide water of an acceptable quantity and quality for all social and economic needs. RPRLP has subcomponent that addresses water improvement to ensure resilience of communities which is in tandem with the Water Policy provisions.

4.1.4 The National Policy for Disaster Preparedness and Management, 2010 The Policy provides a framework that details mechanisms and structures for the effective and practical management of disasters. The policy covers the broad subjects of vulnerability assessment, mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery, which constitute “comprehensive disaster management”. It also presents an institutional framework under which the partners coordinate their operations. It further recognizes the need to place Emphasis on the vulnerable groups in draught prone areas. RPRLP aims at guaranteeing resilience in its target areas hence, has inbuilt measure for addressing potential risks and disasters in livestock production and in a multi-sectoral manner in line with this Policy provisions.

4.1.5 The National Land Use Policy The overall policy goal is to achieve sustainable and equitable socio-economic development through optimal land management and utilization in Uganda. The policy recognizes amongst others, the need for the protection of minority groups and, pastoral groups on matters of land which are beneficiaries in the RPLRP

4.1.6 The National Gender Policy, 1997 The government adopted a National Gender Policy of 1997, a tool to guide and direct the planning, resource allocation and implementation of development programs with a gender perspective. The adoption of the gender policy has facilitated Uganda’s gender mainstreaming programs in all sectors of the economy (implying, the planned works project should equally integrate gender into the implementation of works. RPRLP has mainstreamed gender dimensions into its formulation, planning and implementation framework hence, its compliance with the National Gender Policy for Uganda.

4.1.7 The National HIV/AIDS Policy, 2004 The policy provides the principles and a framework for a multi-sectoral response to HIV/AIDS in Ugandan’s world of work. The policy applies to all current and prospective Employers and workers, including applicants for work, within the public and private sectors. It also applies to all aspects of work, both formal and informal. RPLRP has mainstreamed HIV/AIDS interventions into its plan, programmes and activities as detailed in its Draft Project Implementation Manual (PIM).

4.1.8 The National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995 The Policy has established principles by which wetlands resources can be optimally used and their productivity maintained in the future and end existing unsustainable exploitative practices in wetlands. All proposed modifications and restorations on wetlands shall be subject to an ESIA, the result of which shall determine whether such restoration or modification shall proceed and if so to what extent. The ESMF has a framework for Environmental Assessments for valley dams which will be located or in the proximities wetlands.

4.1.9 The Draft Uganda Rangeland and Pastoralism Policy, 2012 The draft policy provides an institutional framework for rangeland and pastoral resource management. It provides a participatory approach by pastoral communities and other local communities in determining the best opportunities in managing rangelands for sustainable development and improved welfare of the local communities. It provides environmental protection aimed to sustain soil fertility, increase crop and livestock productivity and protect the ecosystem. The Project provides for sensitization and general education of pastoralists through avenues such as Agro-pastoral schools through which, the capacity of pastoralists will be enhanced in the management of rangelands and associated resources.

4.1.10 The Uganda Wildlife Policy, 1999 Government will encourage a range of participatory approaches such as empowering the people to participate in the conservation and management of the country’s natural resources, and related decision making processes that affect their livelihood. Consequently, the sensitization of the pastoral groups on rangeland management will include aspects of wildlife protection and conservation in the RPLRP areas.

4.2 The Legal Framework

4.2.1 The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995 The right to a clean and healthy environment is enshrined in Article 39 of the Constitution of Uganda, 1995. To ensure RPRLP compliance with the Constitutional obligations on sustainability, an ESMF has been prepared which outlines mechanisms for environment assessment and mitigation measures included therein.

4.2.2 The National Environment Act, Cap 153 Section 20 of the Act makes it a legal requirement for every developer to undertake an environmental assessment for projects listed in the Third Schedule of the Act. In this case, agriculture amongst others, including large scale agriculture, use of new pesticides are some of the projects in the Third Schedule to the Act that require an ESIA to be conducted before they are implemented. ESMF outlines some of the salient impacts in RPLRP as well as mechanisms for conducting further assessments on the project sub-components.

4.2.3 Agricultural Chemicals Act Cap 29 The Act provides for safe manufacture, packaging, store, display, distribution agricultural chemicals. It also has provisions governing the Importation and export of agricultural chemicals. The Act in its Section provides for the establishment, constitution and operation of Agricultural Chemicals Board which has the responsibility to advise government on matters pertaining to agricultural chemicals.

4.2.4 The Land Act, Cap 227 The Land Act vests land ownership in Uganda in the hands of Ugandans and that, whoever owns or occupies land shall manage and utilize the land in accordance with the Forest Act, Mining Act, National Environment Act, the Water Act, the Uganda Wildlife Act and any other law [section 43, Land Act]. The planned RPLRP has integrated Environmental Assessments in its ESMF in compliance with the Act provisions.

4.2.5 The Water Act, Cap 152 The Water Act provides for the use, protection and management of water resources and supply. Its objectives include the promotion of the rational management and use of the waters of Uganda; the promotion of the provision of clean, safe and sufficient supply of water for domestic purposes to all persons. RPRLP has a subcomponent that seeks to improve water availability for pastoral communities which is consistent with the Water Act provisions.

4.2.6 The Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006 The Act provides for the prevention and protection of persons at all workplaces from injuries, diseases, death and damage to property. The ESMF provides for provision of safety gear for workers during implementation of RPLRP activities.

4.2.7 Historical Monument Act, 1967 The Act provides for the preservation and protection of historical monuments and objects of archaeological, paleontological, ethnographical and traditional interest. Section 10(2) requires that any person who discovers any such object takes such measures as may be reasonable for its protection. This implies, the project will undertake the Chance Finds Procedures in addressing possible encounters of any archaeological resources during project implementation.

4.2.8 The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006 (12/2006) The Audit Regulations apply to environmental audits under the Environment Act, environmental audits under the ESIA regulations, voluntary environmental audits by the owner and any other audits as may be required or prescribed [Regulation 3]. The ESMF provides for the need for an Audit at the end of RPLRP project.

4.3 International Environmental instruments/obligations for Uganda These are presented as follows:

4.3.1 International Conventions Uganda is a signatory to several international instruments on environmental management. These are summarized in Table 21 below.

Table 18: International environment instruments / obligations applicable to Uganda

Convention Objective Conventions Applicability to RPRLP

The African To encourage individual and joint action for Measures to conserve nature are Convention on the the conservation, utilization and enshrined in the Project Documents Conservation of development of soil, water, flora and fauna for RPLRP as well as its ESMF. Nature (1968) for the present and future welfare of mankind, from an economic, nutritional, scientific, educational, cultural and aesthetic point of view. The Ramsar to stop the progressive encroachment on RPLRP recognizes the importance Convention (1971) on and loss of wetland now and in the future, of wetlands in the lives of pastoral wetlands of recognizing the fundamental ecological communities. With regard to International functions of wetlands and their economic, Ramsar Convention, L. Opeta (a Importance cultural, scientific and recreational values Ramsar site) will be protected from degradation under RPLRP. The Protection of to establish an effective system of ESMF has provided Chance Finds World and Cultural collective protection of the cultural and Procedures for management of Heritage convention natural heritage of outstanding universal Cultural resources in the project. (1972) values The Convention on to protect certain endangered species RPLRP involves sensitization of the International from over-exploitation by means of a communities covering aspects of Trade in Endangered system of import/export permits CITES. Species of Wild Flora and Fauna (CITES, 1973) Convention on to promote diversity and sustainable use RPRLP has a subcomponent on Biological Diversity- and encourage equitable sharing of Natural Resources Management (CBD 1992) benefits arising out of the utilization of which will ensure issues of genetic resources biological diversity are addressed in the project.

Convention Objective Conventions Applicability to RPRLP

The Inter- to improve environment management IGAD is the Regional Coordinating Government particularly early warning system and food Agency for RPRLP and issues of Authority in security and reduce conflict in Sudan, EWS are key in the project. Development (1986) Eritrea, Djibouti, Ethiopia, Kenya, Uganda and Somalia

4.3.2 IFC EHS Guidelines for Pesticide Manufacturing, Formulation, and Packaging The IFC Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines for pesticides manufacturing and formulation address the synthesis, optimization of the active ingredients, process development (manufacturing), the formulation and packaging of pesticides from these active ingredients. According to these Guidelines, pesticide manufacturing, formulation, packaging and distribution should be conducted in compliance with applicable international standards including:

 Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), which bans or restricts the manufacture and trade of intentionally produced POPs, including some pesticides;  World Health Organization (WHO) Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard, which lists active ingredients considered to be obsolete or discontinued for use as pesticides;  Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade;  Food and Agriculture Organization’s International Code of Conduct, which includes requirements on the application of the life-cycle concept in the production, management, packaging, labeling, distribution, handling, application, use, and control, including post registration activities and disposal of all types of pesticides, including used pesticide containers; and  Food and Agriculture Organization’s Revised Guidelines on Good Labeling Practice for Pesticides.

In RPRLP, aspects of pesticides and related considerations are addressed by having in place, a Pest Management Plan.

4.3.3 FAO Guidelines on Good Practice for Ground Application of Pesticides, 2001

In 2001, FAO produced a new, revised and expanded series of pesticide application equipment-related guidelines to cover the application of pesticides using any ground based field crop sprayers, including operator carried and tree and bush crop sprayers. Other related guidelines by FAO include:

 Guidelines on good practice for aerial application of pesticides; Guidelines on minimum requirements for agricultural pesticide application equipment;  Guidelines on standards for agricultural pesticide sprayers and related test procedures;  Guidelines on procedures for the registration, certification and testing of new pesticide application equipment;

 Guidelines on the organization of schemes for testing and certification of agricultural pesticide sprayers in use; and  Guidelines on the organization and operation of training schemes and certification procedures for operators of pesticide application equipment.

These have been domesticated in Uganda through the Control of Agricultural Chemicals Act Cap 29 whose provisions have guided the preparation of PMP for RPRLP.

4.4 World Bank Safeguard Policies A Summary of how the project triggers World Bank safeguard policies is given in the Table 22 as follows:

Table 19: Summary of World Bank Safeguards in relation to RPLRP

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment: The Component 1, Sub-component Though details of activities of the sub- Bank requires environmental  1.1 activities such as components activities are not known, a assessment (EA) of projects rehabilitation and construction framework for conducting Environment proposed for Bank financing to of new water facilities; Sub- Assessments on such activities have been help ensure that they are component 2.4 involving provided in this ESMF. environmentally sound and demarcation of stock routes; Subjects’ compliance will be through sustainable, and thus to improve Component 3, Sub-component preparation of ESIAs, Project Briefs and decision making. Projects are 3.1: ESMPs during the implementation phase. screened to determine the EA studies/ preparation of ESMPs shall be appropriate extent and type of  Tsetse and tick control undertaken and IDA’s guidance sought EA. The Bank classifies the demonstration; before disclosure and implementation. proposed project into one of four  Set up of strategic tsetse TORs for the required EA studies and categories, depending on the traps deployments; template for ESMPs are provided in this type, location, sensitivity, and  Strategic spray race/dip ESMF. In addition, a Chance Finds scale of the project and the construction; Procedure and Pest Management Plan nature and magnitude of its  Construction of communal have been prepared as part of the ESMF potential environmental impacts. demonstration permanent to handle PCR and pesticides animal crashes; management issues.  Upgrading diagnostic capacities of laboratories;  Provision of reagents and consumables for all project labs;  Handling and storage of vaccines;  Procure facilities for vaccines;  Research on acaricides resistance.  Revitalization of strategic

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

animals checks points and holding grounds.

Subcomponent 3.2, activities involving pasture improvement and rehabilitation and improvement on existing/construction of new storage facilities. Component 4, Sub-component 4.1 rehabilitation/installation of weather stations; OP 4.04 Natural Habitat: The Bank supports  Component 1, Sub-component RPRLP involves aspects of livestock whose the protection, maintenance, and 1.1 activities such as activities will be undertaken in natural rehabilitation of natural habitats rehabilitation and construction habitats (grasslands/rangelands, and their functions. The of new water facilities; wetlands etc.) as well as supporting conservation of natural habitats is Component 1, Sub-component infrastructures such as valley dams essential for long term sustainable 2.4 involving demarcation of amongst others. Measures to ensure development. stock routes; sustainability of the Natural Habitats have been outlined in the ESMF and later, ESIAs, Project Briefs and ESMPs will be done on aspects that will likely impact on such habitats. OP 4.09 Pest Management: he Bank  Under Component 2, sub- The project involves use of pesticides and assesses the capacity of the component 2.2, activities a Pest Management Plan has been country's regulatory framework involving strengthening prepared as part of the ESMF. The Pest and institutions to promote and certification and testing and Management Plan outlines measures support safe, effective, and Support to the development, relating to handling, storage and environmentally sound pest rehabilitation management of application of pesticides in RPRLP. management. As necessary, the export quarantine centres. Bank and the borrower incorporate in the project Component 3, Sub-component

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

components to strengthen such 3.1: capacity. Tsetse and tick control demonstration; Set up of strategic tsetse traps deployments; Strategic spray race/dip construction; Construction of communal demonstration permanent animal crashes; Upgrading diagnostic capacities of laboratories; Provision of reagents and consumables for all project labs; Handling and storage of vaccines; Procure facilities for vaccines; Research on acaricides resistance. OP 4.10 Indigenous peoples: These are Component 1, Sub-component Kween and Karamoja regions have defined to be a distinct,  1.1 activities such as reported indigenous people of Iki and vulnerable, social and cultural rehabilitation and construction Benets respectively and an Indigenous group possessing a number of of new water facilities; Peoples Policy Framework (IPPF) has characteristics including collective Sub component 1.2 in been prepared for RPLRP. In addition, attachment to geographically component 1 has other there are diverse cultural aspects in the distinct habitats or ancestral activities such as rehabilitation project areas whose management are territories in the project area and of range lands; equally covered under the IPPF. to the natural resources in these Component 1, Sub-component habitats and territories. 2.4 involving demarcation of stock routes; OP 4.11 OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Component 1, Sub-component Though the level of impacts on PCRs Properties: This policy addresses  1.1 activities such as cannot be ascertained with certainty,

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

physical cultural resources, which rehabilitation and construction the project will impact on some PCRs are defined as movable or of new water facilities; and an Annex addressing Chance Finds immovable objects, sites, Component 1, Sub-component Procedures has been prepared to cater structures, groups of structures, 2.4 involving demarcation of for possible trigger of this safeguard and natural features and stock routes; policy in RPLRP. landscapes that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement: This Component 1, Sub-component Though details of RPLRP implementation policy includes safeguards to  1.1 activities such as modes are not yet clear in its subprojects, address and mitigate these risks rehabilitation and construction possible aspects of Involuntary and recommends involuntary of new water facilities; Resettlement cannot be ruled out. resettlement instruments which Component 1, Sub-component Therefore, a Resettlement Policy include a resettlement plan, a 2.4 involving demarcation of Framework (RPF) document has been resettlement policy framework stock routes; prepared alongside the ESMF and and a resettlement process Component 3, Sub-component provides mechanisms for addressing framework. 3.1: possible involuntary resettlement issues Strategic spray race/dip that may arise in RPRLP. construction; Construction of communal demonstration permanent animal crashes; Upgrading diagnostic capacities of laboratories; Procure facilities for vaccines. OP 4.36 Forests: The objective of this policy Component 1, Sub-component The project areas have some CFRs such is to assist borrowers to harness the  2.4 involving demarcation of Mt. Elgon Central Forest Reserve/National potential of forests to reduce stock routes may involve areas Park, Mt. Moroto CFR, Timu in Kaabong, poverty in a sustainable manner, of forests; Morungole, Napak, and Zulia CFRs. integrate forests effectively into Measures of ensuring integrity of these

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

sustainable economic ecosystems are maintained are development, and protect the embedded in RPLRP Sub-component of vital local and global Natural Resources Management. environmental services and values of forests. OP 4.37 Safety of Dams: The Bank Component 1, Sub-component The project anticipates constructing and distinguishes between small and X 1.1 activities such as rehabilitating valley dams for watering large dams where large dams are rehabilitation and construction animals. Existing small Dam Guidelines 15 m or more in height. Dams that of new water facilities (valley prepared for Uganda and the FAO are between 10 and 15 m in dams etc.). However, no large Manual on small Earth Dams2 will be used height are treated as large dams if dams are planned as part of to ensure observance of generic dam they present special design the project. safety measures. complexities. Dams fewer than 10 m in height are treated as large dams if they are expected to become large dams during the operation of the facility. Such large dams require amongst others, that preparation and implementation of detailed plans ensure safety aspects. The ESIA is one of the tools that can therefore formulate some of the safety aspects in large dams. OP 7.50 Projects on International X The project is not located on any Waterways: This policy applies to international waterway hence, this policy the following types of international is not triggered. waterways: (a) any river, canal, lake, or similar body of water that

2 FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper 64: Manual on small earth dams A guide to siting, design and construction http://www.fao.org/docrep/012/i1531e/i1531e.pdf

OP No. Summary of Safeguard Policy Safeguard Component Implications on the Its implications on the RPLRP Project Policy Safeguards Triggered/Not Triggered

forms a boundary between, or any river or body of surface water that flows through, two or more states, whether Bank members or not; and (b) Any tributary or other body of surface water that is a component of any waterway described in (a) above. OP 7.60 Projects in Disputed Areas: Projects X The project areas for planned dam site in disputed areas may raise a are not disputed, and therefore, this number of delicate problems policy will not be triggered. affecting relations not only between the Bank and its member countries.

5 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND DISCLOSURE

Key project stakeholders were identified for consultations. The stakeholders and beneficiaries of the project were identified after undertaking literature review and preliminary consultations. The stakeholders consulted included District Local Government Officials (District Veterinary officers, District Environment Officers, District Agriculture officers, Animal Husbandry Officers, Chief Administrative Officers, District Production Officers, District planners, district Entomologist, District Water Officers) officials from the Ministry of Agriculture Animal Industry and Fisheries (MAAIF), officials from the Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE), Non-governmental organizations Like (Uganda Land Alliance, Action Aid -Uganda)and the local communities in Timu village (IK community), Lokinene village, (Kaabong District), Loletoi and Panyangara villages (Kotido district), Lochengeng Ward (Amudat district), Ochorimongin (Katakwi district,) Akumu village, Ongino, subcounty (Kumi District) and Chesimwo village (Kween district).

5.1 Objectives of the stakeholder consultations The consultations with these stakeholders were carried out to specifically achieve the following objectives:

i. To provide information about the project and to tap stakeholder information on key environmental and social baseline information in the project area; ii. To provide opportunities to stakeholders to discuss their opinions and concerns; iii. To identify specific interests and the participation of the poor and vulnerable groups can be enhanced; and iv. To inform the process of developing appropriate management measures as well as institutional arrangements for effective implementation of the RPLRP.

5.2 Documentation on the consultations meetings The details of the consultation meetings are summarized as follows:

Meeting with Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) - Department of Water for Production Official Venue: MoWE Headquarters Date: 4/9/2013

Participants:

Henry Kizito, Principal Engineer Moses Basoma Mugenyi Francis Ms Grace Baalikowa

Figure 21: Consultations with MoWE Principal Water Engineer (Photo by A Mugenyi, 2013)

Summary of Issues during consultation

Water sources (Dams) in the project area  In all the 12 districts of the project area, there are a number of old valley dams which need to be rehabilitated and in some instances, reconstructed because they are beyond repair. For instance in Amuru district alone, there are about 60 dams which have been earmarked for rehabilitation while in Katakwi district, there are 40 to 50 dams which require rehabilitations.  The Ministry is currently rehabilitating some dams in the project area but is constrained financially that is why the coverage is still low;  Attempt has been made to address the issue of siltation of the dams as a result of the catchment activities. However, the people’s perception on watershed management is still low in the project area. People still need more sensitization on sustainable management of watershed areas; and  Teso region dam rehabilitation has previously been funded through the Office of the Prime Minister, (Ministry for Teso Affairs).

Land Acquisition challenges

It was noted that land for dam construction was originally given freely by communities to government without compensation once they identified the right location for the construction. However, after the parliamentary directive in 2010, the issue of compensation of land for dam construction started. The directive compels government to compensate the land owners for the land acquired i.e. cash for land or land for land. Once government has identified a piece for land for dam construction, the concerned community is approached and negotiations are initiated. The Chief Government Valuer determines the rates for compensation to be used. Each district has its own property rates and these rates which are previously reviewed.

Water source management

 Water user committees are elected by the community and these work directly with MAAIF right from the inception of the project throughout to its operation. They manage the day to day running of the dam, set by-laws and enforce them. They report to the District Water Office which later on transmits their reports to the ministry.  The Ministry has taken charge of maintenance costs of dams considering the high costs involved.  To ensure quick responses to emergencies on dams, the Ministry has entered into framework contracts with contractors and suppliers who supply materials or carry out repairs on the affected dams whenever called upon. This has helped the Ministry to respond to emergencies in time without going through the normal procurement cycle which is long and bureaucratic.

Conflicts over water usage Conflicts have often arisen especially during the dry season between those who want to use the water for their animals and those who want it for human consumption. However, where such conflicts have arisen, water user committees have been in position to solve them amicably.

Capacity building needs Communities lack the basic skills to handle simple repairs and maintenance on dams; Some districts do not have the required key personnel for dam maintenance; and Generally, shortage of trained technicians for dam facilities is a national challenge facing that the Ministry is faced with.

Recommendations  Sensitize the communities about the benefit of the projects coupled with planting of trees which is still a challenge in some areas of RPRLP such as Karamoja region where local Karimojong don’t value trees much;  More dams should be constructed to meet the current demand; the Ministry’s budget cannot meet the current demand for water for production in the project area;  Fill up the current staffing gaps with right personnel;  More interventions should be initiated in the catchment areas so as to minimize dam siltation

Meeting with Uganda Land Alliance-ULA Venue: Uganda Land Alliance, Headquarters -Kampala

Date: 4/9/2013

Participants:

Achola Lillian- Legal Office Kotido Moses Basoma Mugenyi Francis Ms Grace Baalikowa

Figure 22: Consultations with ULA Official

Summary of Issues during consultation

 The Karimojong now feel the effects of climate change and are now turning ways to cope with the challenges. In Karamoja 80% are vulnerable thus, RPRLP

would help them build resilience to climatic and weather vagaries including empowering them in terms of livelihoods strategies;  Pressure on land is increasing because of the mineral deposits in area. Some areas in the region are fertile. At the moment, a number of companies with mining concessions have grabbed land from local communities for their mining without compensating the communities. Such companies do reportedly claim they have explicit permission from Kampala, Ministry Energy and Mineral Development;  In pastoralist area most of the land tenure is customary land type. In that case, land is acquired through community land association;  In Karamoja, there are village land committees which handle land disputes on a weekly basis and usually resolve land wrangles amicably;  Administration structures are yet to be established right up to the grassroots in the regions especially in Karamoja which will be dealing with issues of land;  To access water sources situated within the protected areas under the National Forest Authority (NFA) or the Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), one requires permission from such statutory agencies implying siting dam citing under RPLRP should as much as possible avoid these protected area;  Uganda land alliance offer free legal services to the vulnerable groups in the project area, however, they have concentrated more in the Karamoja region because there are more vulnerable groups there. However, their services can be extended elsewhere within the country upon request;  Land Alliance- UN office in Karamoja Administration draft amendments on behalf of the complaining community which favor them to access the facilities like water, forests etc.; and  Mediation process is also one way of resolving conflicts, because court procedures to settle issues take long to conclude. However, the courts also prefer issues to be settled outside court.

Way forward

The communities need to be empowered to know their rights, ULA carries out monthly sensitization about land rights, women rights, compensation (fair and adequate).

Meetings with Kween District Officials Venue: Kween District Headquarters

Date: 14/9/2013

Participants:

Chemusto Samuel - (Ag. DNRO) Dr Yesho Nelson (DVO) Mungasho Robert (District Planner)

Summary of Issues during consultation

 Water for production is mainly from the several streams and rivers in the district however, most of these streams dry up in the dry season;  There are no watershed management interventions in place except for R. Atari which is under the Atari Riverbank Management Project. However, this project only handles a small portion of the river bank for demonstration purposes only;  Boreholes are used as sources of water for the animals during the dry season;  Conflicts do exist between uses for production and water for human consumption;  Cattle get emaciated because of walking for long distances and therefore fetch low prices on market;  Soil erosion is a problem in the district;  Cattle markets exist but without proper structures; they are not fenced and with no proper documentation to ascertain ownership;  Four (4No.) slaughter slabs exist in the district but are informal without good shades;  There are no veterinary demonstrations schools in the district though a non- functional district farm institute exist which can be turned into a demonstration school for purposes of RPRLP demonstrations;  The cattle markets have so many people who come from different parts of the country and as far as from Kenya, however, no HIV/AIDS interventions exist in these cattle markets;  Because of the low staffing levels of the district veterinary office, disease control and management is problematic.

Recommendations and Suggestions:  Need to institute water shed management interventions for all major rivers;  Existing cattle markets need to be refurbished;  Institute soil management interventions in the district;  Provision of water for production in the district is very crucial (dams, gravity flow schemes);  Institute HIV/AIDS interventions in the markets; and  Staffing of the district veterinary office should be enhanced, to have at least a Veterinary officer at each sub county.

Meetings with Nakapiripirit District Officials

Venue: Nakapiripirit District Headquarters

Date: 16/9/2013

Participants:

Tengei Mario Lokut (A DAO) Dr Kathiya Dominic Lokeris (DVO) Odeng Emmanual (Ag. DEO) Moses Basoma

Summary of Issues during consultation

 Water for cattle is mainly from the swamps in the dry season, from the streams and rivers during the wet season;  Most of the catchments for these rivers and streams are heavily degraded through grazing;  There are valley dams though over time, these have been silted due to lack of maintenance/ rehabilitations. Most of these dams are located on the western side of the district bordering the Teso region;  Surface run off in the district is high due to the topography of the district and the dry season lasts for over six months;  Boreholes dry up in the dry season and this usually triggers a conflict between water for production and water for human consumption;  The road network in the district is very poor and some sub counties are inaccessible during the wet season;  Pastoral field schools exist under KALIP;  The district veterinary office is understaffed and most veterinary related work and Disease control and management is handled by community animal health workers and the animal cross border committees;  The HIV/AIDs prevalence rate for Nakapiripirit is at 2.5% compared to 5.3% for the entire Karamoja region. However, there is no major HIV/AIDs intervention in the cattle markets; and  A laboratory has been constructed at the district headquarters abut has not yet been equipped.

Recommendations & Suggestions:  Existing dams should be rehabilitated and some new ones constructed;  Institute watershed and soil erosion management interventions in areas close to the dams;  Enhance staffing levels in the district veterinary office; and  Community animal health workers should be given some formal training.

Meetings with Moroto District Officials

Venue: Moroto District Headquarters

Date: 6th /Sep/2013

Participants:

Achula O - District Population Officer (DPO) Dr. Orongo T T W (DVO) Jamil Kusiima Consultants

Summary of Issues during consultation  Several earth dams, ponds and streams exist and are used for watering animals;  Most of these dams are silted;  The pastoral communities live away from these water sources;

 The water sheds are highly degraded, they have been encroached on to give way for activities like cultivation, establishment of settlements, charcoal burning, and firewood collection; and  A laboratory is under construction by the Karamoja Livelihood Improvement Project (KALIP) which will also equip it.

Recommendations & Suggestions:  The most important issues that should be considered so as to improve pastoral livelihood resilience in Moroto district include the following;  Provision of adequate and constant water supply to the animals’  Improvement of the range land and the pasture in there;  Controlling and management of livestock diseases’  Management of wild fires;  Elimination /management of resources conflicts.

Meetings with Katakwi District Officials Venue: Katakwi District Headquarters

Date: 4th Sept, 2013

Participants:

Okwakol Lawrence (ACAO) Dr Elungat J I (DVO) Jamil Kusiima

Summary of Issues during consultation  The major sources of water for production are mainly from the earth dams. However, most of these are highly silted. There are 9 sub counties in the district and at least each sub county has one functional dam. Water for domestic use is also drawn directly from these dams without any boiling or any form of treatment on it. The Agricultural Livelihood Recovery Project (ALREP) is currently rehabilitating 3 other dams;  The Local revenue is insufficient to cater for the rehabilitation of the dams, thus making RPRLP a good supplemental venture for the districts;  The other sources of water for production are from the, boreholes, swamps. However, the swamps have been highly encroached by farming especially;  There are five major cattle markets in the district. Ochorimongin is the largest one. The markets operate on every Friday of the week. It attracts traders from as far as South Sudan and Kenya. On a single market day, over 2,000 animals (cattle, Sheep goats) are reportedly traded.  Meat inspection is on a daily basis in the town council of Katakwi while it’s only on the markets days in other sub counties;  There are only two staff in the district Veterinary office; thus; one Veterinary officer and one Livestock Hide Improvement officer. As such, disease control

and management is still a challenge. These are assisted by the Animal Service Providers under the NAADS arrangement; and  Most cattle dips are non-functional and hand spray pumps are commonly used.

Recommendations & Suggestions:  Communities should be encouraged to harvest rain water so as to reduce the pressure on the existing water sources;  Other dams not considered for rehabilitation under the Agricultural Livelihood Recovery Project (ALREP) should be targeted for rehabilitation under this project;  Cattle markets should be improved to provide the basic facilities for cattle markets, thus; holding grounds, waste disposal facilities, etc.  There is need for improvement on tick control and management, rehabilitate cattle dips and crushes or construct new ones in the target project sub counties; Formulate and implement a pest and pesticide management plan for the project area

Meeting with Amuria District Officials Venue: Amuria District Headquarters Date:

Participants:

Otim Charles (DNRO) Dr Opolot John (DVO) Moses Basoma

Summary of Issues during consultation  The major sources for water production are swamps, dams and valley tanks. There 59 dams in the district 6 valley tanks. However, over 80% of these are silted and only temporarily used during the rainy season when there is enough water;  Estimated 80% of the households in the district have at least some livestock though they are not of very good quality. Farmers have not yet adopted improved breeds for fear management challenges associated with those breed of livestock;  There are no proper slaughter facilities in the whole district; the town council has a designated place where animal are slaughtered but without the basic structures. The waste at this place is poorly handled, and the skinning is done on the ground;  The district veterinary office is under staffed with only 1 senior veterinary officer and 4 Assistant Animal Husbandry Officer. Hence there is inadequate meat inspections, disease control and surveillance;  The district is not connected to the national grid as yet and therefore storage of vaccines is still a problem;  There are 12 functional cattle crashes in the district and no functional cattle dip due to their high maintenance costs. Usually, cattle are sprayed using hand spray pumps to control ticks; and

 Acaricides are acquired by farmers themselves from drug shops in trading centers and cattle markets. The handling, disposal of the acaricides is poor.

Recommendations & Suggestions:  All the dams and valley tanks need immediate rehabilitation to provide adequate water for the livestock throughout the year;  Develop and implement Wetland management plans for all other major wetlands so as to enhance their sustainable utilization;  Provide a better slaughter facility especially in Kapelbyong and Amuria town council, the land for such facilities has already been identified and allocated;  Farmers and the community animal health workers who administer the acaricides and other drugs need to be trained in basic Health, Safety and Environment techniques;  There is need to revive preventive measures for disease control for example; cattle dips, isolation units

Meeting with Amudat District Officials Venue: Amudat District Headquarters Date: 5th Sept., 2013

Participants:

Cheptilak Lonah (District Councilor) Alungat Joyce (District Councilor) Dr Kaziro Micheal (DVO) Ms Deborah Alinga (DNRO) Lomwai Shadrack NAADS Coordinator Moses Basoma

Summary of Issues during consultation  Generally the district has enormous challenges and needs that require interventions from central government and development partners. We have very long periods of drought, hence making crop farming almost impossible. Our farmers still use the hand held hoes, and farming is not yet commercialized;  The major sources for water production are the seasonal rivers and streams, water ponds. The Kanyangaring river system and the streams originating from the hills are the major water sources in the areas;  Generally, the watersheds and rangelands are degraded through cultivation, brick making, settlements, and charcoal burning are the major activities for livelihoods;  If the project can also provide water for irrigation, it will be a welcome idea since our people are beginning to settle and want or grow crops on top of rearing animals;  Farmers need sensitization on modern farming practices to enable them grows fast growing food crops and cash crops;

 The World Food Programme has always intervened in situations of drought with food aid. However, the communities should be further empowered to produce more of their own food;  The Pokot in particular lack sustainable livelihood options mainly due to scarce natural resources and recurrent inter-tribal conflicts;  There are three cattle markets in the district which operate once in a week. These designated open grounds without basic facility for a cattle market. The markets attract traders from both Kenya and Uganda and both Kenya and Uganda currencies are used in these markets;  However, no HIV/AIDS interventions are undertaken in these markets;  There are no good slaughter facilities in the whole district, animals are slaughtered in unhygienic conditions;  The district has only one veterinary officer who is assisted by 3 anima health workers;  The cross border animal health committees to a little extent help in disease surveillance but are more pre occupied in issuing cattle movement permits, which are issued at a fee;

Recommendations and Suggestions:  RPRLP to sensitize the communities on the planned activities for their effective participation;  Provide a better slaughter facility especially in Amudat town council, the land for a such facilities has already been identified and allocated by the town council

Meetings with Bukedea District Officials Venue: Bukedea District Headquarters

Date: 4th Sept, 2013

Participants:

Dr Ongelech Francis (DVO) Ongaba Steven (District Planner) Oluka Micheal (Senior Entomologist) Okul Micheal (AAHO)

Summary of Issues during consultation  The human population as well as that of livestock in the district is increasing fast which is putting pressure on the grazing lands;  The poverty levels of the community are generally very high;  Some farmers especially in Kachumbara and Bukedea sub counties have begun rearing improved breeds of cattle. This is being encouraged by the HEIFER project and the response is good so far;  Water sources in the district include dams, valley tanks, swamps and streams. There are three dams in the district, all of which are non-functional at the moment. All the valley tanks and dams have been silted over the years.;

 The district does not have enough funds let alone the expertise in dam rehabilitation and routine maintenance;  The swamps and some rangeland have been encroached on for cultivation, rice cultivation is the most prominent in the swamps;  Most herds of cattle have been shifted to the sub counties near the lake where they are assured of water supply throughout the year. The owners of the cattle may not specifically reside in the sub counties;  There are cattle markets located in almost all sub counties of the district. The most prominent ones are; Bukedea and Kachumbara markets. These are open gazetted places. There no structure within the markets and they are not fenced off;  Pesticicdes, acaricides and other animal drugs are sold in these markets. Most farmers are unable to purchase these pesticides hence their livestock is constantly affected by ticks;  The district had constructed wooden cattle crushes some time back, but these have since broken down;  Farmers who are far away from the district are assisted by the NAADS animal service providers to administer drugs to their livestock;  There is one senior veterinary officer, 3 veterinary officers and 3 animal husbandry officers in the district;  No HIV/AIDS intervention within the markets nor under the entire production department;  There are no veterinary demonstration schools and non-have been planned for by the district;  The PRDLP is constructing a laboratory for the district at the district headquarters

Recommendations and Suggestions:  In view of the problems relating to agriculture in the district, RPLRP interventions are timely;  Farmers should be encouraged to use improved seeds for crop production and improved breeds of live stock;  Existing water sources (dams) should be rehabilitated and even new ones constructed;  Cattle markets should be improved/upgraded and land issues relating to markets will be sorted by the district;  Metallic cattle crushes should be constructed, these will last longer;  Some HIV/AIDS interventions should be initiated in the production department targeting the cattle markets. A lot of money exchanges hands and there is a lot of alcohol sold within these markets. The two are good catalysts for HIV/AIDs transmission.

Meetings with Kumi District Officials Venue: Kumi cattle Market

Date: 6th Sept, 2013

Participants:

1. Ms Apolot Jane Francis AVO 2. Dr Onyaiti Alfed Opiede DVO

Summary of Issues during consultation  Common water sources in the district are springs, wetlands and dams. Kodukul dam in Ongino Sub County is the major source for most livestock in the district. The dam is currently being silted and requires desilting. It had broken down completely in 2004 but was later on renovated in 2008 with assistance from the Irish Aid;  The largest population of cattle in the district is in Ongin Sub County which is near L. Bisina  Animals move from all the other sub counties to this dam or to the shore of Lake Bisina during the dry season in search for water and pasture;  The rangeland s have open access, thus no restrictions on who enters and how long they stay or consume, this pauses a management problem (Common good);  Currently, the dam provides water for both [production and domestic usage  The wetland streams dry up shortly after the rains and most of them have been encroached for cultivation. Rice cultivation is the predominant crop in the wetlands. The district has not made any interventions in watershed management;  Farming practices are still rudimentary and soil erosion is rampant;  There are four major cattle markets in the district, thus; Ongino, Kumi, Mukongoro and Kanyuma, They are all open places, not fenced and without structures;  Like elsewhere, the males dominate the market activities in these markets. Females are majorly engaged in the sale of food stuffs, clothes, and alcohol, while the males completely dominate the sale of livestock  Livestock disease monitoring and surveillance is still poor in the whole district, farmers their cell phones to communicate outbreaks of diseases;  The response to the farmers’ call is not very good since the department is under staffed. There is only one veterinary officer, assisted by four animal husbandry officers. The NAADS staff is not supportive here. There are community health workers but these still have not been trained;  The department regularly receives students from Arapai agricultural college

Recommendations & Suggestions:  Construct more dams in other sub counties since the whole district has communities engaged in livestock rearing;  Piped water system be constructed to draw water from lake Bisina, this water could be for domestic consumption so that the dam are relieved of some pressure.  Management plans for the rangeland should be formulated, these should also provide for formulation of some by-laws to guide their usage.

Meeting with Benet Lobby Group

Venue: Mengya village,

Date: 22/08/2013

Participants:

Chelimo Bosco Programme officer (BLG) Moses Basoma Francis Mugenyi

Summary of Issues during consultation  The word Benet denotes a location where the Ndorobo live. The indigenous people are called Ndorobo they now live in Benet, Kigwoi, and Kwosir sub counties in Kween district, upper belt. Their population is estimated to be 20,000 people. The Ndorobo formerly lived in the protected areas on Mount Elgon but were later evicted and temporarily resettled by Government in the above sub counties;  The Benet Lobby group was formed to advocate for the rights of the Ndorobo who were believed to be land less then. Other civil society organizations in the area include; Action Aid, and Food for the Hungry (schools and health centers);  There are two cattle markets in the area, Binyinyi and Bright, and these are without the necessary structures; (holding ground, slaughter facility, sanitary facilities etc.);  They are agro-pastoralists and also hunters and gatherers;  They still practice female genital mutilation. However, with the Benet Lobby Group in place, a lot has been achieved and the practice is slowly dying out; and  They are culturally organized in clans, headed by clan leaders who are used as advisors and also resolve conflicts within the clans. There are 15 clans for example; Kapros, Kaprotosis, Kapkoremge, Kapkwei, Kapbul. Conflicts involving other clans or tribe are referred the police and the Local council systems.

Recommendations and Suggestions:  For the Bent to fully participate in the project, they need to be mobilized and sensitized, by their lobby group.  The project should work very closely with Benet Lobby Group which has been in the project area for the last 35 years;  There is need for mobilization and sensitization of the people for the project to succeed; and  Any land acquired for project development should be compensated.

Stakeholder Consultations at Community Levels In order to capture the views and concerns of the community members, eight community meetings were organized where various focus groups (targeting farmers, women, youth and community/traditional leaders) were invited. Local dialects (nga’karimojong, ateso and kukusabiny) were used in addition to the English Language during the engagement periods. The following communities were engaged:

 Timu village (IK community);

 Lokinene village, (Kaabong District);  Loletoi and Panyangara villages (Kotido district);  Lochengeng ward (Amudat district);  Ochorimongin (Katakwi district);  Chesimwo village (Kween district).

Among these were men, women, youth, elderly, and the poor and other vulnerable groups. The main objectives of the discussions was to find out the current production systems, existing water issues, gender issues, impacts related to the project, preferred management options and sustainability aspects.

Figure 23: Community consultations at Ochorimongin (Photo by D Mudoola 2013)

Figure 24: Community consultative meetings in Ngenge sub county (Kween ) and Kumi. Photo by D. Mudoola 2013

6 PROCESS FOR SUBPROJECT PREPARATION, IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING FOR RPLRP

6.1 The Environmental Assessment and Management Process The key regulations for environmental and social assessment in Uganda include the National Environment Act, the EIA Regulations, 1998 and the EIA Guidelines of 1997. The National Environment (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations, 1998 define the role of ESIA as a key tool in environmental management, especially in addressing potential environmental impacts at the pre-project stage. The regulations define the ESIA preparation process, required contents of an ESIA, and the review and approval process including provisions for public review and comment. The regulations are interpreted for developers and practitioners through the Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda (1997). Although assessments nowadays conducted and submitted to NEMA are now termed “Environmental and Social Impact Assessment‟, in common with best international practice, this term is not used in the environmental Regulations or Guidelines. The acronyms EIS and EIA are used in reference to environmental impact statement and environmental impact assessment respectively. However, the acronyms ESIS and ESIA are used herein to refer to environmental and social impact statement and environmental impact and social assessment respectively to include the social component in line with best international practice. It is also important to note that at the time of this report, review and update of the EIA Regulations 1998 was ongoing. Therefore MAAIF will have to acquaint itself with the requirements of the new regulations if they come in effect before RPLRP implementation.

A number of past World Bank funded projects have led to the adoption of Bank systems and screening procedures and the World Bank Operational Policy OP4.01 has now been mainstreamed into common usage. The result is a seven-step process that leads to the preparation of an environmental and social management plan (ESMP). Its objectives are:

1. To determine which activities are likely to have negative environmental and social impacts; 2. To determine the magnitude of environmental impact and assign the environmental category; 3. To recommend a full Environment and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) where necessary; 4. To determine appropriate mitigation measures for activities with adverse impacts; 5. To incorporate mitigation measures into the project budget and implementation; 6. To review and approve the project;

7. To monitor environmental parameters during the implementation of RPLRP activities.

The section below illustrates the steps involved during environmental and social assessment and management process as per Ugandan regulations that will lead to the review and approval of subprojects under the RPLRP.

6.1.1 Step 1: Screening of Activities and Sites The PCU at MAAIF will submit information on the proposed subproject using the Environmental and Social Screening Form (ESSF) in Annex 1. The ESSF requires information that will allow reviewers to determine the characteristics of the prevailing local bio-physical and social environment with the aim of assessing the potential project impacts on it. The ESSF should also identify the potential socio-economic impacts that will require mitigation measures and or resettlement and compensation. The screening checklist to be used in each district for each subproject has questions about the need for land for a new facility or extension of existing, construction related social impacts like concentration of labor in one place and its effect on transmitted diseases like HIV/AIDs, etc. To ensure that the screening form is completed correctly in the various project locations, environmental and social training will be provided as part of capacity building or that will be done by in-house Environmental Management and Social Development Specialists or consultants.

6.1.2 Step 2: Assigning the appropriate Environmental Categories The Environmental Specialist will assign the appropriate environmental category to the subproject based on the information contained in the ESSF. The potential categories, in line with the National Environment Act and EIA Guidelines are:

1. Activities that require a full Environmental and Social Impact Study (ESIS), either because (i) they meet the general criteria in the Third Schedule of the National Environment Act (see Annex 3), i.e. are out of character with their surroundings, are of a scale not in keeping with surroundings, or involve major changes in land use; (ii) are types of projects listed in the Third Schedule; (iii) are located in a nature conservation area; or (iv) are identified in other laws or regulations as requiring EIA because of their location.

2. Activities for which additional information is needed to determine what level of environmental analysis and/or management is appropriate and for which mitigation is easily identifiable.

3. Activities that are determined to have no significant or adverse potential impact on the environment (List A, annex 2 of the 1998 EIA Guidelines, see Annex 4 herein). Projects defined as List A will not need any further work as they are predicted to have little or no impact. But a Project Brief may be required to be submitted to NEMA.

The Environmental Specialist will then make a recommendation to the PCU at MAAIF on the environmental and social assessment to be carried out, based on the category.

6.1.3 Step 3: Carrying out Environmental and Social Assessment Third Schedule subprojects will require an ESIA, detailed in Annex 2, without further preliminary work. For all other subprojects, a standardized Environmental and Social Checklist (Annex 2) will be used to obtain and present additional information on potential environmental and social impacts and to recommend mitigation measures. Mitigation measures will be incorporated into an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), for which a standard format is shown in Annex 8 or a Project Brief. According to the National Environment Act, "project brief" means a summary statement of the likely environmental effects of a proposed development referred to in section 19. Unlike the ESIA, a project brief does not require a scoping report and neither submission of terms of reference for approval by NEMA. The ESMP or Project Brief will for each potential impact include: mitigation measures, monitoring indicators, implementing and monitoring agencies, frequency of monitoring, cost of implementation, and necessary capacity-building. It is possible that after completing the Checklist, the Environmental and Social Specialist may recommend that the subproject concerned should be subjected to a full ESIA, and submitted to NEMA for review and decision making.

According to Regulation 5 of the EIA Regulations, 2006, a Project Brief is supposed to contain the following:

(a) the nature of the project in accordance with the categories identified in the Third Schedule of the Act; (b) the projected area of land, air and water that may be affected; (c) the activities that shall be undertaken during and after the development of the project; (d) the design of the project; (e) the materials that the project shall use, including both construction materials and inputs; (f) the possible products and by-products, including waste generation of the project; (g) the number of people that the project will employ and the economic and social benefits to the local community and the nation in general; (h) the environmental effects of the materials, methods, products and by-products of the project, and how they will be eliminated or mitigated; (i) Any other matter which may be required by the Authority.

In addition to the above, it is currently a practice and requirement by NEMA to include details of stakeholder consultations.

The ESIA will be conducted by the consultancy firms authorized/agreed in coordination with NEMA. These consultancy firms will be recruited by the MAAIF. The ESIA report will identify and assess the potential environmental and social impacts for the planned activities, assess the alternative solutions, and will design the mitigation, management and monitoring measures to be implemented. These measures will be quoted in the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) that will be prepared as part of the

82 consultancy report for each activity. The preparation of the ESMP will be done in collaboration with the concerned parties, including the people likely to be affected.

6.1.4 Step 4: Reviews and Approvals If the Executive Director is satisfied that the project will have no significant impact on the environment, or that the Project Brief discloses sufficient mitigation measures to cope with the anticipated impacts, he may approve project. The Executive Director of NEMA or his delegated official shall then issue a Certificate of Approval for the project. However, if the Executive Director finds that the project will have significant impacts on the environment and that, the Project Brief does not disclose sufficient mitigation measures to cope with the anticipated negative impacts, he shall require that, the developer undertakes an ESIA for the planned project.

In case an ESIA needs to be undertaken, the ToRs for the study will be prepared by MAAIF and reviewed and approved by NEMA, with modifications where necessary. The ESIA study will be undertaken by a registered ESIA Practitioner in accordance with the ToRs approved by NEMA. Following the Bank review of the ESIA, the ESIA will be forwarded to NEMA for final review and clearance. EIA Regulation 18(6) states that when the lead agency is the developer, it submits the ESIS to NEMA and the Executive Director makes comments or invites other lead agencies to comment. Various departments within the MWE, the Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA), UWA or other agencies may also be consulted as appropriate. The comments from the Local Authority will be considered by NEMA in making a final decision on subproject implementation.

Where an ESIA is not required, the PCU at MAAIF with the guidance of the Environmental and Social Specialists or Consultants, should review the ESSF and the Checklist (if required) and decide whether the results of the screening process reports are acceptable – i.e., whether all environmental and social impacts have been identified and the ESMP contains effective mitigation measures for them.

The Executive Director of NEMA must reach a decision on the proposed development in less than 180 days from the date of ESIS submission. The decision may be approval, referral to the developer for additional information, study or project redesign, or rejection. The Executive Director may (and normally does) accompany the approval with conditions. Project briefs, ESISs and conditions of approval are all public documents and are expected to be publicized to allow transparency and accountability in the decision-making process. If the ESIA is approved, NEMA will issue a Certificate of Approval of ESIA that confirms the ESIA has been satisfactorily completed and the proposed sub-program implementation may proceed.

It is important to note that this review and approval process is to be carried out in parallel with the review and approval of the technical, economic, financial and other aspects of the subprojects. Implementation of subprojects cannot commence until the environmental and social aspects have been reviewed and appropriate mitigation measures have been adopted. As possibilities of social impacts regarding land acquisition, the implementation of subprojects cannot proceed until the resettlement and/or compensation plans have been prepared and implemented after clearance

83 by the Chief Government Valuer in the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development. This is detailed in the RPF for the RPRLP project prepared alongside this ESMF.

6.1.5 Step 5: Public Consultations and Disclosure The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 1998, envisage a broad scope for public participation. Regulation 12 (1) requires a project proponent or developer to “take all necessary measures to seek views of the people in communities, which may be affected by the project during the process of conducting the study…” In furtherance of this, the developer must (a) publicize the project, its anticipated effects and benefits for at least fourteen days in the mass media and in a language understood by the affected communities; and (b) hold meetings thereafter with the affected communities regarding the project at such times and in such venues as are agreed with leaders of local councils in the area. NEMA also invites comments from persons specifically affected by the project, with a comment period of 21 days.

Based on NEMA‟s own review and the comments received, the Executive Director may decide to hold a public hearing, which must take place no less than 30 nor more than 45 days after the end of the comment period. The involvement of District Environment Officers and the District Community Development Officers and the Community workers at lower LGs level will have to be encouraged. Public information includes particularly:

 One or several meetings for the presentation of the sub-project with a gathering of local authorities, the populations, the concerned organizations;  The opening of a register available to all the populations where will be consigned the preoccupations, the appreciations, remarks and suggestions formulated on the project.

A public consultation will be initiated during the scoping and ESIA preparation stages and views of stakeholders (general public and lead agencies) have to be included in a Project Brief as well. Whenever a public concern over the proposed subproject is indicated and impacts are extensive and far-reaching, the District Chief Administrative Officer/Town Clerk (CAO/TC) is required to organize a public hearing. The results of the public hearing should be taken into account when a decision is taken whether or not a permit is to be issued. These consultations should allow for the identification of the main issues and determine how the concerns of all parties will be tackled in the terms of reference for the ESIA. The results of the consultations will be included in the ESIA report and made available to the public by the CAO. The public consultation process could be conducted in two phases:

 During the screening and classification of subproject activities and  During the analysis of environmental and social impacts.

After clearance, the assessment reports (ESIA, RAPs, IPPFs etc.) shall be disclosed both in Uganda through the daily print media by MAAIF and at WB’s Infoshop by IDA.

6.1.6 Step 6: Environmental Monitoring Environmental and social monitoring aims at checking the effectiveness and relevance of the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures. MAAIF must undertake the monitoring exercises in sequences and frequencies stipulated in the ESIA, RAP, IPP, or ESMPs. Local Government leaders, District Environment Officers, Community Development Officers as well as NGOs and CBOs will undertake monitoring exercises as required by the National Environmental Act. The District Environment Officer in conjunction with the District Community Development Officer will monitor the implementation of environmental and social mitigation measures.

Overall, MAAIF will have the lead role in monitoring to ensure that its various environmental and social obligations are met, and will have to fulfill the requirement for an environmental and social audit, not less than 12 nor more than 36 months after project completion or commencement of operations respectively in line with the National Environment Act and the Audit Regulations of 2006.

It is critical to understand that NEMA has a monitoring and compliance team and Environmental Inspectors under NEMA’s Department of Monitoring and Compliance, who are expected to ensure compliance by MAAIF with permits, standards, regulations and all approval conditions. Where MAAIF fails to put in place mitigation measures as set out in the respective ESIS, NEMA Environmental Inspectors may issue an improvement notice and/or commence criminal or civil proceedings against MAAIF as laid out in the National Environment Statute.

6.1.7 Step 7: Monitoring indicators. Monitoring refers to regular collection of environmental data at the project site while environmental auditing is a systematic documentation, periodic and objective evaluation of protection and management of the environment. The monitoring indicators will be developed by the Environmental and Social Specialists or Consultants based on the mitigation measures and the ESMP or RAPs. At the end of subproject construction phase, a Certification for Compliance for the completion of works will be completed. Environmental and social issues will be integrated into this and signed off by MAAIF.

6.2 Related Environmental and Social Management tools Some salient environmental and social management compliance tools relevant to RPRLP include:

6.2.1 Resettlement Policy Framework The purpose of the Resettlement Policy Framework is to establish the resettlement and compensation principles, organizational arrangements, and design criteria to be applied to meet the needs of the people who may be affected by the various subprojects to be implemented under the RPLRP. The RPF has therefore been prepared to guide and govern RPLRP subprojects selection process for financing and also sets out the elements that will be common to all subprojects that will entail involuntary resettlement, which will not be known by the time of project appraisal. The objectives of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) are to:

 Establish the resettlement and compensation principles and implementation arrangements for RPLRP  Describe the legal and institutional framework underlying Ugandan approaches for resettlement, compensation and rehabilitation;  Define the eligibility criteria for identification of Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and entitlements;  Describe the consultation procedures and participatory approaches involving PAPs and other key stakeholders;  Provision of procedures for filing grievances and resolving disputes; and  Development of an outline for the development of Resettlement Action Plans

6.2.2 Pest Management Plan Since RPRLP triggers OP 4.09 for pest management, it is important to ensure that a Pest Management Plan (PMP) is prepared for the proposed investments when applicable (Annex 8). The purpose of the PMP is to describe a Plan by which the project can promote and support safe, effective, and environmentally sound pest management in agricultural including interventions undertaken under RPLRP. The objective of a Pest Management Plan is to:

 Promote the use of environmentally friendly practices (hygienic, cultural, biological or natural control mechanisms and the judicious use of chemicals) in pest control;  Effectively monitor pesticide use and pest issues amongst participating farmers;  Provide for implementation of an IPM action plan in the event that serious pest management issues are encountered, and/or the introduction of technologies is seen to lead to a significant decrease in the application of pesticides;  Assess the capacity of the country’s regulatory framework and institutions to promote and support safe, effective, socially and environmentally sound pest management and to provide for appropriate institutional capacity support recommendations;  Ensure compliance with national laws, regional standards, and regulations;  Ensure compliance with World Bank safeguard policy OP 4.09

The Plan should address pest management issues in the context of the project's environmental assessment. These encompass requirements under the Word Bank OP 4.09 for Pest Management and the Ugandan Control of Agricultural Chemicals Act (Cap 29). Pesticide legislation in Uganda is primarily based on the 20 years old Statutory Instrument Supplement No. 23 of the Agricultural Chemical Regulation. An Agricultural Chemicals Board is responsible for the registration of agricultural chemicals of which pesticides are an important part. The criteria for registration is that it, in regular use, has proved efficacious against the pest(s) it is supposed to control over three growing seasons, and that its profile of toxicity to humans and animals as well as its eco- toxicology, including degradation data and proof of its maximum residue limits in agricultural produce, are acceptable.

6.2.3 Physical Cultural Resources Management Plan As the RPLRP has also triggered the OP 4.11, it is important that the ESIA also identify the process for addressing impacts on cultural property. The Historical Monuments Act Cap

46 allows a minister to declare any object of archaeological, ethnological, traditional or historical interest to be a preserved or historical object, and to acquire any land necessary for preserving it on behalf of the Uganda Land Commission. It also provides protection of historical sites in development. Measures will need to be integrated into the ESMP to address the following areas:

 Avoidance or mitigation of identified adverse impacts;  Provisions for Chance Finds Procedure in Annex 7  Measures for strengthening institutional capacity; and  Monitoring systems to track progress of these activities.

The Department of Monuments and Museums in the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Heritage acknowledges that physical cultural heritage in Uganda has not been surveyed adequately and that potential monuments and other cultural resources may exist which are not known, implying that this is an area requiring further consideration in the RPLRP subproject screening process to assist in recognizing potential resources.

Excavation in sites of known archaeological interest should be avoided. Where this is unavoidable, prior discussions must be held with the Directorate of Museums and Monuments in the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities in order to undertake pre- construction excavation or assign an archaeologist to log discoveries as construction proceeds. Where historical remains, antiquity or any other object of cultural or archaeological importance are unexpectedly discovered during construction in an area not previously known for its archaeological interest, the following procedures should be applied and the Contractor is responsible for familiarizing themselves with the “Chance Finds Procedures”:

 Stop work immediately following the discovery of any materials with possible archeological, historical, paleontological, or other cultural value, announce findings to the PCU who will notify the Directorate of Museums and Monuments;  Protect artifacts as well as possible using plastic covers, and implement measures to stabilize the area, if necessary, to properly protect artifacts  Prevent any unauthorized access to the artifacts  Restart construction works only upon the authorization of the Directorate or other authorities.

6.3 Grievance Redress Mechanism Grievance redress mechanisms provide a way to provide an effective avenue for expressing concerns and achieving remedies for communities, promote a mutually constructive relationship and enhance the achievement of project development objectives. Grievance redress mechanisms are increasingly important for development projects where ongoing risks or adverse impacts are anticipated. They serve as a way to prevent and address community concerns, reduce risk, and assist larger processes that create positive social change. It has been learned from many years of experience that open dialogue and collaborative grievance resolution simply represent good business practice both in managing for social and environmental risk and in furthering project and community development objectives.

6.3.1.1 Community Expectations When Grievances Arise When local people present a grievance, they generally expect to receive one or more of the following:  Acknowledgment of their problem  An honest response to questions about project activities  An apology  Compensation  Modification of the conduct that caused the grievance  Some other fair remedy.

In voicing their concerns, they also expect to be heard and taken seriously. Therefore, the project’s PCUs must convince people that they can voice grievances and the project will work to resolve them without retaliation.

6.3.1.2 Procedures and Time Frames There is no ideal model or one‐size‐fits‐all approach to grievance resolution. The best solutions to conflicts are generally achieved through localized mechanisms that take account of the specific issues, cultural context, local customs, and project conditions and scale. In its simplest form, a grievance mechanism can be broken down into the following primary components:

 Receive and register a complaint.  Screen and validate the complaint.  Formulate a response.  Select a resolution approach, based on consultation with affected person/group.  Implement the approach.  Settle the issues.  Track and evaluate results.  Learn from the experience and communicate back to all parties involved.

6.3.1.3 Grievance Prevention There are many ways to proactively solve issues before they even become grievances. Implementers should be aware and accept that grievances do occur, that dealing with them is part of the work, and that they should be considered in a work plan. Implementers should do the following:

• Provide sufficient and timely information to communities. Many grievances arise because of misunderstandings; lack of information; or delayed, inconsistent, or insufficient information. Accurate and adequate information about a project and its activities, plus an approximate implementation schedule, should be communicated to the communities, especially PAPs, regularly. Appropriate communication channels and means of communication should be used.

• Conduct meaningful community consultations. MAAIF should continue the process of consultation and dialogue throughout the implementation of the project. Sharing information, reporting on project progress, providing community members with an opportunity to express their concerns, clarifying and responding to their issues, eliciting

88 communitiesʹ views, and receiving feedback on interventions will benefit the communities and the project management.

• Build capacity for project staff, particularly community facilitators and other field‐level staff. The community‐level facilitators and field‐level staff of MAAIF should be provided with adequate information on the project such as project design, activities, implementing schedules, and institutional arrangements as well as enhanced skills in effective communication, understanding community dynamics and processes, negotiation and conflict resolution, and empathizing with communities and their needs. Building trust and maintaining good rapport with the communities by providing relevant information on the project and responding effectively to the needs and concerns of the community members will help solve issues before they even become grievances. It is also important that community facilitators and field‐level staff provide regular feedback on their interactions with the communities to the higher levels of the implementing agencies.

6.3.2 Mechanism under RPLRP Village Peace Committees (VPCs) already exist at the village level in Karamoja Subregion and they could be used to register and mediate grievances at the village level. However, in areas where such committees don’t exist, a local grievance redress committee (LGRC) will be initiated at the village level to record grievances and also help in mediation. This committee will comprise the LC I Chairperson, a trusted village elder, a religious representative, an elected PAP representative and specific vulnerable group representatives of relevance to the village i.e. women and the disabled. Disputes will be resolved at the village level as far as possible. At the District Level, the Grievance Redress Committee will be established to deal with any grievances unsettled at the village level. The Grievance Redress Committee at the district will at a minimum comprise the LC3 representative, representatives of vulnerable groups, District Land Officer/Surveyor, District Community Development Officer and a Grievance Officer from PCU who will oversee and coordinate grievance issues at the village level including setting up of LGRCs, provision of Grievance Logbooks and related logistics, training and orientation of LGRCs and VPCs, and providing advice on grievance resolution as well as compiling records of all RPLRP grievances raised and their mediation for the whole district. The grievance mechanism for the implementation process is as follows:

(b) The PAP should expect a response from the LGRC or VPC within seven days of filing the complaint. If the issue is not resolved, the LGRC/VPC will forward the complaint to the GRC at the District;

(c) The GRC at the District will be given a fourteen day notice to hold a meeting. Two days after the meeting, the GRC will call the PAP and LGRC/VPC for

discussions and resolution. The resolution will be presented to the PAP in written form within the same day of the meeting;

(d) If there is no resolution to the grievance, the GRC at the district and the PAP shall then refer the matter to the District Land Tribunal;

(e) Appeal to Court - The Ugandan laws allow any aggrieved person the right to access to Court of law. If the complainant still remains dissatisfied with the District Land Tribunal, the complainant has the option to pursue appropriate recourse via judicial process in Uganda. Courts of law will be a “last resort” option, in view of the above mechanism.

7 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONS

7.1 Impact Identification Identification of impacts includes positive and negative impacts, direct and indirect impacts, and immediate and long-term impacts, unavoidable or irreversible impacts. The impacts identified are generic to the proposed project interventions below:

Component 1: Natural Resources Development  Water facilities to be rehabilitated in the communities of the project districts;  New water facilities to be constructed in the communities of the project districts;  Watersheds for the existing shared water facilities to be rehabilitated/developed in the communities of the project districts;  Pastoral and Agro-pastoral rangelands/field demonstration schools to be established in the communities of the project districts.

Component 2: Marketing and Trade  Livestock Markets to be rehabilitated/Construction in the communities of the project districts;  Border Check Points to be rehabilitated/Construction in the communities of the project districts;  Laboratories to be rehabilitated/Construction in the communities of the project districts;  Slaughter Facilities to be rehabilitated/Construction in the communities of the project districts;  Holding/Auction Grounds to be rehabilitated/Construction in the communities of the project districts;  Trading routes to be demarcated;  Grazing and strategic livestock feed reserves to be demarcated; and  Watering points to be demarcated.

Component 3: Livelihoods Support

 Communal demonstration permanent crushes (galvanized iron) to be constructed;  Crushes - Construction in selected sites (on average 5 per district);  Pasture improvement (degrade range rehabilitation/ reseeding, pasture seeds scheme);  Field demonstration plots to be established; and  Storage Facilities in the 12 districts to be constructed

7.2 Potential Positive Impacts The RPLRP is expected to have the following positive impacts:

 Infrastructure facilities are to be shared by different ethnic groups and this can help achieve peace building goals of increasing interaction and fostering cooperation;  Better and hygienic environment for trade in livestock and livestock products will be established by the project which will be a large positive benefit to the communities and local governments;

 The implementation of the project will bring about employment opportunities for people in the community;

 The planned rehabilitation and construction of valley dams will provide sources of water for the pastoral communities which in the long run can bring about change of their lifestyles from pastoral to sedentary agriculture;

 The cattle markets once constructed will be sources of income for the local governments through collection of market dues;

 The cattle markets will also have good waste management facilities in their vicinity through the project such as toilets;

 The project plans to focus on supporting appropriate alternative income generating enterprises for the households. This has a very large positive impact in terms of socio-economic empowerment of the households and creating food security at household level;

 Demarcation of livestock routes will make control of diseases fairly easier as veterinary staff can then manage the movement of livestock in cases of livestock disease out-breaks;

 Training of DVOs, Community Animal Health Workers (CAHWs), kraal leaders and para veterinary staff will enhance skills for livestock health management in the communities. Therefore, the capacity building in the project will help to develop skill for modern agriculture in the districts and the communities for better delivery of services for social and economic transformation;

 The RPLRP areas will have better information on natural resources especially range lands which will help pastoralists adapt to changing and harsh climatic risks there by minimize loss of livestock;

 Some groups in the Project area are both agriculturalists and pastoralists who keep cattle, goats, and sheep. The new facilities including water points, markets, and rehabilitation of rangelands will improve upon their pastoral livelihoods and access to market in addition to recognizing their rights to natural resources especially watering points. Some of the Iks also look after cattle of their neighboring tribes as a form of employment. However, if such new facilities are constructed in their own land, that could be a motivation for the Iks to look after their own animals;

 Distribution of drought tolerant crops will provide the project beneficiaries with drought tolerant crop varieties to overcome famine one of their major problems. The groups will also benefit from extension services to realize sustainable food production to feed their communities. This will all enhance the agricultural skills of the project beneficiary communities thereby enhancing their sustainable livelihoods;

 Famine is an issue among the IPs and construction of storage facilities is likely to ensure safe storage practices to avoid losses due to storage pests;

 Conflict management with particular focus on cross-border issues is likely to promote peaceful coexistence, and to eradicate the discrimination and animosity that has existed amongst pastoral communities in the project area;

 Construction of pest management facilities such as spray races and dips will enhance tick management strategies in the districts covered under RPLRP;

 Upgrading of existing regional veterinary laboratories will further improve delivery of veterinary services and general better management of disease in the RPLRP districts;

 The project will put in place pesticide management facilities which will safeguard environment from pollution from such agrochemicals; and

 Revitalization of strategic animal check points and holding grounds under the project will ensure measures for disease control will be enhanced there by curbing aspects of disease spread and thefts. 7.3 Potential Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures The potential negative impacts are expected to be site-specific and reversible, with implementation of the proposed mitigation measures. Such impacts include:

 Construction of valley dams has potential to disturb the landscape around the dam through site clearance, excavation, establishing areas for storage

equipment and construction materials, establishing accommodation facilities and parking, access roads. Such works can have impacts on the integrity of the environmental settings around the area. This is to be mitigated through ensuring that, works are kept to the minimum and restricted to the sites designated for the valley dams and their support facilities. In addition, the contractors should stockpile the topsoil excavated for restoration and re-vegetation of the site after works which will allow for normal re-vegetation and prevent any subsequent erosion and siltation;

 Dam construction creates borrow pits which degrade the environment through extraction of fill materials for embankments. The borrow pits if poorly restored can be breeding sites for malaria and other water based vectors. The contractors should restore borrow areas as part of their contracts and the obligation should be built in the contract and the District Environment Officers should certify to ensure compliance;

 The excavation works for valley dams generates volumes of cut to spoil materials which will need to be disposed from the site. In addition, the cut to spoil materials generates loose soils that can silt the water sources. It is proposed that, the contractors will lease dumpsites for the cut to spoil materials and should be sited outside water sources. The sites be leased from landlords in the area after a negotiated payments for such sites;

 The construction and rehabilitation works for the dams involves use of plant equipment whose storage and operations can have attendant impacts on environment in terms of noise and compaction of soil thereby affecting soil percolation ability. Since RPLRP envisages rehabilitating valley small dams, it means the construction process will involve fairly light equipment which will have minimum impacts on soils. Also, the works will be of short-term nature thus reducing impacts on environment;

 In addition, dam embankments can pose safety risk to both livestock and the communities. If the banks are high, safety of cattle to access water becomes an issue as well for the communities to draw water. In some instances, children can be tempted to swim in the dams and may end up drowning. Fencing the dams and reservoir may be required to prevent access to the embankment and its reservoir. This will serve to control access to deep sections. Secondly, sensitizing communities on the risks associated with the dams be done before they are operational. In all, provision be made for safe watering and collection of water by the communities;

 Construction based impacts arising from excavation works during construction markets and associated project infrastructures will generate dust and other health associated implications on the workers and neighboring communities. This is to be mitigated through provision of Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) and observing good engineering practices during construction;

 Potential loss of vegetation cover through site clearance will be mitigated through limiting excavations to areas needed for establishment of project infrastructures and subsequent site restoration after works;

 Potential relegation of traditional crop varieties in favor of projects high yielding varieties that will be developed by the project. The traditional varieties are adapted to the local environment. It is suggested that, farmers be sensitized on the need to keep along their old crop varieties as well as NARO keeping such germplasm in their seed Banks;

 Site clearance works for infrastructure such as slaughter construction can lead to soil erosion, loss of vegetation and sedimentation of nearby water areas. This can be mitigated through restricting works to designated areas and planting vegetation after close of works;

 The construction of slaughter facilities will raise issues relating to construction waste management, dust and noise amongst others. The contractor will follow best construction practices as will be enshrined in the contract;

 Operation of slaughter facilities will generate a host of public health issues that can compromise the quality of meat products. It is suggested that, the Public Health Inspectors as well as Veterinary Officers at the District take charge in ensuring that, the operations of such facilities comply with the Public Health Act 1964;

 There can be instances when animals die in markets due to transportation or disease. In addition, some meat in the slaughtered in the market could be declared unsafe for human consumption. Condemned meat in and dead animals could be disposed through use of special constructed pits in the vicinity where such carcasses can be disposed and waste engine oil poured on. Where resources allow, incinerators can be constructed or possibilities of use of existing incinerators in some of the health centers should be explored;

 Accumulation and management of solid waste during operation of markets. This can be addressed through contracting out the operations and management of such markets by the area local governments;

 Markets during their operations can have issues of crime triggered by alcohol consumption etc. The area police and Local Defence Units (LDUs) will be available to maintain law and order in such areas;

 HIV/AIDS is one of the potential concerns resulting from operations and consumption of alcohol. HIV/AIDS service providers to provide condoms in strategic locations in the markets. This should be done by the project through collaboration with existing HIV/AIDS service providers;

 Livelihoods interventions at household level can fuel instances of domestic violence against women by men over resources. It is common, when women get

resources especially money; men tend to grab it for their needs. This intervention ought to build in mechanisms to protect women;

 Operation of the cattle markets can bring about transmission of livestock diseases. The area Veterinary staff will issue movement permits for cattle that are to be taken to the markets and this will be done after inspection of the animals to ensure they are healthy and fit for human consumption;

 Apart from meeting a basic human need, new water points in Karamoja could have a direct impact on the spread of livestock and human diseases since most water sources are shared in the region. The Project will sensitize communities on risks of sharing water sources with livestock;

 If new water point construction does not take into account grazing patterns, it has risk of creating environmental degradation by promoting permanent grazing patterns in which, pastoralist tend to concentrate around water sources. The project in its plan, has attempted to spread out its plan on water supply interventions to create evenness of water availability to avoid this concern;

 The plan to support alternative income generation enterprises at household levels will require careful planning and consultations to avoid gender based violence especially when husbands want to grab all the resources at the expense of the wives;

 Increased agricultural production as a form of livelihood diversification and land use may come at the expense of use seasonal grazing areas. To ensure that RPLRP interventions are conflict sensitive, MAAIF will have to carefully monitor the impact of agricultural livelihoods development and rangeland use among groups within the communities. This will be critical to reduce the likelihood that expanding agricultural land use will further conflict among groups relying on rangelands access;

 Seed and planting materials distribution programs can have a number of social risks, including creating dependency among communities for hand-outs, and limited crop performance when seeds distributed do not fit local contexts or do not reflect farmer variety preferences. In addition, free distribution of seeds can also create high expectations among recipients that, the project will continue to provide seed year in year out. To avoid creating dependency syndrome amongst the project beneficiaries, MAAIF will have to limit free seed distributions to a specific period and the project design should include a mechanism to inform and educate recipients about planning and savings for future seed purchases.

7.4 Environmental and Social Management Plan An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for RPRLP Program is intended to ensure efficient environmental and social management of its activities. An ESMP translates recommended mitigation and monitoring measures into specific actions that

95 will be carried out by MAAIF. The ESMP will need to be adjusted to the terms and conditions specified in any subproject approval. It will then form the basis for impact management during project construction and operation. Furthermore, the ESMP will identify key component activities and associated impacts, when such impacts will likely occur (project phase), mitigation measures, who will be responsible to implement the measures, and costs implementing the measures. With regard to ESMP implementation, it is important to note that, most impacts are expected to arise from construction based activities and as such, the contractors ought to be supervised to ensure application of best construction methods are put in place during implementation. This implies most costs are to be part of the contractor’s works. An ESMP template and a generic ESMP to address typical impacts of the RPLRP is provided in Annex 9.

7.5 Environmental and Social Monitoring Monitoring refers to regular collection of environmental data at the project site while environmental auditing is a systematic documentation, periodic and objective evaluation of protection and management of the environment. The objectives and the purpose of the Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan include:

i. Measure the extent, changes and benefits or severity of the environmental and social impacts on components predicted to be adversely affected; ii. Ensure early detection of unexpected impacts and development of measures to remedy such concerns; iii. Determine the efficiency of the mitigation or enhancement measures to reducing or improve impacts and to allow periodic review and adjustment of measures; iv. Describe the sampling programmes, including the parameters to be measured; sampling strategies, frequencies, locations and times of sampling, personnel and equipment requirements and estimated costs; v. Provide indications on assessment of the monitoring data and how this will be utilized technically and procedurally to improve mitigation and environmental management; vi. Assess the adequacy of environmental monitoring such as selected monitoring locations, schedule, monitoring methods, as well as required supervision, and to suggest improvements, if appropriate, in the light of the results; vii. Ensure that environmental and social management is being performed effectively in accordance with technical requirements and relevant laws and regulations; and viii. Where applicable, identify possible capacity building needs amongst agencies that will be responsible for training.

The Monitoring Plan will specify the scope of project monitoring required for measuring potential environmental and social impacts during construction and operation phases. Similar to the mitigation plan, monitoring requirements are specific as to what is to be monitored, how and by whom (with clear delineation of responsibilities between the different groups or agencies will be outlined.

Matrix of Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan for the Project Project Phase Environmental Monitoring Agency/Entity Monitoring Frequency of Unit

 Construction & Social Issue indicators Responsible Activities to Monitoring Cost  Operation, for Monitoring be  Daily/Continuous (USD)  Maintenance undertaken  Weekly,  Decommissioning  Monthly  Annually

Environment Indicators i) Loss of vegetation ii) Land degradation iii) Compliance with laws and regulations. iv) Water quality in communities meets international standards, v) Proper waste management practices related to construction works, vi) Land restoration and revegetation after construction and or rehabilitation works, vii) Solid waste separation and recycling/disposal measures adopted in settlements, viii) Compliance with the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors ix) Pest management practices by communities, x) Best practices in the implementation of program activities,

Social indicators i) Population incomes ii) Number of people resettled iii) Environmental and social awareness iv) Effect of program implementation on local household economies.

8 ESMF IMPLEMENTATION AND CAPACITY NEEDS

8.1 Overview of Institutional Framework Project activities will be implemented at the regional, national and sub-national levels under the coordination of IGAD. The project has been designed in a way that will facilitate coordinated project work planning, implementation, monitoring and reporting by each of the three countries at decentralized and national levels, and by the countries and IGAD at the regional level. Regional Activities will be implemented by regional institutions (e.g. IGAD), with support from relevant national institutions. National Activities under the Regional Outputs will be implemented at country level under the coordination of regional institutions. The RPLRP will not create new parallel implementation structures but will rather build on existing ones and/or ensure consistency with those proposed in Uganda’s CPP. As much as feasible, the project will make use of the same implementation structures used by projects with similar objectives in the same project area. 8.2 Implementation and Coordination at Regional Level IGAD will leverage coordination and implementation of the RPLRP on institutional arrangements detailed in the IGAD Drought Disaster Resilience and Sustainability

Initiative (IDDRSI) Strategy. The IGAD Secretariat will coordinate the implementation of the cross-border interventions, and serve as a platform to provide technical assistance and support policy dialogue with countries. IGAD and other Development Partners will support the following areas that impact on the project activities: (i) development and adoption of the regional drought resilience policies; (ii) development and dissemination of Regional Information and Knowledge Management (RIKM) systems; and (iii) building the capacity of the participating countries through the support of regional consultations, workshops, and training and cross-border collaboration. Operationally, IGAD will work with the countries through designated political and technical focal points and will also convene half-yearly Regional Project Steering Committee (RSC) meetings.

8.3 Implementation and Coordination Mechanisms at National Level At the national level, MAAIF will be the lead executing agency responsible for coordinating the implementation of the four technical components by MAAIF departments and other key ministries/agencies. The main Ministries involved in project implementation are:  Ministry of Water and Environment for Component 1;  the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Cooperatives for Component; and  the Office of the Prime Minister (OPM) will take charge of Component 4.

MAAIF will be responsible for the integration of the national interventions in the regional project. It will ensure the project funds are administered in accordance with the approved Loan Agreement, as well as the Government of Uganda and the World Bank’s policies and guidelines. The Ministry will also be accountable for authorizing and verifying project transactions and will work closely with the Bank’s Project Task Team, IGAD and the lead executing agencies in the other project countries. MAAIF will in addition, establish the National Project Coordination Unit (NPCU) within the Directorate of Animal Resources.

8.3.1 National Project Coordination Unit (NPCU) The NPCU will coordinate project planning, supervision, monitoring, evaluation, knowledge learning and management of the project activities. Specifically, the main responsibilities of the NPCU will include:

 supervising the implementation of activities under all components;  preparing the project’s annual work plans and budgets (AWPBs);  operating the management information, M&E and reporting systems; contracting out, on a competitive basis as appropriate, the implementation of various project activities to implementing partners, service providers and technical assistance experts;  monitoring the progress of project activities and evaluating the performance of the different contractors;  coordinating and consolidating periodical reports from implementing units and implementing partners;  providing logistical, administrative and technical backstopping to implementing partners and district level implementing agencies;  serving as the secretariat to the National Steering Committee;

 establishing and maintaining linkages with other relevant government ministries, development partners, civil society, NGOs, as well as with IGAD and the NPCUs and counterpart institutions in the other project countries;  carrying out financial management and procurement of goods and services;  reporting regularly to Government, IGAD and World Bank on project progress; and  disseminating information about the project’s rationale, concept, content and progress to the concerned stakeholders and all interested parties.

The NPCU will be headed by the National Project Coordinator as the overall technical manager of the project and will comprise four heads of the project’s technical components (Natural Resource Management, Marketing and Trade, Livelihoods Support and Pastoral Risk Management). While these positions will be filled by Government staff through secondments, the following NPCU staff will be recruited on a competitive basis;  Monitoring & Evaluation Specialist,  Project Accountant, and  Assistant Procurement Officer.

The NPCU technical staff will carry out quarterly supervisions of project activities in the 12 districts, and participate in/hold regular meetings at regional, national and district levels to plan for the project, review project progress and make decisions related to planning and implementation of project activities. They will also be responsible for the preparation of quarterly and annual project performance reports, project mid-term review, and for submission of relevant reports through the Permanent Secretary MAAIF to the World Bank.

8.3.2 National Steering Committee (NSC) The main responsibilities of the NSC will include: (i) providing conceptual, strategic and political guidance to the NPCU for project design, implementation and coordination of project activities; (ii) ensuring overall conformity with Government and regional policies and strategies; (iii) reviewing project progress and performance; (iv) approving the AWPBs; (v) resolving any implementation problems or conflicts; and (vi) assisting the NPCU in obtaining, whenever needed, Government support to the projects. The NSC will meet at least twice a year, chaired by the Permanent Secretary from MAAIF and the NPCU serving as secretariat. It will include representatives from all key Ministries/Agencies involved in Project Implementation (see below), IGAD Focal Person in MAAIF, World Bank, as well as representatives of (i) Chief Administrative Officers (CAOs) from Project Districts (2), (ii) Research Institutions (2), Development Partners (2), NGOs (1), Civil Society Organizations (2) and the formal private sector (1).

8.3.3 Technical Coordination Meetings In addition to the half-yearly NSC meetings, there will be quarterly Technical Coordination Meetings, with the aim to discuss specific technical and coordination issues and address any constraints that may be identified. The meetings will be chaired by the NPCU and will involve the key implementing agencies as well as other implementing partners of the four technical components.

8.3.4 Key Ministries/Agencies in project implementation

8.3.4.1 Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) Under the Ministry of Water and Environment, the key Departments that will be involved in the implementation of the project will be:

National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) NEMA is responsible for the regulatory functions and activities that focus on compliance and enforcement of the existing legal and institutional frameworks on environmental management in Uganda. NEMA’s mandate covers both green and brown issues of environmental and social management. It oversees the implementation of all environment conservation programmes and activities of the relevant agencies both at the national and local Government level. One of the key institutional mandates of NEMA include among others ensuring the observance of proper safeguards in the planning and execution of all development projects including those already in existence that have or are likely to have significant impact on the environment. NEMA is also charged with review and approval of ESIA reports as provided for by the National Environment Act, Cap. 153. NEMA also plans to issue guidelines for strategic environmental assessment (SEA), currently in draft.

Directorate of Water Development The executive arm of MWE for the water sector is the Directorate of Water Development (DWD), which is responsible for managing water resources, coordinating, and regulating all sector activities and provides support services to the local governments and other service providers. DWD is primarily a national regulatory and supervisory agency. The Directorate of Water Resources Development will provide technical support under Component 1, specifically in mapping water and water points and rangelands for rehabilitations and in supervision of designs and construction of water dams and valley dams.

Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM) - Under the MWE, it has the mandate to “promote and ensure rational and sustainable utilization, effective management and safeguard of water for social and economic welfare and development as well as for regional and international peace”. It is responsible for managing, monitoring and regulating water resources through issuing water use, water abstraction and wastewater discharge permits.

The Department of Meteorology (DoM) will be involved in the collection of early warning, weather and climate change information and its timely dissemination to the communities. It will take the lead in installation of weather equipment and training farmers on how to manage weather equipment, data collection/analysis and dissemination.

The Climate Change Unit under the Department of Meteorology will provide resource persons in climate change trainings at district and national level.

100

8.3.4.2 Ministry of Trade, Industry and Cooperatives The Ministry will be responsible for technical guidance in animal and animal product trade, market opportunities, market information, trade policies, market construction and support to value chain actors. Training of informal and formal pastoral traders will be conducted under its supervision.

8.3.4.3 Office of the Prime Minister, Department of Disaster Preparedness, Management and Refugees (DDPMR) The DDPMR will be involved in training disaster management committees at all levels and members of the National Early Warning Committee. It will also play a key role in project implementation as it serves as the secretariat to the National Platform for Disaster Preparedness and Management which is the Government’s main mechanism to coordinate drought resilience initiatives implemented by the various ministries and agencies. The DRR platform is comprised of focal point technical officers from line ministries, UN agencies, NGOs and other relevant stakeholders. The functions of the DRR platform will include monitoring and analyzing hazard, risk and disaster trends in the country, developing common preparedness, contingency and response plans, networking and sharing information, experiences and technical expertise nationally, regionally and internationally, and monitoring implementation of response strategies. The platform has structures in all tiers of government from national to the village level. However, the DRR platform has not been effectively utilized to-date and would require adequate resources and extensive capacity building to fulfill its mandate.

8.3.4.4 Uganda Bureau of Statistics (UBOS) The UBOS will support the NPCU in collecting information required for project implementation including baseline data on households, livestock population the livelihood options in the 12 project districts.

8.3.4.5 Serere and Nabuin Research Centers These institutions are under the National Agricultural Research Organization (NARO) and will provide technical guidance on new technologies e.g. draught resistant animals and crops, post harvesting, animal breeding and water harvesting technologies. The centers will also train the pastoralists in the use of the new technologies.

8.4 Implementation and Coordination at District Level

8.4.1 District Project Advisory Committee (DPAC) At the district, a committee chaired by the CAO and comprising the District Agricultural Officer, Veterinary Officer, NAADS Coordinator, Production/Marketing Officer, Commercial Officer, Entomologist, Engineer, Water Officer/Engineer, Forestry Officer, Community Development Officer, Environmental Officer, a representative of Local Council Five, Secretary for Production, and the Resident District Commissioners (RDCs) will be formed to oversee the implementation of the project. The DPAC will also provide policy guidance and financial management of the project funds, and approve the district annual work plans and budgets. The CAO will serve as the overall accounting officer of the project activities and funds in the district.

101

8.4.2 District Project Coordination Unit (DPCU) The DCU will be established under the District Directorate of Animal Resources. It will be coordinated by the District Veterinary Officer as its District Project Coordinator. The district will recruit or identify an officer as Assistant M&E/Data officer, accounts assistant and extension staff. The DCU will coordinate the implementation project activities at district, sub-county and community levels. The District Project Coordinator and Assistant M&E officer will prepare district annual work plans and budgets - assisted by the NPCU, carry out district and community supervision of the project activities, produce monthly and quarterly reports, organize regular meetings, field visits and exchange tours across borders. 8.5 Project Implementation at Community Level Project implementation at the community level will be undertaken by the existing Local Councils 1, 2 and 3. Local communities and all beneficiary groups (e.g. agro- pastoralists/pastoralists, traders/ marketers, service providers) will be fully involved in the planning, appraisal, monitoring and evaluation of project activities at the local levels. Water User Groups and Associations are the lowest form of water management units. They were formed under the Water Act 152 (Section 50-52) and their role is to promote community participation in relation to the planning and management of local point source water supply systems. They operate through Water and Sanitation Committees whose function is to promote sanitation and hygiene and collectively plan and manage local water systems.

8.6 The Role of the Contractors Construction companies will be contracted especially to undertake construction of infrastructures under the various components. Under the respective contracts, the contractors will be accountable for the overall implementation of the mitigation measures and this will be monitored and supervised by NPCU. In the schedule of works, the Contractor will include all proposed mitigation measures, and the Supervising Engineers will ensure that, the schedules and monitoring plans are complied with. The Contractor on his part will also be responsible for planning, implementing and reporting on mitigation measures during the execution of the project works. The Contractor will also be required to apply standard quality assurance procedures in full compliance with the NEMA Approvals for Project Briefs, ESIAs and where applicable, Screening Reports. Examples of clauses for civil works to be included in bidding documents for contractors are provided in Annex 10.

8.7 Recommendations in the implementation of RPRLP Activities The Draft Project Implementation Manual for RPLRP of June 2013 has fairly elaborate institutional framework to deliver the project. However, some observations on this subject identified are:

8.7.1 Integration of Security Agencies into RPLRP Framework Karamoja region has had a legacy of violent conflicts associated with decades of cattle rustling which has caused immeasurable suffering for the people. Nevertheless, evidence from the field study and existing literature indicates that, the region is experiencing relative peace because of the on-going disarmament process. In

102 addition, a new phenomenon of protected kraals has emerged which is replacing traditional kraals. Most animals are now in centralized kraals protected by the Uganda People’s Defence Forces (UPDF), the Uganda Police under its Anti-Stock Theft Unit (ASTU) and the Local Defence Units (LDU). In addition, parts of Teso and Sebei sub- regions are also vulnerable to incursions by armed Karamojongs though this is currently contained by the UPDF and police interventions. In view of this, it is important that, RPRLP integrates security agencies as part of its institutional framework for purposes of guaranteeing security during its implementation.

8.7.2 Role of NEMA in RPRLP In addition, the oversight role of NEMA in the implementation of RPLRP and in particular, ESMF and wider environment is not fully articulated in Working Project Implementation Manual of 2013. Statutorily, NEMA plays monitoring, supervision and coordination roles in environment management in Uganda and it is central in the environmental aspects of RPLRP especially aspects of clearance and disclosure the ESMF amongst others.

8.7.3 Collaboration existing similar projects Ministry of Local Government has since 2009 to date implemented Community Agriculture Infrastructure Improvement Project (CAIIP) under financing from the African Development Bank (AfDB) across districts in Uganda and in some of the RPRLP districts (Amuria, Katakwi, Bukedea and Kween). The focus of CAIIP included markets, cattle crashes and community access roads. Therefore, experiences and lessons of similar projects in the project areas could inform RPLRP.

8.7.4 Possible Collaboration with NGO Groups in RPLRP Implementation In some RPLRP districts, there are some NGO groups implementing project interventions with success such as Mercy Corps, World Vision and OXFARM who have successfully worked with some communities in Karamoja region on farming activities. Amongst the Benets, Action Aid and Food for the Hungry are supporting a local NGO (Benet Lobby Group) to work on some livelihood interventions with the Benets. All these have reportedly had successful stories in their interventions and RPRLP could implement some of its activities through such groups. 8.8 Capacity to Implement ESMF The Project will involve funding of subprojects which will have various levels of impacts on the social and general environment set up. This implies that in order to effectively operationalize the ESMF, MAAIF and the respective local governments need to have basic skills and understanding of general environmental and social dimensions and with specific reference to the RPLRP aspects.

103 issues of IPs and vulnerable groups and they will be facilitated by MAAIF to help implement and monitor the project on ground especially in terms of mobilization. The Social Development Specialist will be the focal person for all social matters related to the RPLRP and other existing or future projects under MAAIF. The Environmental Management Specialist will guide DEOs on impact mitigations as well as environmental monitoring of the project. Both specialists will guide MAAIF or will undertake subproject screening as well as work with consulting teams which will be recruited to conduct detailed studies (ESIA, RAPs etc.).

Technical assistance to support the capacity needs of the implementing stakeholders to apply the ESMF tools and requirements will also be needed. Funding under this component would be used to undertake workshops, trainings and ESMF monitoring which are needed to ensure effective implementation of the ESMF throughout the life of the Project. There is need for capacity building in environmental management at the district and sub-district levels. In addition, MAAIF does not have equipment for environmental monitoring. It will have to either procure essential environmental monitoring equipment such as noise meters, pH meters, and air quality meters or will procure the services of an environmental consulting firm to conduct monitoring. 8.9 Training Needs The weakness in managing environmental and social needs is compounded by a lack of funding, equipment and qualified staff. The consultant proposes below, without this being exhaustive, the content of this exercise. The following tables outline recommended trainings and workshops to support capacity needs and institutional strengthening under the RPLRP ESMF. It is recommended that these trainings and workshops be prepared and undertaken by a local Consultant with relevant experience in the proposed topics and highly familiar with the agricultural sector.

a) Environmental and Social Management process  Review of Environmental and Social Management Process in Uganda and the World Bank requirements.  Assignment of environmental categories  Use of Screening forms and Checklists  Preparation of terms of reference for carrying out ESIAs and RAPs  Design of appropriate mitigation measures.  Review and approval requirements for ESIA and RAPs  The importance of public consultations in the assessment process.  How to monitor project implementation and mitigation measures.  How to embed the Environmental and Social Management process into the implementation of subprojects. b) Environmental and Social Policies, Procedures and Guidelines  Review and' discussion of Uganda’s national environmental policies, procedures, and legislation,  Review and discussion of the Bank's safeguards policies,

104

 Strategies for consultation, participation and social inclusion,  Collaboration with institutions and stakeholders at all levels (local, district, national, NGOs.) c) Selected Topics on Environmental Protection  Hygiene and security during the project activities,  Maintenance of infrastructures and equipment,  Waste management,  Pest management,  Groundwater management,  Protection of lakes, rivers, wetlands and other water bodies. d) Training for Contractors and Supervisors As part of best practice, and in order to comply with international standards for Occupational, Health and Safety (OHS), contractors and supervision consultants should be provided with awareness raising and environmental/social and OHS training on site. These should focus not only on the construction phase but also operational phase of the Project.

Awareness  Environmental awareness and the importance of effective mitigation  Practice mitigation measures and environmentally sound construction techniques  Compliance with local legislation on OHS, ESIA and ESMP requirements

Technical training  Implementation of the ESMP (examples of contract clauses in Annex 10)  Monitoring of ESIAs, ESMPs and RAPs)  Preparation of budgets 8.10 Monitoring of ESMF

8.10.1 General Monitoring Arrangements MAAIF will establish a monitoring system to monitor the implementation of this ESMF at the national, district and community level through recruitment of an Environmental Management Specialist who will work with the DEOs and CDOs of the respective districts. The detailed baseline surveys of existing environmental and socio-economic status which will be carried out during subproject environmental and social assessments will be the basis for establishing the baseline data to monitor the subproject impacts. The District/MAAIF PCU will prepare monitoring reports, post them on MAAIF website and submit to World Bank for its review. The monitoring of environmental and social issues will be integrated in the overall RPLRP program M &E and reporting.

8.10.2 Annual reviews An independently commissioned environmental and social audit will be carried out on an annual basis as required by the National Environment Act and elaborated in the National Audit Regulations of 2006. The audit team will report to NEMA, the MAAIF, the PCU and the World Bank, about the status of implementation of all mitigation measures

105 and any other approval conditions. An audit is necessary to ensure (i) that the ESMF process is being implemented appropriately, and (ii) that mitigation measures are being identified and implemented. The audit will be able to identify any amendments in the ESMF approach that are required to improve its effectiveness.

8.11 Cost of ESMF Implementation Most costs of ESMF are integrated as part of RPLRP budget covering aspects such as training, community mobilization, provision of transport (vehicles), computers and as well as operation costs. However, below are the key issues for effective ESMF implementation:

8.12 Disclosure This ESMF will be disclosed in compliance with relevant Ugandan regulations and the World Bank Operational Policies. It will be disclosed at the Infoshop of the World Bank and will also be available to any interested persons. MAAIF will also provide copies of the respective ESIAs and RAPs or disclosure at the World Bank Infoshop for public access. A 60-day disclosure period is recommended to allow ample time for all interested and affected parties to submit their comments and concerns.

106

9 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

9.1 Conclusion The ESMF describes the proposed RPLRP project, identifies likely social and environmental impacts and proposes management measures to mitigate them during its implementation. Preliminary assessments of the potential environmental and social impacts of the RPLRP have been elaborated and the respective measures to mitigate them outlined as well. The institutional framework for operationalization of the ESMF has been defined based on the draft PIM presented by MAAIF and specific recommendations for inclusion of some agencies that are deemed pivotal with regards to attaining meaningful inclusion of indigenous people and vulnerable groups and overall effective implementation of the project on the ground have also been made. For effective mainstreaming of the ESMF into the institutions, capacity building strategies have been proposed with the most key being training and recruitment of in-house Environmental Management and Social Development Specialists as a long-term and sustainable solution to MAAIF’s current limited capacity to effectively implement this ESMF. Based on the preliminary assessments as the specific locations of the subprojects are unknown at this point, overall, the impacts of the RPLRP will be of small scale, localized and of short-term nature which can be effectively mitigated through the mitigation measures proposed and by strictly following the requirements and guidance in this ESMF. 9.2 Recommendations

9.2.1 Land for infrastructure One of the key challenges in the project will be the availability of land for the construction of some infrastructures. In all the districts, there are areas designated as markets and some of the markets already have largely makeshift infrastructures. The market areas are under the sub-counties and have been operated without any issue of land ownership issues being raised. However, since there will be construction of permanent structures in the earmarked markets, it is important that, Local Governments acquire titles of ownership over those areas.

As for valley dams, it was reported during consultations that, originally the Ministry of Water of Environment would establish valley dams without paying any compensation for the land. During consultations, it emerged that, communities have since began demanding compensation for areas where valley dams are to be located. This is likely to be an issue during project implementation which has to be resolved by MAAIF and the respective district Local Government Authorities and the communities early to avoid delaying implementation.

In addition, after the eviction of the Benet people from Mt. Elgon National Park by Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), Government temporarily resettled them in the areas of Kwosir, Benet and Kigwoi without any ownership rights over the land which equally

107 makes provision of infrastructures under the project to be a challenge for the Benet community.

9.2.2 Community ownership of facilities Lack of community ownership for project infrastructures can result in facilities going unused or being abandoned i.e. “white elephant syndrome”. Experience has shown that, some huge infrastructure investments which have been completed without adequate local community input at their conceptualization, face a risk of poor usage and maintenance. Available information indicates that, some previous effort to upgrade infrastructure especially in Karamoja region in terms of water supplies, health facilities and schools have faced challenges of sustainability and optimal usage since their implementation was based on a top-down approach. In view of this, RPRLP should of necessity, operationalize its community mobilization and sensitization framework on the project aspects so that, the communities are fully brought on board to own and participate in the project to build ownership and guarantee sustainability.

9.2.3 Involvement of Indigenous People in RPRPL The two Indigenous People groups (Ik/Teuso and Benets) in the project area present unique social characteristics which can be a challenge in the implementation of the Project. Their uniqueness is reflected in terms of their location, ways of lives, access and levels of education. For instance, the Ik people stay remotely inside the Timu forest and on hilltops while the Benet people are on hilly and rocky areas. In all, access to their areas is a challenge due to poor and non-motorable roads. In such cases, delivery of services and infrastructures to these communities under the RPLRP needs serious considerations and planning. In light of these, RPLRP would include improvement of community access roads in one of its sub-components.

9.2.4 Contracting an HIV/AIDS Service Provider GoU has adopted a Multi-Sectoral Approach in its fight against HIV/AIDs in the country. The Approach obliges all sectors of economy to integrate HIV/AIDS mitigation measures into their plans and activities. To this end, RPLRP should integrate measures to address the scourge in its activities and will require procuring services of an HIV/AIDS Service provider to undertake this task. The strategy of using existing framework does not of late work as the assignment will be an added role i.e. more less secondary to them.

108

10 REFERENCES

Ayoo S., Opio R., and Kakisa O.T., (2013); Karamoja Situational Analysis. Northern Uganda Women’s Empowerment Programme (NUWEP). CARE International in Uganda.

A. B. Katende, Ann Birnie and Bo Tengnas (2010); Useful Trees and Shrubs for Uganda. Identification, Propagation and Management for Agricultural and Pastoral Communities. Regional Soil Conservation Unit, RSCU- Nairobi-Kenya.

Abattoir Development Options and Designs for Hygienic and Medium-sized Abattoirs, RAP Publication 2008/1: Animal Production and Health Commission for Asia and the Pacific Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok, 2008.

Adoko J., & Levine S., (2007): Land Transactions in Land Under Customary Tenure in Teso: Customary Land Law and Vulnerability of Land Rights in Eastern Uganda. Land and Equity Movement in Uganda.

FAO (2010) Manual on Small Earth Dams. A guide to Siting, Design and Construction. FAO Irrigation Paper No. 64 Rome.

District Development Plan 2010-14 Amuria District

District Development Plan 2010-14 Bukedea District

District Development Plan 2010-14-Katakwi District

District Development Plan, 2010-14 Kween District

IFPRI (2011) Who Owns the Land? Perspectives from Rural Uganda’s and Implications for Land Acquisition. Discussion Paper No: 01136.

Karen L. Zwick (Ed.), Duncan Sivell, Rich Bamlett, Ian Devon, Julia Lloyd, Helen McGregor, Lee Stewart (2010): Biological and socio-economic surveys of Protected areas in Karamoja

Kenneth Kakuru, et al (2009). A Guide to the Environment Impact Assessment process in Uganda. NEMA, Kampala.

MAAIF (2013) Draft PIM RPRLP, Kampala-Uganda.

MAAIF (2013) Draft CPD RPRPL, Kampala-Uganda

Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity (2004) Akwé: Kon Voluntary Guidelines for the Conduct of Cultural, Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

109 regarding Developments Proposed to Take Place on, or which are Likely to Impact on, Sacred Sites and on Lands and Waters Traditionally Occupied or Used by Indigenous and Local Communities Montreal, 25p. (CBD Guidelines Series).

Smith D.R., (2010), Gender and the Rural Non-Farm Economy in Uganda. NRI Report No. 2657 DFID.

Ministry of Gender, Land and Social Development (2006). The Uganda National Cultural Policy. Kampala-Uganda

Rugadya M.A, Kamusiime H., & Nsamba-Gayiya E. (2011): Tenure in Mystery: Status of Land Under Wildlife, Forestry and Mining Concessions in Karamoja Region, Uganda. The National Environment Management Policy 1994, Ministry of Natural Resources- Kampala.

National Policy for Older and People, 2009- Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development-Kampala.

The National Cultural Policy, 2006-Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife The National Water Policy, 1999, Ministry of Water and Environment-Kampala The National Land Use Policy, 2011; Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development. The National Gender Policy, 1997, Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development, Kampala-Uganda The National HIV/AIDS Policy, 2004; The National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995; The Uganda Wildlife Policy, 1999. The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995; The National Environment Act, Cap 153; The Public Health Act, 1964 The Land Act, Cap 227; The Water Act, Cap 152; The Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 200; The Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006; Historical Monument Act, 1967; The National Forestry and Tree Planting Act, 2003; The National Environment (Environment Impact Assessment) Regulations; The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006 (12/2006);and The National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks and Lakeshores Management) Regulations (SI 153-5).

UBOS Sub National Projections Report 2008-2012 Vanclay, F. 2002. Conceptualizing Social Impacts. Environmental Impact Assessment Review. 22: 183-221

Vanclay, F. 2003. Conceptual and methodological advances in Social Impact Assessment. In Vanclay, F. & Becker, H.A. The International Handbook for Social Impact Assessment. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited.

110

Uganda Districts Information Handbook 2007-2008. Expanded edition Fountain Publishers. Uganda Bureau of Statistics (UBOS) 2011. Summaries of Statistical Abstract, Kampala ANNEXES

Annex 1: Environmental and Social Screening Form

Instructions Please type or print clearly, completing this form in its entirety. You may provide additional information on a separate sheet of paper if necessary. Kindly note that the information you are to provide is required by Section 22 of the National Environmental Management Act of 1994 and it is an offence to give inaccurate information under Section 53 (C) of the same Act.

Component under RPLRP Name of Subproject Project Objective Expected Commencement Date Proposed Main Project Activities Location (District, Parish, Village) Name of Evaluator

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

Proposed location of project ------(Attach a map or maps, covering the proposed site and surrounding 5 km radius)

Land Area ------(Approximate land area and of proposed location)

Current Land Use (Describe how the land is being used at present) ------

Describe any Possible Alternative Site(s) ------

Indicate whether adequate infrastructure exists at the proposed location, or whether new building, roads, electricity and water lines, or drainage systems will need to be constructed as a part of the proposed project. ------EMPLOYEES AND LABOURERS

Number of people to be employed: During Construction During Routine Operation

111

Employees and Labourers FULL-TIME PART-TIME

DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS THAT COULD BE IMPLEMENTED

Briefly describe the type and nature of any industrial processes that may be conducted as part of any sub-project at the site. ------State the type and quantity of energy to be used (including the origin of the energy, i.e. public utility, on-site generator, wood, solar, wind, etc.)

List the type and quantity of raw materials to be used per year in the production process (including soil, sand, cement, aggregates, wood, animals, etc.). Identify the sources of all raw materials.

POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Please indicate environmental impacts that may occur as a result of the proposed project.

A. The Biological Environment

The Natural Environment

Describe the habitats and flora and fauna in the project area and in the entire area expected to be affected by the sub-project (e.g., downstream areas, access roads): ______Will the project directly or indirectly affect: Natural forest types? Mangroves or swamps? Wetlands (i.e., lakes, rivers, swamps, seasonally inundated areas)? Natural critical habitats (parks, protected areas)? Other habitats of threatened species that require protection under Ugandan laws and/or international agreements? YES ______NO ______

Are there according to background research / observations any threatened / endemic species in the project area that could be affected by the project? YES ______NO ______

Will vegetation be cleared? YES ______NO ______

Will there be any potential risk of habitat fragmentation due to the clearing activities? YES ______NO ______

112

Will the project lead to a change in access, leading to an increase in the risk of depleting biodiversity resources? YES ______NO ______

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers: ______Protected Areas

Does the subproject area or do subproject activities:

Occur within or adjacent to any designated protected areas? YES ______NO ______

Affect any protected area downstream of the project? YES ______NO ______

Affect any ecological corridors used by migratory or nomadic species located between any protected areas or between important natural habitats (protected or not) (e.g., mammals or birds)?

YES ______NO ______

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers: ______

Invasive Species

Is the sub-project likely to result in the dispersion of or increase in the population of invasive plants or animals (e.g., along distribution lines or as a result of a dam)? YES ______NO ______

Provide an additional description for a “yes” answer: ______

B. The Physical Environment

Geology / Soils

Will vegetation be removed and any surface left bare? YES _____ NO _____ Will slope or soil stability be affected by the project? YES _____ NO _____ Will the subproject cause physical changes in the project area (e.g., changes to the topography)? YES _____ NO ______

Will local resources, such as rocks, wood, sand, gravel, or groundwater be used? YES ____ NO ____ Could the subproject potentially cause an increase in soil salinity in or downstream the project area? YES ______NO ______

113

Could the soil exposed due to the project potentially lead to an increase in lixiviation of metals, clay sediments, or organic materials? YES ______NO ______

Landscape / Aesthetics

Is there a possibility that the sub-project will adversely affect the aesthetics of the landscape? YES _____ NO ______

Pollution

Will the sub-project use or store dangerous substances (e.g., large quantities of hydrocarbons)? YES ______NO ______

Will the sub-project produce harmful substances? YES _____ NO _____ Will the sub-project produce solid or liquid wastes? YES _____ NO _____ Will the sub-project cause air pollution? YES _____ NO ______Will the sub-project generate noise? YES _____ NO ______Will the sub-project generate electromagnetic emissions? YES ____ NO _____ Will the sub-project release pollutants into the environment? YES ____ NO ______

C. The Social Environment

Land Use, Resettlement, and/or Land Acquisition

Describe existing land uses on and around the sub-project area (e.g., community facilities, agriculture, tourism, private property, or hunting areas): ______

Are there any land use plans on or near the sub-project location, which will be negatively affected by subproject implementation? YES ____ NO ____

Are there any areas on or near the subproject location, which are densely populated which could be affected by the sub-project? YES _____ NO _____

Are there sensitive land uses near the project area (e.g., hospitals, schools)? YES ____ NO____

Will there be a loss of livelihoods among the population? YES ____ NO ____

Will the sub-project affect any resources that local people take from the natural environment? YES _____ NO ______

Will there be additional demands on local water supplies or other local resources? YES _____ NO ______

114

Will the sub-project restrict people's access to land or natural resources? YES ____ NO ____

Will the project require resettlement and/or compensation of any residents, including squatters? YES _____ NO _____

Will the subproject result in construction workers or other people moving into or having access to the area (for a long time period and in large numbers compared to permanent residents)? YES ____ NO _____

Who is/are the present owner(s)/users of resources/infrastructures the subproject area? ______

Loss of Crops, Fruit Trees, and Household Infrastructure

Will the sub-project result in the permanent or temporary loss of: Crops? Fruit trees / coconut palms? Household infrastructure? Any other assets/resources?

Occupational Health and Safety, Health, Welfare, Employment, and Gender

Is the sub-project likely to safeguard worker’s health and safety and public safety (e.g., occupational health and safety issues)? YES _____ NO ______

How will the project minimize risk of HIV/Aids?

How will the sub-project minimize the risk of accidents? How will accidents be managed, when they do occur? ______

Is the project likely to provide local employment opportunities, including employment opportunities for women? YES ______NO _____

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers: ______

Historical, Archaeological, or Cultural Heritage Sites

Based on available sources, consultation with local authorities, local knowledge and/or observations, could the sub-project alter:

Historical heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO _____

Archaeological heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO ____ Cultural heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES _____ NO ____

115

Graves, or sacred locations (e.g., fetish trees or stones) or require excavations near the same? YES ______NO ______

N.B For all affirmative answers ( YES) Provide description, possible alternatives reviewed and/or appropriate mitigating measures. ______

RECOMMENDATIONS

Environmental category: (tick where applicable) Requires submission of only a Project Brief Requires a full ESIA to be submitted on date Requires an ESMP to be submitted on date Requires a RAP to be submitted on date Requires preparation of additional plans (e.g. Pest Management Plan) Requires an Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) Requires a Physical Cultural Resources Plan Does not require further environmental or social studies

CERTIFICATION

We certify that we have thoroughly examined all the potential adverse effects of this subproject.

Reviewer: ……………………………………………………………………………………… Name: ………………………………………………………………………………………….. Signature: ………………………………………………………………………………………. Date: …………………………………………………………………………………………….

116

Annex 2: Environmental and Social Checklist Form In this section the potential environmental and social impacts of all RPLRP subprojects and their associated potential mitigation measures are described in detail. Overall, the proposed RPLRP subproject activities/operations will impact positively on the biophysical environment, and on the rural community as well, as investments are planned through a participatory watershed development approaches and include various soil and water conservation measures. However, improper design and implementation of the project activities may have negative environmental and social impacts. As a result the following mitigation measures may be required to help avoid or reduce the potential adverse impacts from implementing the subprojects.

1. Small Scale Irrigation (SSI) RPLRP improve the security of water availability in the project Districts in order to enhance agricultural productivity including livestock through the use of improved water storage, conveyance, lifting and application technologies related to surface, ground and rain water management. For this, RPLRP will finance development and rehabilitation of water resources structures for crop production and to support dry season grazing reserves (Micro dam, river diversion weir, hand dug well, manual well tubing). The project also finance for the construction and rehabilitation of water resources for water supply (Micro dam, Sand dam, community water pans, bore hole, rehabilitation and upgrading of existing water supply structures).

Table 1 and 2 below detail the potential environmental and social impacts and mitigation measures for agricultural water and community water supply development and management subprojects. Table 1 is for (a) improvement and/or upgrading of traditional schemes; (b) improvement and/or rehabilitation of malfunctioning and partially functioning existing SSI schemes; (c) construction of new SSI schemes such as micro-dams, gravity and pump diversions, and groundwater development (shallow wells), whereas, table 2 is for construction of small dams and other water harvesting and storage structures for irrigation purpose.

Table 1: Potential environmental and social impacts of and mitigation measures for SSI projects

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

Waterlogged soil (Vulnerability  Assess soil characteristics and either avoid or provide to water logging) due to adequate drainage for areas prone to water logging overwatering; inadequate  Use good irrigation management, matching water drainage demand and supply by location  Design a high water-efficient irrigation system/methods like drip irrigation systems  Encourage farmers to value water resources by establishing a system of water user fees tied to

117

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

consumption  Use of lined canals or pipes to prevent seepage wherever applicable  Regulation of water application to avoid overwatering (including controlled turn-out to allow cutting off water supply to irrigation ditches) Water storage requirement  Test the soil percolation and ensure and impermeable and viability (soil permeability) layer in the structure design

Salt build-up on irrigated land  Assess the potential for high salinity and employ aalternative irrigation methods and schedules  Install and maintain subsurface drainage system  Incorporate soil additives. Add gypsum to either the irrigation water or the soil before irrigating  Plant salt-tolerant catch crops Crops wilting or dying us a  Monitor soil chemistry. result of Changes to soil  Identify indicator plant species. chemistry, including  Consult soil scientists.  Apply soil nutrients, conditioners and chemicals where acidification and alkalization feasible.

Soil erosion (furrow, surface)  Proper design and layout of furrows or field avoiding too steep a gradient  Land levelling  Design of terraces on hillside minimizing surface erosion hazard Scouring of canals  Design of canal system to minimize risk and use of lined canals Clogging of canals by  Design and management of canals to minimize sediment sedimentation  Provision of access to canals for removal of weeds and sediments  Measures to minimize erosion on field Clogging of canals by weeds  Design and management of canals to minimize weed growth  Provision of access canals for treatment and removal of weeds Dry wells for drinking water  Implement different ground water recharge activities and irrigation like water conservation work/watershed management  Limitation of withdrawal so that it does not exceed “safe yield” (recharge rate)  Encourage farmers to value water resources by establishing a system of water user fees tied to consumption

118

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

Water quality deteriorated or  Control of land use in watershed areas made unusable by upstream  Prevention and control of pollution sources land use and pollutants  Water treatment prior to use discharge

Deterioration of river water  Improved water management; improved agricultural quality below irrigation project practices and control of inputs (particularly biocides and contamination of local and chemical fertilizers) ground water (higher salinity,  Implementing soil erosion from the irrigation field to nutrients, agrochemicals) prevent washout of agrochemicals and fertilizer affecting fisheries and  Imposition of water quality criteria downstream users

Existing water sources  Assess water supply and existing demands, and supply/yield depletion manage sustainability

Sensitive downstream habitats  Identify and avoid effects of diversion or extraction on and water bodies downstream ecosystems that depend on the surface or groundwater supply Reduced water quantity for  Reassess water available for irrigation; may need to downstream users, waterways irrigate a smaller area and wetlands; intermittent  Use pipes instead of open canals wherever feasible to streams run dry prevent water loss from evaporation  Promote local and regional watershed management Introduction or increase in  Avoidance of stagnant or slowly moving water incidence of water born or  Use of straight or slightly curving canals water related diseases  Installation of gates at canal end to allow complete flushing  Filling or drainage of borrow pits along canals or roads  Disease treatment Land Acquisition  Avoid occupied land. Prepare procedures to ensure equitable resolution Private assets displaced  Avoid occupied land. Resettlement scheme ensuring at least equal standards of living  Sitting of projects to minimize the effects Increased inequitable access  Design and manage system to improve access by “tail- to irrigation water enders” (users whose fields are farthest from the water source).  Establish and enforce a volume-based water fee.  Improve system management, including maintenance of main canals. Hinterland effect due to  Ensure adequate social and other infrastructure to meet increased migration into area needs of immigrants

119

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures due to successful

Project

Informal land uses displaced  Avoid interference with informal land users, and take or access restricted measures to provide access to alternative lands or resources Increased social  Establish a water users committee through the local tensions/conflict over water government and equitable rules for water allocation allocation

Environmentally sensitive areas Identify and avoid forest, riparian and wetland habitats with disturbed particular biodiversity

Local incapacity/inexperience  Establish an operations and maintenance manual, to manage facilities authority and provide training to persons responsible for operating the system Local incapacity/inexperience  Provide training to farmers on sustainable irrigated with irrigated agriculture agriculture

2. Dam, Ponds, Tanks and Other Water Harvesting Structures for Irrigation Purpose Table 2: Potential environmental and social impacts of and mitigation measures for dam, ponds, tanks and other water harvesting structures for irrigation

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

 Water pollution from  Careful location of camps, buildings, borrow pits, quarries, construction and waste spoil and disposal site disposal  Precaution to minimize soil erosion  Soil erosion  Land reclamation of pit/quarry site  Destruction of vegetation, sanitary and health problem from the construction camp Loss of land (agricultural, forest, Sitting of dam to decrease loses; decrease of size of dam and range, wetland) by inundation to reservoir; protect equal areas in region to offset losses form reservoir

Formation of sediment deposit at  Sediment flushing, sluicing reservoir entrance creating  Upper catchment treatment using soil and water backwater effect and flooding conservation measures including area closure and water logging upstream  Constructing silt trap

Poor land use practices in  Land use planning efforts which include watershed area

120

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures catchment areas above the above the dam/reservoir/pond reservoir resulting in increased  Control of land use in watershed (especially prevention of siltation and loss of storage conversion of forest to agriculture) capacity

Creation of quarry sites or borrow  Identify the most environmentally sound source of pits (to get selected materials for materials that is within budget construction) that cause spread  Develop logging, quarrying and borrowing plans that of vector born disease, safety take into account cumulative effects hazard on the animals of the  Site quarries and gravel pits so that they are not visible to community travelers on the roads  Decommission/restore area so it is suitable for sustainable use after extraction is completed  Install drainage structures to direct water away from pit Discuss with local community the option of retaining quarry pits as water collection ponds for watering cattle, irrigating crops or similar uses

Scouring of riverbed below dam Construction and maintenance of protection structure below the dam to protect the river bed scouring

Increase of water-related  Design and operation of dam/reservoir/ponds/other diseases water harvesting structures to decrease habitat for vector  Vector control  Disease treatment Loss of life and property of the Implementing the small dam safety guideline prepared for the downstream community, and project erosion problem due to Dam failure

Loss of property and life entering Fencing the structures into water harvesting structures/ponds

Water loss due from water  Assess soil characteristics to avoid cracking of the water harvesting harvesting structures structures/ponds/reservoir  Designing properly in such a way that loss of water is through seepage and/or avoided evaporation

Conflicting demands for Planning and management of dam/reservoir in context of the irrigation water use local development plans; equitable allocation of water among small holders farmers

Social disruption and decrease in Maintenance of standard of living by ensuring access to

121

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures standard of living of resettled resources at least equalling those lost; provision of health and people social services

Land Acquisition  Avoid occupied land. Prepare procedures to ensure equitable resolution Private assets displaced  Avoid occupied land. Resettlement scheme ensuring at least equal standards of living  Sitting of projects to minimize the effects Environmental degradation from  Choice of resettlement site to avoid surpassing carrying increased pressure on land capacity of the land  Increase of productivity or improve management of land (agricultural, range, forest management) Environmentally sensitive areas Identify and avoid forest, riparian and wetland habitats with disturbed particular biodiversity

Damage to downstream Use dam/reservoir operations to mitigate changes in flow regimes of rivers and prevent weeds and diseases ecosystems from reduced water quantity

3. Watershed Management/Soil and Water Conservation This activity will support implementation of best practices for soil and water conservation to improve soil fertility and soil moisture in the system. The implementation of sub-projects under this activity will be carried out within the larger framework of sustainable watershed development and management. In almost every case, application of soil and water conservation technologies is expected to have a positive impact on the environment, either by preventing erosion and run-off or by contributing to the rehabilitation of a degraded site.

Support under this activity will focus on protecting and rehabilitating watersheds where small-scale irrigation and/or water harvesting and micro-irrigation schemes are envisaged. Activities that will be supported by RPLRP include: Terracing (hillside terrace, bench terrace, soil and stone bund, fanyaaju) gully rehabilitation (check dams, gabions, reshaping, gully re-vegetation, SS dam construction, and cultivation with multipurpose perennial trees, shrubs, and grasses), area closure, plantation of multipurpose trees, construction of waterways and cut of drain, nursery establishment, and groundwater recharge interventions in areas where groundwater development is ongoing or planned.

Potential environmental social impacts and mitigation measures

122

Given the above benefits of implementing watershed based soil and water conservation activities, due to improper planning, technology selection, design and implementation of the technologies; and lack of proper monitoring plan sometimes these activities may have their own negative environmental and social impacts.

Table 3: Potential environmental and social impacts and potential mitigation measures for watershed development projects

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

Damage to downstream  Identify and evaluate the degradation processes community and environment  Select the appropriate soil and water conservation (land degradation, land slide, technologies to that specific situation (based on gully formation and flooding) as climate and watershed characteristics ); properly a result of failure of the physical design and follow up the construction of the soil and water conservation technologies (flood protection structures-cut off drain, structures (Check dam, cut off water ways, gully treatment structures-check dam, drain, different terraces, SS Dam terraces and others physical structures) to avoid the and other ground water breach of the structures recharge structures)  Avoid the generalized use of empirical approaches to select and apply soil and water conservation practices for all situations  Plan for the maintenance of the structures and to monitor the same,  Involve/participate local communities throughout the project cycle in order them own the project so that they can contribute to the project and keep it in a sustainable manner New access (road) construction Ensure drainage controls on new roads and rehabilitate temporary access following subproject implementation

Wet season soil disturbance Schedule activities for the dry season

Potential for debris flows or Prepare a watershed plan that identifies and address landslides drainage/slope instability

Removal of native plant/tree Protect and encourage regeneration of endemic species species

Introduced plant/tree species Ensure non-native species are compatible with native species invasion of native species

Spread of plantation species Species choice to avoid ones that will grow out of control from outside of plantation becoming desired site a nuisance, competing with native species and becoming

123

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures weeds in agricultural fields.

Wildlife habitats or populations Identify and avoid effects on habitats and migration routes of disturbed key species

Environmentally sensitive areas Identify and avoid activity in forest, riparian and wetland disturbed habitats with particular biodiversity

Social disruption and decrease in Maintenance of standard of living by ensuring access to standard of living of resettled resources at least equalling those lost; provision of health and people social services

Insufficient capacity to manage Establish a water users committee, where appropriate, and/or catchment ponds community bylaws and provide training to water users

Insufficient capacity to prohibit Establish a watershed committee, where appropriate, and/or or control open grazing community bylaws and provide alternative sources of fodder

Insufficient capacity to manage Establish a local committee, where appropriate, and/or new plantations/pastures community bylaws and provide appropriate controls

4. Market Center Development and Management To support a more competitive livestock sector, one which translates growing demand, both nationally and regionally, into livelihood opportunities for pastoralists, the project focus on demand-driven infrastructure investment packages to improve national systems for livestock marketing and trade. The main activities for the subproject are paving the market site, constructing market shed, constructing community warehouses, facilities (water supply and toilet) construction/upgrading, establishing market information center and constructing access roads and drainage structures.

Table 4: Potential environmental and social impacts and their potential mitigation measures

Potential impacts Potential mitigating measures

124

Potential impacts Potential mitigating measures

New access (road) construction Ensure drainage controls on new roads and rehabilitate temporary access following subproject implementation

Absence of or delaying installation  Install drainage structures wherever necessary of the drainage structures which: during construction instead of after construction, and consider this during planning, design and  Cause soil erosion, gully construction erosion, land slide  Stabilize outlet ditches (inside and outside) with  Degrade water quality small stone riprap and/ or vegetative barriers  Alter hydrology placed on contour, to dissipate energy and to  Damage valuable prevent the creation or enlargement of gullies ecosystems and habitats  Extend run out drains far enough to allow water to dissipate evenly into the ground  Visually spot-check for drainage problems by looking for accumulation of water on road surfaces. Do this immediately after first heavy rains and again at the end of the rainy season. Institute appropriate corrective measures as necessary Wet season soil disturbance Schedule construction for the dry season

The generation of construction and Determine whether toxic materials are present. Manage demolition waste contaminate soil, as per the country law to manage the hazardous and groundwater or surface water from solid waste demolition waste containing residual amounts of toxic materials (e.g. leaded paint especially for tertiary market center)

Produce areas of bare soil which  Design infrastructure so that it will create least cause erosion, siltation, impact  Minimize disturbance of native flora during construction  Remove, without destroying, large plants and ground cover where possible  Use erosion control measures  Replant recovered plants and local flora as soon as possible Spread vector-borne diseases when  Identify the most environmentally sound source of stagnant water accumulates in materials within budget active or abandoned quarries or  Develop logging, quarrying and borrowing plans borrow pits and breeds insect that take into account cumulative effects vectors  Monitor adherence to plans and impacts of extraction practices  Fill in quarries and pits before abandoning

125

Potential impacts Potential mitigating measures

 Control runoff into pit Increased number of water users Assess water supply and existing demand, and manage due to improvements sustainably

Contamination of soil and water  Site human waste and solid waste disposal systems to avoid surface and groundwater from sewage/toilet and solid waste contamination, taking soil characteristics and historical groundwater and surface water conditions into account  Install adequate and appropriate sewage and solid waste disposal systems (e.g., use above- ground composting latrines in areas with high water tables) Health hazards due to lack of  Sanitation facilities must be included in the project sanitation facilities (water, sewage design. and solid waste disposal)  Ensure that all sanitation facilities are installed and running before the before the start of the center Cultural or religious sites disturbed Identify and avoid cultural or religious sites. If disturbance unavoidable, agreement on mitigating measures must first be reached with stake holders concerned (eg. Community, mosque, church). If excavation encounters archaeological artifacts, halt construction and notify relevant authorities.

In-migration/settlement induced by Control unplanned settlement near the facilities facilities development

Local incapacity/inexperience to Establish/strengthen local committees, where manage facilities appropriate, provide appropriate procedures and training to maintain the facilities

5. Livestock breed improvement RPLRP will support to provide improved technologies and livestock breeds to improve the productivity of the livestock sector. The project will finance for the provision of

126 improved animal breeds. Related to this activity, the project also finances for the construction of breed improvement centers.

The environmental policy of Kenya states that all biological material, which is self- regenerative and impossible to control once allowed to get out of control may result in the most insidious and damaging form of pollution which is biological pollution, thus the importation and use of biological material including those genetically engineered should be under stringent regulations. In the environmental impact assessment guideline documentation, it is indicated that the introduction of new breed, species of crops, seeds or animals fall under schedule 1 activity which may have adverse and significant environmental impacts, and may, therefore, require full ESIA.

Potential environmental impacts

The introduction of exotic livestock breed may result in loss of genetic diversity in livestock species. Breeds may have traits conferring resistance to emergent or future pathogens, or have other favorable adaptations to local environments. The consistent replacement of local breeds with more productive imported ones can contribute to the extinction of that breed and of all the genetic diversity harbored within its population. The introduction of exotic livestock breed may also result in the introduction of new pathology.

Potential mitigation measures

Introduction of a new breed into an area should be approached with caution. The new breed may bring with it diseases that can decimate local livestock herds and wildlife. The long term full costs and benefits of introducing a given new livestock species into a particular environment should be assessed. The following issues have to be taken into account before introducing the exotic breed.

 Quarantine law has to be seriously followed to avoid the potential adverse consequences of exotic species introduction,

 Thoroughly research new species of livestock. Determine their grazing/browsing preferences and compare them to those of current livestock species,  Pilot-test new breeds and species before introducing them in a broad program, and monitor their impacts over time,  If local breeds can meet specified needs, strongly consider their use. In particular, even if local breed is a relatively low producer, weigh this drawback against the breed’s disease resistance and hardiness in the local environment,  Evaluate the risks of introducing new diseases that might be transferred to wildlife.

127

Table 5: Potential environmental impacts of and mitigation measures for construction of breed improvement centers

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

The generation of construction Determine whether toxic materials are present. Manage and demolition waste as per the country law to manage the hazardous and contaminate soil, groundwater or solid waste surface water from demolition waste containing residual amounts of toxic materials (e.g., leaded paint)

Health hazards due to lack of  Sanitation facilities must be included in the project sanitation facilities (water, sewage design. and solid waste  Ensure that all sanitation facilities are installed and running before the center start work disposal)

Unsafe potable water supplies  Ensure sitting of supply systems and choice of supply technologies to minimize health hazards  Conduct seasonal testing of water quality, particularly for coliform bacteria and arsenic. Assess long-term and seasonal shifts in water quantity and quality Breeding grounds for insect  Excavate and rebury trenches quickly. Arrange for construction or demolition debris to be vectors (e.g., standing water in permanently disposed of away from watercourses  Fill borrow pits or assure their drainage. Use shallow borrow pits; demolition debris) wells or streams for construction water rather than diverting natural flows to the construction site Erosion during construction of Soil conservation measures must be included in the design and implemented during construction. houses and access roads

Cultural or religious sites disturbed Identify and avoid cultural or religious sites. If disturbance unavoidable, agreement on mitigating measures must first be reached with stake holders concerned (eg. Community, mosque, church). If excavation encounters archaeological artifacts, halt construction and notify relevant authorities.

Local incapacity/inexperience to Establish/strengthen local committees, where manage facilities appropriate, through the community and provide appropriate procedures and training to maintain the facilities

128

Potential impacts Potential mitigation measures

Land Acquisition  Avoid occupied land. Prepare procedures to ensure equitable resolution

Private assets displaced  Avoid occupied land. Resettlement scheme ensuring at least equal standards of living

 Sitting of projects to minimize the effects

Informal land uses displaced or Avoid interference with informal land users, and take access restricted measures to provide access to alternative lands or resources

6. Fertilizer use Farmers use more fertilizer for their irrigated agriculture to increase agricultural productivity. Although the essential plant nutrients play a vital role in providing adequate food supplies and protecting our environment, some pose an environmental risk with improper management. The two nutrients most often associated with mismanagement and non-point source environmental concerns related to fertilizer use are nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P).

Much of the concern about nitrogen in the environment is due to the potential movement of unused or excess nitrate-N through the soil profile into groundwater (leaching). Because of its negative charge, nitrate-nitrogen is not attracted to the various soil fractions. Rather, it is free to leach as water moves through the soil profile.

Phosphorus has been associated with environmental pollution through the eutrophication of lakes and non-flowing water bodies. The symptoms are algal blooms, heavy growths of aquatic plants and deoxygenation. Since phosphorus is insoluble relative to other essential nutrients, environmental degradation is associated largely with phosphorus movement when soil erosion occurs. Except on some organic soils, very low concentrations of phosphorus are found in drainage waters as the result of leaching.

Fertilization causes few direct but many indirect effects which impair ecosystems. The eutrophication of rivers, lakes and other water bodies like wetlands is considered as one of the important environmental problems, generating or/and supporting oxygen deficiency, production of toxic NH3, algal blooms, change in spatial distribution of water body organisms, increase and depletion of fish stocks, change in reproduction conditions for fish and aquatic fauna etc.

129

Potential mitigation measures

Prevention of soil erosion from the farm land and proper application and use of fertilizer, use of other soil fertility improvement technologies like using bio-fertilizer, conservation agriculture, improved agronomic practices, best management practices (BMP), and other mitigation measures should be designed to reverse the above mentioned effects.

Some of the BMPs that help to mitigate the environmental impact of fertilizer use are: 1. Conservation Tillage - the practice of leaving harvested plant materials on the soil surface to reduce runoff and soil erosion; 2. Crop Nutrient Management - managing all nutrient inputs helps ensure that nutrients are available to meet crop needs while reducing nutrient run off; 3. Conservation Buffers - using vegetation strips to provide additional barriers of protection which prevent potential pollutants running off into surface waters; 4. Irrigation Management - increasing irrigation efficiency can reduce nonpoint source pollution of ground and surface waters; 5. Erosion and Sediment Control - using practices to conserve and reduce the amount of sediment reaching water bodies, overall protecting agricultural land and water quality. 6. Use fertilizers wisely  Apply at the right time and in the right amounts,  Fertilizer with slow release nitrogen is better for the environment,  Get a soil test to see what the soil needs,  If more fertilizer is applied than the grass can utilize, it can wash into nearby streams and lakes,

By putting BMPs into practice, nitrogen and phosphorus losses from agricultural soils can be controlled. Implementing these BMP strategies is both economically and environmentally desirable for the farmer. The integration of these BMPs increases crop yield potential, input efficiency and improves profit potential.

7. Laboratory Chemicals/Reagents

In the PAD, it is indicated that the project will finance the provision of drugs and vaccines to improve the productivity of livestock. In this regard, the project will finance the provision/purchase of chemicals and drugs for vector borne diseases - the disease trypanosomiasis, tick borne diseases and other ecto-parasitic diseases). Sometimes, there will be unused and expired drugs, chemicals and vaccines in store. This has to be managed properly. It is also mentioned in the PAD that the project will finance the upgrading of the National Veterinary Laboratory Services through provision of laboratory chemicals and reagents and equipments.

130

These laboratory chemicals/reagents which are used for the analysis of different pathogens, as they are hazardous in nature, have significant environmental and health impacts. They need proper handling, utilization, storage, transport and disposal. Any waste from animal health care clinics and post, which have similar characteristics with that of domestic waste and generated in the laboratory, contaminated with hazardous chemicals/waste and sample fluid (blood) of the animals become hazardous and infectious, and need proper management like any hazardous and infectious wastes. All ranges of the chemical and chemical waste management technologies and principles have to be followed and implemented.

The proper identification of the environmental impacts related to laboratory operation is important so as to define effective mitigation and management practices. This has a beneficial effect not only on overall environmental performance but also on the safety and health of the laboratory personnel and related community.

Potential environmental impacts of laboratory chemicals and associated chemically loaded wastes

Although animal healthcare posts and clinics activities provide many important benefits to the community, they can also unintentionally do great harm through poor design and management of waste management systems. The waste generated from these institutions pose serious problem. If handled, treated or disposed of incorrectly it can spread disease, poison people, livestock, wild animals, plants and whole ecosystems.

Water Pollution

Animal health service laboratories use a wide range of chemicals, disinfectants and samples. Direct release, without treatment and segregation of any of these chemicals and hazardous wastes to the drainage/sewer system without treatment can contaminate water body and create health risks for the general public, directly or indirectly. Such pollution is also detrimental to aquatic life.

Air Pollution

The operation of laboratories may result in a number of hazardous emissions to the air from fume hoods and vents, sterilization / disinfection technologies; refrigerants (Ozone depleting substances) and treatment technologies (incinerators, if any). Open and incomplete burning of wastes can create hazardous air emissions such as dioxins.

Soil Contamination

The disposal of untreated and un-segregated solid waste (containing organic, degradable mixed with hazardous chemicals) can result in contamination of the soil..

Handling & Disposal of Chemicals and hazardous wastes

131

Improper handling of hazardous chemicals is a health hazard for the laboratory workers and its indiscriminate disposal can have environmental risks as detailed above. The same applies for other substances, such as untreated and expired chemicals, treated samples of body fluid of animals and soil samples, and sharps (needles, syringes, broken laboratory glassware etc). Indiscriminate dumping of wastes can also result in illegal and dangerous recycling of chemicals, sharps and other substances, which can become a public health hazard.

Potential mitigation measures for laboratory chemicals/reagents and associated wastes

Many of the pollution problems associated with laboratory wastes stem from the types of materials and chemicals used. Establishing good purchasing and procurement practices is the first step in effective pollution control. Ensuring the selection and implementation of environmentally sound and cost-effective treatment technologies is an important element in the process. The option for final disposal of infectious and hazardous will be decided in consultation with the environmental protection agency of the region. Planning of a waste management system will take into consideration pollution prevention, waste minimization and recycling activities.

The following potential mitigation measures in general are envisaged

 Have a plan in place for the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and waste;  Maintain an inventory of the types and locations of hazardous materials and waste;  Each laboratory needs to have health and occupational safety guidelines;  Have safety requirements in place for the handling, storage, and response to spills or exposures;  Clearly segregate and label hazardous materials and waste;  Treat and dispose hazardous materials and waste in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 8. Animal Husbandry The RPLRP will finance investments like income generating sub-projects. These include: animal fattening (cattle, small ruminants – sheep and goats), milk production, poultry production, and others. Animal husbandry plays a vital role in the rural economy by generating substantial income to rural population where employment is scarce. This is a type of subprojects that can be established successfully if they are sited, designed and operated properly; however, have the potential to cause environmental harm if not sited, designed and operated properly. When planning for subprojects of this kind, one should consider the risk of environmental impacts and devise approaches to minimize or eliminate their occurrence through sitting, design, operation and maintenance of the facilities; and management of waste of all types.

132

Potential environmental impact

Contamination from manure

Livestock manure contains relatively high concentrations of nutrients, solids, enteric bacteria and other microorganisms, and organic material. The manure from small scale animal husbandry subproject operations is often discharged or “leaked” into water bodies, because it cannot be economically transported to replenish crop fields. When this occurs, the nutrients can cause eutrophication (rapid plant growth in water bodies), solids can create sedimentation, and organic material leads to oxygen depletion (BOD) of the water. There is an urgent need to review and assess current manure management practices and develop manure management guidelines that are appropriate for adoption by local animal producers.

Harm to human health

Where water is scarce, either chronically or seasonally, the diversion of water to sustain livestock potentially limits its availability for other purposes such as bathing, washing, cooking, and drinking. Moreover, as mentioned above, excessive contamination by enteric microorganisms, toxic pesticides to manage parasite or nitrates in may render water unfit for human consumption and may be especially dangerous to children. Pesticides or other vector control treatments used on livestock represent threats to the health of livestock managers, their families, and others exposed directly or through water use. These substances may be toxic, cause birth defects, alter children’s proper development, promote cancer, or slowly poison one or more organ systems.

Odor

Concentrated manure stored at the farm site can generate strong and unpleasant odors, damaging the quality of life of nearby residents. This problem is most evident when site are located in densely populated areas.

Potential environmental and social impacts and their mitigation measures

Potential impact Potential mitigation measures

Human health hazards  Collect and store manure for composting and later application to fields;  Introduction of diseases to humans  Keep manure and urine away from household and contamination of water bodies areas and water bodies; for human use by animal manures  Consider using a biogas system; and urine;  Provide protective clothes to minimize danger to workers applying pesticide;  Avoid overuse of pesticide;  Pollution and environmental  Apply pesticides at recommended times and disruption from inappropriate use of

133

Potential impact Potential mitigation measures

pesticide for livestock disease doses; control;  Consider integrated pest management;  Control farm animals, equipment, personnel, and wild or domestic animals entering the facility (e.g.  Spreading of disease as a result of quarantine periods for new animals, washing and contact with contaminated disinfecting crates, disinfection and coverage of domestic animals/birds, carcasses or shoes before entry into livestock zones, providing slurry. protective clothing to personnel, and closing holes in buildings to keep out wild animals);  Sanitize animal housing areas;  Identify and segregate sick animals and develop management procedures for adequate removal and disposal of dead animals). Water quality problem  Use biological pest controls before chemical controls to reduce adding toxic residues to the  Increased muddiness of surface environment; water courses due to soil disturbances from grazing and increased soil erosion;  Fence off water bodies from grazing animals;  Contamination of surface and groundwater and negative effects on wildlife, vegetation, crop yields, aquatic ecology, and wildlife – by  Mange manure and waste properly preventing agrochemicals used to control pests from entering into water bodies. and diseases;  Contamination of water supplies from leaching or runoff of animal urine and manures. Air quality problem  Consider composting of manure to reduce odor emissions;  Mal odours arising from housing units  Reduce emissions and odors during land and manure/slurry stores; application activities by applying a few  Mal odours arising from slurry centimeters below the soil surface and by spreading; selecting favorable weather conditions (e.g. wind  Mal odours due to transportation of blowing away from inhabited areas). livestock/slurry;  Volatilisation of ammonia. Climate change problem  Improve the productivity and efficiency of livestock production (thus lowering the methane  Gases emitted from slurry/manure; emissions per unit of livestock) through  Methane (contribution to improvements in nutrition and genetics. This need greenhouse gases); special consideration from Sub-County office of  Ammonia (contribution to acidifying agriculture in providing technical support in this gases). matter.

134

Potential impact Potential mitigation measures

 Supplement livestock diets with nutrients, as necessary (e.g. increasing the level of starch and rapidly fermentable carbohydrates, use of urea supplements). Production of feed supplements, may also, however, result in production of GHGs;  Control the temperature, humidity, and other environmental factors of manure storage to reduce methane and nitrous oxide emissions. This may involve use of closed storage tanks, or maintaining the integrity of the crust on open manure storage ponds / lagoons;  Consider various techniques to manage methane emissions from manure including controlled anaerobic digestion (to produce biogas), flaring / burning, use of biofilters, composting, and aerobic treatment. Use of anaerobic digestion may also reduce emissions of nitrous oxide. Occupational Health and Safety  Instruct staff in correct livestock care, to reduce the incidence of bites and kicks;  Exposure to physical hazards;  Avoid and control exposure to any  Exposure to chemical hazards from pesticide/chemicals; disinfecting agents, antibiotic,  Train personnel that apply chemicals/pesticide; hormonal products to control  Inform workers of potential risks of exposure to parasite; biological agents and provide training in  Exposure to biological agents recognizing and mitigating those risks; (bacteria, fungi, mites, and viruses  Provide personal protective equipment to reduce transmitted from live animals, contact with materials potentially containing manure, animal carcasses, and pathogens. parasites and ticks).

9. Small Slaughterhouse Facilities Animal slaughter can take place on a wide variety of scales from small-scale operations occurring on farms or at butcher’s premises to large-scale abattoirs processing thousands of animals a day. Generally, small-scale operations make limited use of automation and extensive use is made of all by-products meaning that there is little waste and pollution generated. However, unless these wastes and by-products managed properly, the environmental and social impacts related to these subprojects are serious.

135

The activities at slaughterhouses may include:

 Receiving area for live animals prior to slaughter;  Retention area some hours (12-24 hrs) for animals prior to slaughter;  Stunning and killing of animals;  Bleeding of animals - the objective is to kill the animal with minimal damage to the carcass and to quickly remove as much blood as possible;  Hide removal and treatment;  Evisceration (removal of internal organs);  Carcass dressing and washing;  Handling and transport of carcasses and meat;  Casings (intestinal tract) and edible offal separation;  Refrigeration and/or frozen storage;  Rendering of inedible products, e.g. bone, fat, heads, hair, and condemned offal into animal feed and tallow.

Key environmental, health and safety risks

The most significant environmental issues associated with small scale slaughterhouse operations are typically water consumption, emissions of high organic strength liquids to water, waste handling to control odour, waste disposal and recovery and the energy consumption associated with refrigeration and heating water.

Product Contamination

Meat can become contaminated as a result of the vegetable matter consumed by the grazing species (e.g. radioactive isotopes, dioxins and pesticides) through a process known as bio-accumulation and during processing and transport (microbiological contamination). Veterinary inspection and screening of raw materials will identify any sick or diseased animals and food hygiene standards will need to be considered in order to reduce the risk of microbiological contamination.

 Carcasses awaiting collection should be appropriately stored to prevent putrefaction;

 Specified risk materials (SRM), i.e. tissues in cattle that may contain the agent responsible for transmission of diseases must be carefully separated from carcasses before processing into commercially valuable products and disposed of appropriately;

136

 Procedures should be in place to prevent processing of waste materials for same species feeding.

Water consumption

Slaughterhouses and Animal by Product processors typically use a lot of water. This is partly due to the hygiene requirements, which require potable water to be used for most washing and rinsing operations and mandatory cleaning criteria are set which limits opportunities for recycling and re-use of water.

In slaughterhouse, large quantities of fresh water is used for numerous purposes, including:

 livestock watering and washing;  truck washing;  scalding and hide finishing of pigs;  washing of casings, offal and carcasses;  transport of certain by-products and wastes;  cleaning and sterilising of knives and equipment;  cleaning floors, work surfaces, equipment etc.

Effluent discharge

One of the most obvious environmental issues common to all abattoirs is the discharge of large quantities of effluent. Abattoir effluent contains blood, fat, manure, undigested stomach contents and cleaning detergents. The volume of effluent generated is a reflection of the volumes of water used, since 80–95% of water used in abattoirs is discharged as effluent. Slaughterhouses effluents generally exhibit the following properties:

 high organic loads due to the presence of blood, fat, manure and undigested stomach contents;  high levels of fat;  fluctuations in pH due to the presence of caustic and acidic cleaning agents;  high levels of nitrogen, phosphorus and salt (originates from manure and undigested stomach contents and from blood);

In urban areas it is normally discharged to municipal sewage treatment systems if there is otherwise it has to be treated on site using appropriate technologies and methods. In rural areas effluent may be treated on site and irrigated to land. If poorly managed, this irrigation could result in the pollution of groundwater.

137

Blood has the highest COD strength of any liquid effluent arising from slaughterhouses and its collection, storage and handling is a key issue for assessment and control, both in terms of odour and effluent treatment.

Discharge of the effluent directly to water bodies is discouraged as it can pollute them causing damage to wildlife and the effluent may also contain viruses, bacteria, and parasites which are harmful to humans and animals. The management of the effluent should be in consultation with the District government having ESMP prepared.

Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads

 Maximise the segregation of blood by designing suitable blood collection facilities and allowing sufficient time for bleeding;  Sweep up solid materials for use as by-products, instead of washing them down the drain;  Fit drains with screens and/or traps to prevent solid materials from entering the effluent system;  Use offal transport systems that avoid or minimise the use of water;  Use water sprays with a pressure of less than 10 bar for carcass washing to avoid removing fat from the surface;  Use dry cleaning techniques to pre-clean process areas and floors before washing with water;  Segregate high-strength effluent streams, such as wastewaters from casings and paunch washing and treat them separately.

Energy Consumption

Energy is consumed in abattoirs in two ways:

 Thermal energy in the form of hot water used for cleaning, sterilizing and rendering;  Electricity for refrigeration, lighting and production of compressed air. By-products

By-products from the slaughter of livestock can cause environmental problems if not managed correctly. They are highly putrescible and can cause odour if not heat treated in a rendering process or removed from site within a day of being generated. For small slaughterhouses, the handling of animal by-products can be an important waste management issue.

138

Checklist of ideas for maximizing utilization of by-products

 Segregate all by-products;  Ensure that by-products are not contaminated with water or materials that would limit or prevent their reuse;  Store by-products correctly to maintain quality and maximize the viability of reuse opportunities. Odour

Odour can be a serious problem for slaughterhouses if by-products and effluent streams are not managed correctly, particularly when the slaughterhouse is located near a residential area or in a hot climate. The main sources of atmospheric odour are:

 Untreated effluent;

 Animal wastes (skin, hides, hooves), unprocessed material and any other solid waste;

Sharp Edges and Machinery

Sharp tools are used to process meat including knives, mincers and packaging equipment. Cuts may also occur from sharp bones and equipment edges. All equipment should have safety guarding and workers should be issued with appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to protect against unavoidable sharp items and edges.

Solid Wastes

The main wastes of small scale slaughterhouses includes blood, rumen contents, bones, horns, hoofs, urinary bladder, gall bladder, uterus, rectum, udder, fetes, snout, ear, meat trimmings, hide and skin trimmings, condemned meat, condemned carcass, esophagus, hair and poultry offal’s (feathers, head). Only few of these by-products can be used directly.

Hazardous Substances

The cleaning and disinfecting of process areas and livestock areas uses materials that if inappropriately used and stored could result in chemical contact burns to employees, inhalation of harmful/toxic fumes or ingestion of harmful substances.

Ammonia, which is commonly used as a replacement for Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s) in refrigeration systems, is toxic if inhaled at high concentrations and can cause frostbite when released to the atmosphere. Facilities using ammonia refrigeration should be aware of the potential hazards of ammonia releases and of the steps that can be taken to prevent such releases.

139

Potential environmental and social impacts and their mitigation measures

Potential Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures

Health hazard from sharp Edges and  Provision of personal protective equipment (PPE) that Machinery is fit for the task to prevent injury and maintain hygiene standards. Staff should be trained in the correct selection, use and maintenance of PPE; the training should include the reasons for its use and the dangers of not using it. PPE should be inspected regularly and maintained or replaced as necessary;  Train workers in correct use of machinery and safety devices;  Separation of people from moving equipment;  Install escape routes for employees in livestock handling areas;  Walking and working surfaces should be kept clean and dry and workers provided with anti-slip footwear. Floor cleaning should be scheduled for a time when work is not in progress or has finished;  Ensure correct cleanup programmes for liquids: restrict access to areas being cleaned down or where spillages have occurred. Reception of livestock Preventing run off from entering into the water bodies: manage the manure for soil fertility improvement by Effluent containing manure wastes composting, use other feasible methods to manage it as significant contributor to phosphorus loads mentioned above in the checklist of ideas for reducing to pollute downstream water bodies. effluent loads section.

Stunning and bleeding  Every effort should be made to maximize raw blood collection and its subsequent processing into blood  If effluent with high organic load meal or other value-added byproducts; (especially if blood is discharged) is discharged to the effluent stream without pre-treatment, the  Design of the bleeding area should ensure that all effectiveness of any downstream blood is directed to the blood collection facility; effluent treatment system will be greatly affected due to the increased organic loads. It is also main contributor  Fat interceptors should be installed on all drains and to nitrogen loads in effluent and hence should be inspected and cleaned regularly; cause eutrophication problems downstream;  See information mentioned above in the Checklist of  Generation of fat loaded effluent blind ideas for reducing effluent load section. screens in the effluent treatment

140

Potential Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures

system/in the sewer system, resulting in the need for greater use of hot water to clean them. Splitting and evisceration  Install high-pressure, low-volume spray nozzles;  Use high pressure rather than high volume for cleaning surfaces;  Use dry dumping techniques that avoid or minimize  High water and energy consumption; the use of water for the processing of paunches and

stomachs, instead of wet dumping techniques;  Downstream water bodies pollution  Reuse wastewaters from carcass washing, viscera from high organic load wastewater. tables and hand wash basins for the washing of inedible products;  Use dry cleaning techniques to pre-clean process areas and floors before washing with water;  By-products should be transported dry on conveyors

or in small containers with wheels;  See the information mentioned above in the Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads section. Paunch and stomach washing  Fasting animals for a period of 12 to 24 hours prior to slaughtering;  Water consumption in the casing  First empty contents of paunches, without the use of process can be very high; water, and then rinsed using an efficient water spray system;  Install high-pressure, low-volume spray nozzles;  Paunch manure contains high  Use high pressure rather than high volume for concentrations of organic solids and cleaning surfaces; other pollutants causing downstream  Use dry dumping techniques that avoid or minimize water bodies pollution. the use of water for the processing of paunches and

stomachs, instead of wet dumping techniques;  Reuse wastewaters from carcass washing, viscera tables and hand wash basins for the washing of inedible products;  Use dry cleaning techniques to pre-clean process areas and floors before washing with water;  Compost paunch manure for organic fertilizer;  See the information mentioned above in the Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads section. Refrigeration  CFC-based refrigerants should be replaced by the less hazardous hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) or,  High energy consumption; preferably, by ammonia;

 Fugitive losses of refrigerants like CFCs  Monitoring and fixing ammonia and glycol leaks or ammonia contribute to the immediately.

141

Potential Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures

depletion of the ozone layer;

 Occupational, health and safety problem for workers from ammonia and glycol leaks. Casing and offal processing  Fasting of animals for a period of 12 to 24 hours prior to slaughter;  Very high water consumption;  Water from the final rinse of the casings could be  Effluent with very high organic load. collected and  recirculated or used for cleaning the large intestines and bungs;  See the information mentioned above in the Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads section. Rendering  The effluent stream from rendering along with other high-strength;  Effluent with very high organic load  streams, such as that from paunch and stomach downstream water bodies pollution; dumping, could be collected and treated  High odor generation may leads health separately; problem to the surrounding dwellers;  Install biogas digester;  High energy consumption.  See the information mentioned above in the Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads section. Cleaning  Dry cleaning before washing with water: implement procedures to ensure solid waste is removed from  High water consumption; transport equipment and surface areas before rinsing and washing, e.g using scrapers, brooms and vacuum cleaners;  Water pollution due to high organic  Install high-pressure, low-volume spray nozzles; load;  Use high pressure rather than high volume for

cleaning surfaces;  Chemical pollution water from usage  Use dry dumping techniques that avoid or minimize of detergents for cleaning. There is also the use of water for the processing of paunches and health hazard on staffs handling and stomachs, instead of wet dumping techniques; managing the detergents (acids and  Reuse wastewaters from carcass washing, viscera bases). tables and hand wash basins for the washing of inedible products;  Determine the required amount or concentration of detergents for effective cleaning and to reduce water consumption;  Use new detergents, some of which are more effective and more environmentally friendly than older ones. Alternative detergents should be evaluated on the basis of their cleaning performance as well as their cost and environmental

142

Potential Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures

attributes;  See the information mentioned above in the Checklist of ideas for reducing effluent loads section. Land Acquisition  Avoid occupied land. Prepare procedures to ensure equitable resolution

Local incapacity/inexperience to manage  Establish system and committee to manage the facilities facilities

10. Pest Management Farmers use pesticides and other chemicals (herbicide, insecticide, fungicide and others) to increase agricultural productivity. Pesticides have played an important role in creating and sustaining the agricultural revolution. Because of their toxic nature, however, pesticides pose a risk to humans, animals, and the environment when they are not handled properly. Absence of safety precautions can result in accidents, affecting the producer, the employees, their families, and farm animals, sometimes with serious consequences. Many pesticides, especially those available and used very heavily in the developing world, are not specific to the pest on which they are used, and are highly toxic to a broad array of living things. Those at greatest risk are those who experience the greatest exposures— typically smaller-holder farmers, farm workers and their families. These populations are also often the poorest members of society. Larger-holders are more likely to have received training on pesticide risk avoidance; however, laborers hired by them may not.

Table 6: Potential pesticide impacts on environmental and social components

Pesticide Potential impact impact on

Water  the death of fish and also have other ecological impacts  change in the organoleptic properties of water (its odor, taste)  negative effect on the process of oxygen formation by phytoplankton, on the vital activities of the inhabitants of the water ecosystems  impacts that transmitted along the food chains, and accumulate in food products  direct toxic action (acute or chronic toxicity) and indirectly (dimensioning of the content of oxygen dissolved in the water, a change in the chemical composition of water, extermination of water insects, etc)  disturbing aquatic ecology

143

Pesticide Potential impact impact on

 Adverse effects on wetlands aquatic flora, etc. Air:  Respiratory illness, including chronic bronchitis and asthma; heart diseases pesticides  Heart diseases; respiratory problems including pulmonary emphysema, related air cancer, eye burning, headache, etc. pollutants  Pneumoconiosis, restrictive lung diseases, asthma, cancer, etc. and their  Lung irritation, viral infection, airway resistance, chest tightness, etc. effects on  It causes immunotoxicity, carcinogenicity, asthma, anemia, health unconsciousness etc.  Impaired lung function, chest pains, coughing, irritation of eyes, nose etc.  CO poisoning cause cherry lips, unconsciousness, death by asphyxiation etc.  It causes decreased hemoglobin synthesis, anemia, damage the nervous and renal (kidney) systems etc. Soil  Kill and severely reduce the essential soil macro- and microorganisms, including earthworms, insects, spiders, mites, fungi, essential mycorrhizae, and bacteria, thus reducing or stopping important nutrient cycling  Accidental spills on soil, which are usually associated with pesticide mixing and loading operations, can result in localized but severe soil contamination if not contained and dealt with rapidly and adequately Human  Acute poisoning (death, light to severe sickness, respiratory problems, etc.) health  Chronic poisoning (cancer, birth defects, reproductive disorders, skin problems, impairment of immune system capabilities, etc.) Wild life  population decline through the use of pesticides over large areas and  Reproductive effect such as egg shell thinning , deformity and birth livestock defects (non-target  Metabolic changes species)  tumors and cancer  behavioral changes  abnormally functioning thyroid glands  Sub-lethal or lethal poisoning of mammals and other vertebrate  through extinction of the pest population -losses of food sources for many birds; particularly migratory species  toxicity to bees which are pollinators, with adverse effects on the production of certain crops  long-term negative effects on the reproductive processes of birds of prey and aquatic species of certain insecticides eg DDT)  high mobility and biological amplification of persistent pesticides Socio- Positive impacts Economic Impact  increased income and/or security of yield for farmers  Increased employment opportunities and  Improved food supply

144

Pesticide Potential impact impact on

Negative impacts

 Risk of human contamination to dealers, formulators, applicators and farmers  Health risks and associated economic impacts from contamination of surface; and ground potable water supplies contaminated by pesticides containing wastes  Acute health effects resulting from contamination of food and water stored in pesticide containers, from the transportation of pesticide and food stuffs in the same transportation means  Health risks from pesticide residues remaining on a crop after application  Loss of revenue from cash crops if these cannot be sold on world markets because of illegal residue levels  Crop losses due to the emergence of new and/or more resistant pests (insects, plant pathogenic fungi, bacteria), spread of disease vectors and emergence of a ‘pesticide treadmill’, whereby farmers obliged to pay more and more for a control program that does less and less good  In general short term benefit long term side effect

Major causes of pesticides impact on the environment and human health

The major causes of pesticide impact are related to lack of awareness, improper transport, storage, handling, use of pesticides, weak enforcement, lack of Integration, weak institutional setup, and poor networking and exchange of information among key stakeholder, obsolete pesticide accumulation, disposal problems, pesticide residues, and absence of ideal type of pesticides.

Potential mitigation measures

The Government of Uganda supports the use of integrated pest management approach (IPM) to reduce reliance on agricultural chemicals. Integrated Pest Management (IPM) refers to a mix of farmer-driven, ecologically based pest control practices that seek to reduce reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. It involves (a) managing pests (keeping them below economically damaging levels) rather than seeking to eradicate them, (b) relying, to the extent possible, on nonchemical measures to keep pest populations low; and (c) selecting and applying pesticides, when they have to be used, in a way that minimizes adverse effects on beneficial organisms, humans, and the environment.

Integrated pest management (IPM) is being promoted throughout the world as an alternative approach to pest management. Core elements of all IPM approaches are

145 minimizing pesticide use and minimizing health and environmental risk when pesticides are used.

Model Approach to IPM

 Evaluate pests’ impact before control programs are implemented, to identify pests, size of problems and possible natural controls  Evaluate non-pesticide management options, including a range of preventive measures and alternative pest control methods (physical, mechanical, and biochemical)  Evaluate whether synthetic pesticides are necessary or not, whether less toxic varieties are available for the purpose, and how to minimize exposure for users and the environment.

Potential Mitigating Measures for Pesticide Dangers

If there are no feasible alternatives to pesticides, take the following measures to mitigate and reduce their risks to human health and the environment. Note that risk is a function of both toxicity and exposure. Reducing risk means (1) selecting less toxic pesticides and (2) selecting pesticides that will lead to the least human exposure before, during and after use.

1. Screening Pesticides The use of any pesticide should be based on an assessment of the nature and degree of associated risks, taking into account the intended users. With respect to the classification of pesticides and their specific formulations, the Bank refers to the World Health Organization's Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to Classification.

The Bank requires that the following criteria apply to the selection and use of pesticides:

a. They must have negligible adverse human health effects. b. They must be shown to be effective against the target species. c. They must have minimal effect on non-target species and the natural environment. The methods, timing, and frequency of pesticide application are aimed at minimizing damage to natural enemies. Pesticides used in public health programs must be demonstrably safe for inhabitants and domestic animals in the treated areas, as well as for personnel applying them. d. Their use must take into account the need to prevent the development of resistance in pests. e. They do not fall in WHO classes IA and IB, or formulations of products in Class II if (a) country lacks restrictions on their distribution and use; or (b) they are likely be used by, or be accessible to, lay personnel, farmers, or

146

others without training, equipments, and facilities to handle, store, and apply these products properly.

2. Reduce exposure time or the degree of exposure

Before using (transporting, packaging and storing)

Transporting

 Separate pesticides from other materials being transported  avoid private distribution—it’s dangerous  Never transport leaking or badly deteriorated containers  Do not transport food, beverages or animal feed together with pesticides. Load and unload pesticides very carefully to minimize the chance of dropping containers. Packaging

 follow international and national norms and guidelines  use packaging adapted to needs  eliminate re-use of packaging materials (even when cleaned, pesticide containers are too dangerous to re-use  The container for the product shall be of sufficient strength and shall provide all the necessary protection against compaction, atmospheric moisture, oxidation, loss by evaporation and contamination to ensure that the product suffers no deterioration under normal conditions of transit and storage, etc. Storing

 develop strict guidelines for  should be sited far from rivers and village-level storage bodies of water, to prevent  ensure permanent, well-marked chemical contamination from labeling entering and poisoning the water  follow and respect national  should not be sited in an area norms subject to flooding, especially  follow and respect FAO norms during seasonal rains  use appropriate language and  be secured from public access approved pictograms  have a warning sign affixed to  use and respect appropriate the exterior door, entrance or toxicology color gate of the storage facility  should be located far from  have a floor or base that is human dwellings, and personal protected from pesticide use items absorption

Labeling

147

The purpose of a labeling is to convey a message about what the product is, who makes it and how it may be used safely and effectively. Label should specifically indicate:

 hazard symbol  Trade and chemical name  Ingredient statement  Type of formulation  Net content of the package  purpose for which it is to be used  Name and address of manufacturer, distributor  Registration or license number  directions for use  safety precautions  warnings and statements of good practice  Hazards to humans and domestic animals  Environmental hazards  Physical and chemical hazards  first-aid instructions and advice to health personnel  Storage and disposal directions  Warranty statement

148

During use (training should be continuous for farmers, application, protective equipments and clothing, mixing of chemicals, and others)

Pre-application

 Read and understand labeled instructions and any other information provided with either the agrochemical, the application equipment or the protective clothing  Assess the risks of application to people, animals and the environment and decide what action is necessary to reduce or eliminate them  Ensure that the user is competent and that he or she has received effective training in application techniques and the precautions to be observed  Arrange health monitoring as may be necessary for certain hazardous agrochemicals based on their frequency of use  Check application equipment to ensure that it operates satisfactorily without leaking or spilling and is calibrated for the necessary application rates  Check that protective clothing and other safety equipment including breathing apparatus, if required, is complete, is of the correct quality and is in good condition. Replace any items that are worn or missing. And is in good condition. Replace any items that are worn or missing  Decide how the work is going to be done and set up an action plan to cover its implementation, together with any emergencies that may arise.  Check that weather conditions are satisfactory, particularly to avoid excessive wind speeds and consequent spray drift  Ensure the safe disposal of empty containers, tank washings and surplus pesticides

During application

 Do not apply agrochemicals without adequate training  Wear appropriate protective clothing as prescribed on the label or information sheet for handling concentrated products  Avoid blow-back from granule or powdered materials when transferring container contents into the application unit. A slow, steady release causes least disturbance of air and reduces the risk of particles becoming airborne and being inhaled  Mix only the correct amount of agrochemical required for a particular task so as to avoid the need to dispose of any surplus.  Handle containers carefully to prevent gurgling or spillage during pouring into an applicator. Pour correctly from large containers with the spout uppermost so as to allow air to flow into the container at the same rate as the contents flow out  If two or more agrochemicals have to be mixed, ensure that they are compatible and without risk of a chemical reaction that would cause a "tank mix" operator hazard

149

 Do not eat, drink or smoke while applying agrochemicals  Ensure that dangerous practices such as putting a blocked nozzle to the mouth to blow it clear are prohibited. Clean the nozzle with water or a soft probe, such as a grass stem  Do not allow other workers in the field, particularly when pesticides are being applied. Take particular care to observe that children are neither allowed to spray nor are exposed to pesticides  Take notice of changing weather conditions, such as an increase in wind speed. This would cause drift and could blow the spray towards sensitive areas such as a drinking-water supply, resulting in health hazards. It may also blow the spray towards the operator, causing an inhalation hazard.

After using (know, respect and enforce any exclusion period after application-time during which humans, livestock, etc., must be kept away from the treated area; assure proper cleaning and rinsing off of; and develop a workable monitoring and evaluation system).

The following precautions have to be followed after applying the pesticide:

 Thoroughly wash hands, face and neck as well as other parts of the body which may have become contaminated. If gloves have been worn, wash them before removal  Return unused pesticide to safe storage and safely dispose of empty containers and any surplus in the application equipment  Decontaminate application equipment by washing it thoroughly. The washings should be drained into a soak-away or similar chamber to be safely confined and without risk to the environment.  Decontaminate protective clothing by thoroughly washing items such as apron, boots and face shield. Launder the work clothing each day after spraying. Gloves should be washed inside and out and allowed to dry. Respiratory protection equipment should be wiped clean  Bathe or wash thoroughly again after completing the above four actions.

Disposal of unused and obsolete pesticide, and empty pesticide containers

The safe management and disposal of pesticide-related waste (unused and obsolete pesticide, and empty pesticide container) should be provided and coordinated by regulatory authorities, pesticide distributors and suppliers. Other organizations that support and advise pesticide users, such as extension and health promotion services, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), agricultural colleges and schools, also have important roles to play.

Governments and their agencies, including ministries of agriculture, health, environment and education, are responsible for regulating the manufacture, import, distribution and use of pesticides. These responsibilities should be extended to include the management of pesticide-related waste products, including empty containers, which are often overlooked.

150

A mechanism has to be designed to collect all empty pesticide containers from farmers and safely disposed and never reused. It is extremely dangerous to use them for anything else. Consult the pesticide label, the manufacturer, or the manufacturer’s representative for specific recommendations regarding container cleanup and disposal.

Management plan has to be prepared when there is the plan to use pesticide to mitigate all the impacts associated with the pesticide using the above mentioned measures. The implementation of the plan has to be supervised, monitored and audited, and monitoring plan has to be prepared.

151

Annex 3: THIRD SCHEDULE of the National Environmental Act, Cap 153

Projects to be considered for environmental impact assessment:

1. General - (a) an activity out of character with its surroundings; (b) any structure of a scale not in keeping with its surroundings; (c) major changes in land use.

2. Urban development, including - (a) designation of new townships; (b) establishment of industrial estates; (c) establishment or expansion of recreational areas; (d) establishment or expansion of recreational townships in mountain areas, national parks and game reserves; (e) shopping centers and complexes,

3. Transportation, including - (a) all major roads; (b) all roads in scenic, wooded or mountainous areas; (c) railway lines; (d) airports and airfields; (e) pipelines; (f) water transport.

4. Dams, rivers and water resources, including - (a) storage dams, barrages and weirs; (b) river diversions and water transfers between catchments; (c) flood-control schemes; (d) drilling for the purpose of utilizing ground water resources, including geothermal energy.

5. Aerial spraying.

6. Mining, including quarrying and open-cast extraction of- (a) precious metals; (b) diamonds; (c) metalliferous ores; (d) coal; (e) phosphates; (f) limestone and dolomite; (g) stone and slate; (h) aggregates, sand and gravel; (i) clay; (j) exploration for the production of petroleum in any form.

7. Forestry-related activities, including - (a) timber harvesting;

152

(b) clearance of forest areas; (c) reforestation and afforestation, 8. Agriculture, including - (a) large-scale agriculture; (b) use of new pesticides; (c) introduction of new crops and animals; (d) use of fertilisers.

9. Processing and manufacturing industries, including -

(a) mineral processing, reduction of ores and minerals; (b) smelting and refining of ores and minerals; (c) foundaries; (d) brick and earthenware manufacture; (e) cement works and lime processing; (f) glass works; (g) fertiliser manufacturing or processing; (h) explosives plants; (i) oil refineries and petrochemical works; (j) tanning and dressing of hides and skins; (k) abattoirs and meat-processing plants; (l) chemical works and process plants; (m) brewing and malting; (n) bulk grain processing plants; (o) fish processing plants; (p) pulp and paper mills; (q) food processing plants; (r) plants for the manufacture or assembly of motor vehicles; (s) plants for the construction or repair of aircraft or railway equipment; (t) plants for the manufacturing or processing of rubber; (u) plants for the manufacturing of tanks, reservoirs and sheet-metal containers; (v) plants for the manufacturing of coal briquettes.

10. Electrical infrastructure, including - (a) electricity generation stations; (b) electrical transmission lines; (c) electrical substations; (d) pumped-storage schemes.

11. Management of hydrocarbons, including the storage of natural gas and combustible or explosive fuels.

12. Waste disposal, including - (a) sites for solid waste disposal; (b) sites for hazardous waste disposal; (c) sewage disposal works; (d) major atmospheric emissions; (e) offensive odours.

153

13. Natural conservation areas, including - (a) creation of national parks, game reserves and buffer zones; (b) establishment of wilderness areas; (c) formulation or modification of forest management policies; (d) formulation or modification of water catchment management policies; (e) policies for management of ecosystems, especially by use of fire; (f) commercial exploitation of natural fauna and flora; (g) introduction of alien species of fauna and flora into ecosystems.

154

ANNEX 4. PROJECTS WHICH ARE LIKELY TO BE EXEMPTED FROM THE EIA PROCESS (LIST A, ANNEX 2 EIA GUIDELINES)

The following list identifies those projects which are normally exempt from the EIA process. The characteristics and anticipated physical effects of each project should be carefully considered when or if they are exempted from further steps of the EIA Process.

 Clearing and farm construction for individual subsistence small farms.  Construction or repair of individual houses.  Minor land use changes in areas with slopes less than 20% including housing construction.  Information collection (scientific or educational) except if it involves use of chemicals or endangered species or alien materials.  Transfer of ownership of land or related facilities so long as the general character of the area is not changed.  Environmental enforcement actions.  Emergency repairs to facilities within the character of its surroundings.

155

Annex 5: Detailed ESIA Process in Uganda

Overview The ESIA guidelines (NEMA 1997) and the ESIA regulations (NEMA 1998) recognize the following stages in an ESIA process: Project Brief formulation; Screening; Environmental impacts study; and Decision making. In addition public consultation is required throughout the ESIA process.

ESIA Process in Uganda (Source: ESMF, MoES, 2013)

156

The EIA process in Uganda is described is initiated by the submission of a project brief – a document that contains the same sorts of information that are in the ESSF and a format for which is contained in the EIA guidelines. Once the information is judged to be complete, NEMA requests comments from the lead agency and then screens the project. The Executive Director has three options: (a) approve the proposed project, if the EIA is not mandatory and the project brief includes adequate mitigation measures, or (b) request the developer to prepare an Environmental and Social Impact Study (ESIS) if a decision cannot be made on the basis of the project brief. If MAAIF’s Environmental Specialist or Consultant has ascertained that the project is on the mandatory ESIA list, NEMA state that the project brief stage is normally omitted, moving straight into the ESIA process. If the decision is for an ESIS, the proponent obtains NEMA approval of the proposed ESIA consultant, conducts a scoping exercise, and agrees with NEMA on the study terms of reference. The study is conducted, and culminates in submission of an Environmental Impact Statement (ESIS) to NEMA for review and decision. Stakeholder consultation is mandatory at scoping, Terms of Reference preparation, during the environmental study, and preparation of the draft Environmental and Social Impact Statement (ESIS). The content of an ESIS, as specified in the EIA regulations, covers the recognized elements of environmental and social assessment good practice, including consideration of technical and site alternatives and induced and cumulative impacts. The EIA regulations (First Schedule) list the issues to be considered in an EIA, including:

 Biodiversity  Ecosystem maintenance  Fragile ecosystems  Social considerations including employment generation, social cohesion or disruption, immigration or emigration, local economy  Effects on culture and objects of cultural value  Visual impacts

Preparation of Project Brief According to the National Environment Act, "project brief" means a summary statement of the likely environmental effects of a proposed development referred to in section 19 of the Act. Unlike the ESIA, a project brief does not require a scoping report and neither submission of terms of reference for approval by NEMA. According to Regulation 5 of the ESIA Regulations, 2006, a Project Brief is supposed to contain the following:

 the nature of the project in accordance with the categories identified in the Third Schedule of the Act;  the projected area of land, air and water that may be affected;  the activities that shall be undertaken during and after the development of the project;  the design of the project;  the materials that the project shall use, including both construction materials and inputs;  the possible products and by-products, including waste generation of the project;

157

 the number of people that the project will employ and the economic and social benefits to the local community and the nation in general;  the environmental effects of the materials, methods, products and by-products of the project, and how they will be eliminated or mitigated;  Any other matter which may be required by the Authority.

If the Executive Director is satisfied that the project will have no significant impact on the environment, or that the Project Brief discloses sufficient mitigation measures to cope with the anticipated impacts he may approve project. The Executive Director of NEMA or his delegated official shall then issue a Certificate of Approval for the project. However, if the Executive Director finds that the project will have significant impacts o the environment and that, the Project Brief does not disclose sufficient mitigation measures to cope with the anticipated negative impacts, he shall require that, the developer undertakes an ESIA for the planned project.

Environmental Screening The purpose of screening is to assist categorize the type of ESIA required for the project i.e. does it require a full ESIA, a Project Brief or no ESIA at all is required. This is important to enable the application of the appropriate ESIA level based on the project’s anticipated levels of significant impacts as elaborated in the National Environment (ESIA) Guidelines 1998.

Scoping and Preparation of ToRs Scoping is the initial step in the ESIA process. Its purpose is to determine the scope of work to be undertaken in assessing the environmental impacts of the proposed project. It identifies the critical environmental impacts of the project for which in-depth studies are required, and elimination of the insignificant ones. The scoping exercise should involve all the project stakeholders so that consensus is reached on what to include or exclude from the scope of work. It is also at this stage that project alternatives are identified and taken into consideration. The contents of the scoping report are the same as the project brief; however, more detail is likely to be needed. This may involve some preliminary data collection and fieldwork. The Developer takes the responsibility for scoping and prepares the scoping report after consultation with NEMA, Lead Agencies and other stakeholders. The developer with assistance from technical consultants will draw up the ToRs for the ESIS and submit a copy to NEMA that shall in turn be forwarded to Lead Agencies for comments, in this case including the District Veterinary Officer or District Environment Officer.

Preparation of the ESIS In preparing an ESIS, relevant information is collected on issues of real significance and sensitivity. These are then analyzed, mitigation measures developed for the adverse impacts and compensatory measures recommended for unmitigated environmental impacts. Measures aimed at enhancing beneficial or positive impacts are also given. An ESIS documents the findings and is submitted to NEMA by the developer.

Review of ESIS and Decision on Project The Developer is required to submit ten (10) copies of the ESIS to NEMA for review and approval. NEMA then forwards a copy to the Lead Agencies for comments. NEMA in consultation with the Lead Agencies shall review the contents of the ESIS, paying

158 particular attention to the identified environmental impacts and their mitigation measures, as well as the level of consultation and involvement of the affected stakeholders in the ESIS process. In this review, the level to which the ToRs set out for the study is addressed shall be considered. In making a decision about the adequacy of the ESIS, NEMA shall take into account the comments and observations made by the Lead Agencies, other stakeholders and the general public. NEMA may grant permission for the project with or without conditions, or refuse permission. If the project is approved, the Developer will be issued a Certificate of Approval.

Environmental and Social Management Plan The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) is intended to ensure efficient management of environmental and social issues in subprojects. The ESMP consists of:  The relevant project activities,  The potential negative environmental and social impacts,  The proposed mitigating measures,  The institutions responsible for implementing the mitigation measures,  The institutions responsible for monitoring the implementation of the mitigation measures and the frequency of the afore-mentioned measures;  Capacity building needs and  The cost estimates for these activities.

In many cases, RPLRP will likely have sub-projects, most of which are small in nature without significant environmental impacts. This calls for ESMP specific actions to mitigate these impacts and conforming to the obligations stipulated in the screening exercises, the environmental checklists and all legal instruments in force. At the time of the implementation of the sub-projects, the potential environmental and social impacts must be clearly identified and a management plan formulated, implemented and the plan’s performance monitored during and after execution of sub-project activities. The impacts must be avoided or neutralized where possible or mitigated in conformity with Uganda’s and the World Bank’s prescriptions for sound environmental management.

Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan Monitoring is the continuous and systematic collection of data in order to assess whether the environmental objectives of the project have been achieved. Good practice demands that procedures for monitoring the environmental performance of proposed projects are incorporated in the ESIS. Monitoring provides information on the occurrence of impacts. It helps identify how well mitigation measures are working, and where better mitigation may be needed. The monitoring program should identify what information will be collected, how, where and how often. It should also indicate at what level of effect there will be a need for further mitigation. How environmental impacts are monitored is discussed below.

 Responsibilities in terms of the people, groups, or organizations that will carry out the monitoring activities be defined, as well as to whom they report amongst others. In some instances, there may be a need to train people to carry out these responsibilities, and to provide them with equipment and supplies;  Implementation Schedule, covers the timing, frequency and duration of monitoring are specified in an implementation schedule, and linked to the overall sub project schedule;

159

 Cost Estimates and Source of resources for monitoring need to be specified in the monitoring plan;  Monitoring methods need to be as simple as possible, consistent with collecting useful information, so that the sub project implementer can apply them.  The data collected during monitoring is analyzed with the aim of:  Assessing any changes in baseline conditions;  Assessing whether recommended mitigation measures have been successfully implemented;  Determining reasons for unsuccessful mitigation;  Developing and recommending alternative mitigation measures or plans to replace unsatisfactory ones; and  Identifying and explaining trends in environment improvement or degradation.

Public Consultation The environmental impacts or effects of a project will often differ depending on the area in which it is located. Such impacts may directly or indirectly affect different categories of social groups, agencies, communities and individuals. These are collectively referred to as project stakeholders or the public. It is crucial that during the ESIA process, appropriate mechanisms for ensuring the fullest participation and involvement of the public are taken by the developer in order to minimize social and environmental impacts and enhance stakeholder acceptance. An effective consultation process should generally ensure that:

 The public has a clear understanding of the proposed project; and  Feedback mechanisms are clearly laid out and known by parties involved.

Different stages of the ESIA process require different levels of public consultation and involvement. The key stages are:

 Public consultation before the commissioning of the ESIS;  Public consultation during the ESIS; and  Public consultation during ESIS review.

Consultation can be before, during the ESIA study or during its review as outlined below:

Consultation before the ESIA On submission of the project brief to NEMA, it might be decided that views of the public on the project are sought. NEMA is obliged to publish the developer’s notification and other relevant documents in a public notice within 4 weeks from the date of submission of the project brief and/or notice of intent to develop. It is important therefore, that a plan for stakeholder involvement is prepared before the ESIS begins. Such a plan should consider:

 The stakeholders to be involved;  Matching of stakeholders with approaches and techniques of involvement;  Traditional authority structures and political decision-making processes;  approaches and techniques for stakeholder involvement;  Mechanisms to collect, synthesize, analyze and, most importantly, present the results;

160

 To the ESIS team and key decision-makers;  Measures to ensure timely and adequate feedback to the stakeholders;  Budgetary/time opportunities and constraints; and

Pubic consultation during the ESIS During the ESIS, the study team should endeavor to consult the public on environmental concerns and any other issues pertaining to the project. Though consultations are very critical at the scoping stage, ideally, it should be an on-going activity throughout the study. During the ESIS review, the public is given additional opportunity for ensuring that their views and concerns have been adequately addressed in the ESIS. Any earlier omissions or oversight about the project effects can be raised at this stage. To achieve this objective, the ESIS and related documents become public after submission to NEMA. An official review appointment will be announced, where the reviewing authority has to answer questions and remarks from the public. These questions have to be handed in writing prior to the meeting.

161

Annex 6: Generic ToRs for Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for a subproject of RPLRP

BACKGROUND

The Introduction indicates the purpose of the ESIA, presents an overview of the proposed project to be assessed, as well as the project’s purpose and needs. It shall also briefly mention the contents of the ESIA Report and the methods adopted to complete the assessment. In addition, the consultant gives background information on the subproject as well as the need for the ESIA in line with national environmental policies and legislations.

OBJECTIVES OF THE ESIA STUDY

The main objective of the ESIA should be stated. The environmental and social impacts study should take into consideration all environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject activities and identify the main environmental and social aspects that are likely to be raised by key stakeholders in order to optimize the project from the environmental and social point of view, by avoiding, minimizing, reducing or off-setting negative and enhancing positive impacts.

METHODOLOGY

1. Desk Research and Literature Review The consultant shall perform a comprehensive literature review of key documents related to environmental, security, occupational health and safety legislation, policies, guidelines, manuals, procedures, practices, international best practices related to the project. The appropriate Field tools including questionnaires, data collection forms etc. shall then be developed.

2. Site Investigation The consultant shall visit the project area with the aim of identifying the following:

 Physical-cultural and historical sites  Noise sensitive areas  Wildlife habitats, feeding, and crossing areas  Proximity to residential places, road network, recreational activities etc.  Hydrological setting

3. Public and Institutional Consultations The consultant shall carry out extensive consultations with all key stakeholders including but not limited to the following:

 NEMA  MAAIF  District Local Government Officials

162

 Cultural Leaders  Pastoral Communities  Livestock Trade Associations

4. Analysis of Project Alternatives The Consultant shall identify and systematically, undertake comparison of the potential Project Alternatives taking into account environmental and social factors such as:

 Sites – Assess suitability of the site and potential alternative sites;  No-Project Scenario: This will include the alternative of not having the project to demonstrate environmental, social, and economic conditions without it.

5. Impact Analysis The consultant shall evaluate potential project impacts considering planning, construction, and operation stages which shall cover social, ecological, and environmental issues. Identification of impacts shall include positive and negative impacts, direct and indirect impacts, and immediate and long-term impacts, unavoidable or irreversible impacts. The assessment of the potential impacts will also include; landscape impacts of excavations and construction, loss of nature features habitats and species by construction and operation, soil contamination impacts, noise pollution, soil waste, and socio-economic and cultural impacts.

TEAM COMPOSITION

The ESIA Experts for RPLRP Subprojects shall comprise of experts proposed herewith. It is important that, the ESIA teams are constituted taking into account the prevailing conditions on the proposed subproject sites.

1. Environmental Management Specialist (Team Leader)

Key Qualifications:

He/she should posses the following qualifications:  At least an MSc. Environmental Management, Natural Resource Management or Environmental Engineering;  Should have undertaken specialized trainings in Environmental Impact Assessment (ESIAs) and Environmental Audits.  Must have undertaken at least 5 ESIA at the level of Team Leader position; and  Should be registered with NEMA as an Environmental Practitioner and also certified as a Team Leader;  Should have done at least two environmental related works in Uganda.

Tasks:

He/she will perform the following roles:  Provide overall coordination and leadership to an ESIA team;  Take a leadership role in steering stakeholder consultations during ESIA for slaughterhouse projects;  Play an inter-phase role between client, NEMA and other stakeholders on matters of ESIA of subprojects;

163

 Conduct site visits of planned subprojects;  Identify impacts of slaughter house activities on environment components like surface and ground water, soil and air;  Participate in the elaboration of technical, legal and regulatory norms to comply with environmental requirements in all the chain of project activities;  Identify, assess and propose environmental mitigation measures for the slaughterhouse project; and  Prepare an ESMP for the project.

2. Veterinary Public Health Specialist

Key qualifications:  At least postgraduate training veterinary medicine with specialization in public health;  Should have undertaken trainings in ESIA and or Environmental Audits;  Should have conducted at least 2 ESIAs relating to pastoral projects;  10 year experience in veterinary medicine concerning livestock and fisheries;

Tasks:  Participate in stakeholder consultations of cattle trade institutions, livestock farmers, etc.;  identify possible projects in slaughterhouse field and give criteria for their classification;  provide veterinary input throughout the assignment;  provide public health aspects in the assignment;  Participate in development of all documents and the ESIA guidelines for projects; and participate in stakeholders’ workshop.

3. Waste Management Engineer

Key qualifications:  At least postgraduate training in environmental engineering, waste management;  Must have training in OSH aspects;  Have at least 5 years experience in environmental management, ESIA and wastes management;  Fluent in French and English.

Tasks:  Take a lead in environmental impacts of project facilities in terms of its phases;  Participate in identification of impacts of project activities on environmental components especially related to waste emissions;  Take a lead in provision of input on waste management throughout the assignment;  Participate in the development of the ESIA report;  Participate in the stakeholder consultations.

4. Ecologist

Key qualifications:  Must have a postgraduate training in natural sciences (forestry, botany or zoology);  Must have undertaken an ESIA training;  Conducted at least 5 ESIAs studies in development projects.

Tasks:  Take a lead in the ecological investigations of the project;  Consult with stakeholder institutions on ecological aspects of the project;

164

 Review various literature sources on ecological matters of the projects; and  Participate in write up of Environmental Impact Report

5. Socio-economist

Key qualifications:  He/she should have undertaken postgraduate training in the fields of sociology, anthropology or social work or related social sciences;  He/she must have attained trainings in ESIAs;  He/she should have conducted ESIAs with experience of at least 5 years; and  Must be registered with NEMA.

Tasks:  Take a lead in stakeholder consultations especially with the cattle farmers, local residents etc.;  Provide socio-economic input/expertise throughout the assignment;  Lead in the formulation of social survey instruments;  Provide social input in the Environmental Impact Report.

EXPECTED DELIVERABLES

The Consultant shall produce an ESIA report acceptable to NEMA and the funding institution and the report shall include the following as per the requirements of Regulation 14 of the National (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations of Uganda:

(a) the project and of the activities it is likely to generate; (b) the proposed site and reasons for rejecting alternative sites; (c) a description of the potentially affected environment including specific information necessary for identifying and assessing the environmental effects of the project; (d) the material in-puts into the project and their potential environmental effects; (e) an economic analysis of the project; (f) the technology and processes that shall be used, and a description of alternative technologies and processes, and the reasons for not selecting them; (g) the products and by-products of the project; (h) the environmental effects of the project including the direct, indirect, cumulative, short-term and long-term effects and possible alternatives; (i) the measures proposed for eliminating, minimizing, or mitigating adverse impacts; (j) an identification of gaps in knowledge and uncertainties which were encountered in compiling the required information; (k) an indication of whether the environment of any other State is likely to be affected and the available alternatives and mitigating measures; (l) of how the information provided for in this regulation has been generated; (m) such other matters as the Executive Director may consider necessary.

165

Annex 7: Chance Find Procedures

Chance find procedures will be used as follows:

 Stop the construction activities in the area of the chance find;  Delineate the discovered site or area;  Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In cases of removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard shall be present until the responsible local authorities and the Directorate of Museums and Monuments take over;  Notify the supervisory Engineer who in turn will notify the responsible local authorities and the Directorate of Museums and Monuments under the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities (within 24 hours or less);  The Directorate of Museums and Monuments would be in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on subsequent appropriate procedures. This would require a preliminary evaluation of the findings to be performed by the archeologists of the Directorate of Museums and Monuments (within 24 hours). The significance and importance of the findings should be assessed according to the various criteria relevant to cultural heritage; those include the aesthetic, historic, scientific or research, social and economic values;  Decisions on how to handle the finding shall be taken by the Directorate of Museums and Monuments. This could include changes in the layout (such as when finding an irremovable remain of cultural or archeological importance) conservation, preservation, restoration and salvage;  Implementation for the authority decision concerning the management of the finding shall be communicated in writing by the Directorate of Museums and Monuments; and  Construction work could resume only after permission is given from the responsible local authorities and the Directorate of Museums and Monuments concerning safeguard of the heritage;  These procedures must be referred to as standard provisions in construction contracts, when applicable. During project supervision, the Site Engineer shall monitor the above regulations relating to the treatment of any chance find encountered are observed;  Construction work will resume only after authorization is given by the responsible local authorities and the National Museum concerning the safeguard of the heritage; and  Relevant findings will be recorded in World Bank Implementation Supervision Reports (ISRs), and Implementation Completion Reports (ICRs) will assess the overall effectiveness of the project’s cultural property mitigation, management, and activities, as appropriate.

166

Annex 8: Pesticides Management Plan

INTRODUCTION

Introduction According to FAO (1989), a pesticide is any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, or controlling any pest including vectors of human or animal diseases, unwanted species of plants or animals causing harm during, or otherwise interfering with, the production, processing, storage, or marketing of food, agricultural commodities, wood and wood products, or animal feedstuffs, or which may be administered to animals for the control of insects, arachnids or other pests in or on their bodies. The activities funded under the RPLRP could lead to the increased use of pesticides and therefore to ensure that pesticide use issues are managed in an integrated manner and also to comply with national legislation and World Banks Safeguard Policies, it is imperative to have an effective and sustainable Pesticide Management Plan.

Purpose and Scope The Pest Management Plan is meant to ensure a guided storage, handling and application of pesticides. The plan includes comprehensive strategies for handling, transportation and application of pesticides in compliance with national and international requirements relating to different agrochemicals.

KEY LAWS AND POLICIES

National Laws  The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995  The Agricultural Chemicals (Control) Act, No. 1 of 2006  The National Environment Act, Cap 153  The National Agricultural Advisory Services Act, 2001  The Public Health Act Cap. 281  Occupational Safety and Health Act No. 9, 2006  Uganda National Bureau of Standards Act, Cap 327  Water Act, Cap 152

Policy Framework  The National Environment Management Policy, 1994  Plan for Modernization of Agriculture (PMA)  The National Trade Policy, 2006

International Conventions  Basel Convention  Rotterdam Convention  The International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code  The International Code of Conduct for the use and distribution of pesticides  The Safety and Health in Agriculture Convention

167

CLASSIFICATION OF PESTICIDES

The WHO bases its toxicity ratings on the lowest published rat oral LD50, the lethal dose (in milligrams of substance per kilogram of body weight) that kills 50% of the test animals in a standard assay (WHO, 2010). WHO gives a hazard ranking of Ia (Extremely Hazardous) to the most hazardous pesticide active ingredients. While the WHO ratings generally reflect acute toxicity, they also take into account other toxic effects such as reproductive and developmental toxicity. WHO does not evaluate the fumigants, a class of gaseous pesticides that are generally extremely hazardous, nor does it evaluate pesticides believed obsolete or discontinued (WHO, 2010).

WHO Toxicity Classification Rat LD50 (mg of chemical per kg of body weight) Solids Liquids Solids Liquids Class Description (oral) (oral) (dermal) (dermal) Ia Extremely hazardous ‹ 5 ‹ 20 ‹ 10 ‹ 40

Ib Highly hazardous 5-50 20-200 10-100 40-400

Moderately II 50-500 200-2,000 100-1,000 400-4,000 hazardous III Slightly hazardous › 500 ›2,000 ›1000 › 4,000

Unlikely to present Table 5 acute hazard in › 2,000 › 3,000 ------

normal use Not classified: Table 6 believed obsolete Fumigants not Table 7 classified by WHO

PROCUREMENT OF PESTICIDES World Bank Safeguard Policy 4.05 on Pest Management: Minimize and manage the environmental and health risks associated with pesticide use and promote and support safe, effective, and environmentally sound pest management.

The procurement of any pesticide in a Bank-financed project is contingent on an assessment of the nature and degree of associated risks, taking into account the proposed use and the intended users. With respect to the classification of pesticides and their specific formulations, the Bank refers to the World Health Organization's Recommended Classification of pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to Classification (Geneva: WHO 1994-95). The following criteria apply to the selection and use of pesticides in Bank-financed projects:

 They must have negligible adverse human health effects.  They must be shown to be effective against the target species.  They must have minimal effect on non-target species and the natural environment. The methods, timing, and frequency of pesticide application are

168

aimed to minimize damage to natural enemies. Pesticides used in public health programs must be demonstrated to be safe for inhabitants and domestic animals in the treated areas, as well as for personnel applying them.  Their use must take into account the need to prevent the development of resistance in pests.

The Bank requires that any pesticides it finances be manufactured, packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according to standards acceptable to the Bank. The Bank does not finance formulated products that fall in WHO classes IA and IB, or formulations of products in Class II, if:

 The country lacks restrictions on their distribution and use; or  They are likely to be used by, or be accessible to, lay personnel, farmers, or others without training, equipment, and facilities to handle, store, and apply these products properly.

The Bank also requires that any pesticides it finances be manufactured, packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according to standards acceptable to the Bank. The Bank does not finance formulated products that fall in WHO classes IA and IB, or formulations of products in Class II, if:

MANAGEMENT OF PESTICIDES Improper storage, handling, transportation, treatment and disposal of pesticides can be a risk to human health and the environment through leakage of toxins into groundwater, soil, and the atmosphere. Populations may potentially be affected when pesticides are ingested through contaminated water sources and polluted air, and when poor labour practices put workers in direct contact with pesticides. This means, the project will observe a number of measures to ensure proper handling and application of agro-chemicals.

Routine pesticide store management procedures  The storekeeper should put on essential protective clothing (overalls and boots) upon arrival at the pesticide store.  There should be a quick daily inspection of drums and containers to ensure that there have been no overnight spills or leaks.  Spilled and leaked pesticide must be cleaned up immediately;  Drums and containers should be thoroughly inspected monthly for leaking seals, split seams and corrosion.  Leaking or old drums should be removed and their contents transferred to empty containers. Appropriate protective clothing should be worn and precautions taken. Replacement containers should be sealed and relabeled.  Transfer of chemicals to new containers should be recorded on the stock record sheet.

169

 Dates on labels of containers in the store should be checked monthly and outdated stock separated for disposal. Any labels in poor condition should be replaced.

Arrival of a consignment of agro-chemicals at the store:  The back of the transport vehicle should be checked for spills and the containers for leaks or broken seals; the vehicle should be decontaminated of any spills. Chemicals from containers with leaks or split seams should be transferred to empty containers in good condition and relabeled.  Pesticide containers should be carefully unloaded from the delivery vehicle. The delivery note should be examined and check-list of chemicals arriving at the store should be prepared on a stock record sheet.  Containers of chemicals placed in the store should be set on floor dunnage and stacked using wooden pallets as necessary.  The location of chemical containers in the store should be recorded on the stock record list.

Taking agro-chemicals from the store for pest control purposes  The condition of the transport vehicle should be checked before placing containers of agro-chemicals in it. It should also be ensured that no foodstuffs are to be carried on the same vehicle.  The removal of agro-chemicals from the store should be recorded on the stock record sheet.  The stock first deposited in the store should be the first to be taken out.  Pesticide containers should be carefully loaded on to the dispatch vehicle and the driver provided with a delivery note.

Rules for proper pesticide storage and stock management  Pesticide stores should not be located near water bodies.  The storage capacity (total storage surface) should be sufficient to store the total stock of agro-chemicals at any time. Each store should have at least the following:  Sufficient ventilation openings to avoid unnecessarily high temperatures;  Floors be made of, or covered by, impermeable concrete or impervious cement (as a temporary measure, floors may be covered with a large and thick polyethylene sheet);  Ramps at entrances to contain any major leakage within the store;  Doors that are lockable and bars across ventilation holes and windows to prevent unauthorized entry.  The floors of the stores should have a layout of separate blocks with aisles between them. Ideally, the outline of the blocks should be painted on the floor. Each block should contain only one product. There should be sufficient space between blocks to move containers freely, enable the inspection of containers and treat leakages. Drums should be stacked in such a way that each can be inspected from the aisles between the blocks. Drums and bags should be stored on pallets. The number of containers stacked on top of each other should not exceed the stacking recommendations for the type of container concerned. Over stacking may lead to rupture of lower containers down and reduces access to containers.

170

 Pesticide stores should only contain pesticides. All other goods or objects should not be mixed in the agro-chemical stores.  Expired and obsolete agro-chemicals should be separated from in use or non- expired stocks.

Each store should have the following for dealing with emergencies:  A few bags of sawdust and/or sand to absorb leaked or spilled pesticides;  A number of empty containers (preferably salvage drums that can contain a whole 200-litre drum) and empty bags to repack heavily damaged or leaking containers;  Spade and brush;  Fire extinguisher;  First Aid box.  Protective gear for staff to enable them to deal with emergencies (nitrile rubber or neoprene gloves, rubber boots, overalls, goggles, vapour masks or half-face respirators with organic vapour cartridges)  Water supply from a tap, or a container of water, to wash hands and face if these become contaminated; and  Eyewash set.  The contents of leaking or heavily damaged agrochemical containers should be repacked in appropriate replacement containers. Repacked agro-chemicals should be labeled immediately. Stores should be inspected regularly and any leakage or contamination should immediately be cleaned up.  Storekeepers should keep a record of the stocks in their custody and such recorded information should include the date of arrival, formulation, quantity, unit size, date of manufacture, supplier, and origin for incoming pesticides. For outgoing pesticides, the date, formulation, quantity, unit size, and destination. Records should also regularly be updated.  A "first in - first out" principle should be applied consistently. In other words, always finish old consignments before using newly arrived consignments.

Essential Equipment within a Pesticide Store  Thick polyethylene sheeting on floor (if surface is not concrete or otherwise impermeable)  Floor dunnage (bricks, timber)  Wooden pallets  Ramps at entrance to contain leakage  Entrance door with lock to prevent unauthorized entry  Bars across windows and ventilators to prevent unauthorized entry  Container of absorbent sand, sawdust or dry soil  Shovel  Long-handled brush with stiff bristles  Short-handled brush and pan  Water supply, or container of water, with soap  Detergent solution  Drum spanners  Metal funnels  Protective clothing:

171

 Empty pesticide containers (preferably salvage drums that can contain a whole 200-litre drum)  Empty bags to repack heavily damaged or leaking containers  Self-adhesive warning labels for marking drums  Stock record sheets

Stacking Positions and Heights Agro-chemical stock be arranged in such a manner that, the oldest first ("first in first out" principle) and to prevent expired/obsolete stock from accumulating in the store. Containers are to be arranged to minimize handling and thus, avoid mechanical damage giving rise to leaks. Floor spaces should be uncluttered, with marked, 1-m wide, gangways between shelves or stacks that permit easy inspection and allow free air flow. This also enables immediate clean-up in the event of any leakage or spills, which can be seen quickly. Climbing on pesticide containers to reach other containers should not be necessary - damaged or corroded metal drums can easily give way under a person's weight and this leads to potentially fatal gross contamination with pesticide.

Dunnage (timber and bricks) should be used so that, containers are not placed directly on the floor. Stacked containers should be on pallets. Any possible corrosion resulting from rising damp or leaking chemicals should be promptly detected and timely addressed. Dust, granule and wettable powder formulations should be kept in cartons during storage to avoid caking. Concentrate formulations, especially those in glass bottles, should also be kept in cartons to avoid breakage. Storage shelves should not exceed a height of 2 m to avoid the use of ladders. Containers should not exceed a height of 107 cm on each pallet. Containers and cartons should be stacked at safe heights ensuring that they are stable.

Maximum stacking of containers on top of each other Number of layers on Palletized: number of packages Package type basal pallet on each pallet Steel drums (200 l) 1 3-4 Steel drums (smaller than 200 l) 2 3-4 Fibre drums (200 l) 1 3 Fibre drums (smaller than 200 l) 2 3 Plastic drums (200 l) 1 2 Plastic drums (smaller than 200 l) 2 2 Paper sacks 4-5 3 Plastic sacks 4-5 3 Fiber case containing tins 4-6 3-4 Fiber case containing soft packages (plastic bottles, 4-6 2 sachets) Wooden cases 2-4 3-4

172

Record Keeping Since a number of agro-chemicals tend to have a limited shelf-life, it is essential that only sufficient pesticide will ordered for requirements and that issues are made on a "first in -first out" basis. This is aimed at ensuring that, no huge amounts of agro-chemicals accumulate due over-stocking etc. and slow pace of usage. Records will be kept separate from the pesticide stock so that they are not destroyed in the event of a major disaster (such as fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane or destruction during civil unrest).

Records will be kept as sheets in a ledger or in card index form. Duplicate records adjacent to the stock itself may also be required, perhaps in simplified form. Again, a supply of material safety data sheets will be requested from the supplier or manufacturer. Records are to be accurate and with sufficient details to enable a replacement storekeeper to take over responsibility without necessarily having to refer to the previous storekeeper. This will enable smooth operations of the stores.

As noted, agro-chemicals have a limited shelf-life, and stock batches bought at different times may vary in formulation and packaging. It is important that a completely separate record be allocated to each consignment of different agro-chemicals as it is received by the store. The national authority responsible for the procurement of agro- chemicals needs to be regularly updated on stocks kept in various locations in the country and stores should be able to supply this information.

A possible layout for a pesticide store record sheet is given below. The store record sheet allows the progress of each consignment of a particular pesticide to be followed from receipt, through inspections, stocktaking and checking to issues, analysis of stock after the shelf-life has expired and disposal when deterioration has been established. The store supervisor should ensure that there is an adequate system being followed by the storekeeper at all times. The storekeeper should be trained in the use of the records system and must be responsible for its upkeep.

Sample pesticide store stock record sheet

Pesticide group Insecticide OP Ref. no. Inv 29/5[R3] Common name Chlorpyrifos Trade name Dursban Formulation/concentration % EC, 400 g/litre Manufacturer/supplier Dow Elanco, USA Quantity (agreed issuing quantity/package) 1 000 2.5-litre plastic containers Primary packaging quantity Four containers of 250 cartons Date received 20 December 2013 Use-by date 1 December 2015

Workers Safety and Protection There are certain measures which should always be undertaken by pesticide operators to help protect against contamination during the handling and application of pesticides. These measures should always be followed.

173

Reading and Understanding Labels The first principle is to always read and follow the label recommendations on the pesticide container. If the label information cannot be read or understood for any reason, then the operator should find someone who can explain the instructions to him. Apart from the written instructions, the operator should also look for pictorial information on the label which will indicate the degree of hazard presented by the pesticide formulation. Similarly, warning symbols, such as skull and crossbones, give information on the type of chemical hazard.

Know how to read the pesticide label i.e. common, active ingredient (chemical), and trade name of the pesticide on the label.  Know how to identify the percentage of active ingredient in the pesticide formulation; and  Understand the hazard levels associated with pesticides ions e.g. quantity, pests, dates, locations etc.

Things to know on pesticide labels include:  Trade (Product) Name, every manufacturer has a specified commercial trade name for their product. The trade name may indicate the type of formulation and the percentage of active ingredient (chemical in the pesticide responsible for the pesticidal activity). For example: Diazinon 60EC is the trade name and it contains 60% of Diazinon as the active ingredient and it is an emulsifiable concentrate (EC). Diazinon can also be marketed as “Sunzinon 60EC” or “Trisudin 60EC”.  Ingredient Statement. Every pesticide label should have the name and the percentage of the active ingredient (AI) and any inert ingredients which is usually not named. Inert ingredients do not possess pesticide activity and are usually added to serve as a carrier for the AI Classification Statement.  “Restricted Use” means that the pesticide is for retail sale only and to be used only by certified operators or persons under their direct supervision. Unclassified pesticides are common general use pesticides which can be purchased and used by the general public.  Type of Pesticide. The type of pesticide is listed on the front panel of the pesticide label. For example: “Insecticide for the control of insects on vegetables and ornamentals”.  Net Contents usually expressed as grams for dry formulations or liters for liquid formulations.  Signal Word and Symbols, most pesticides should have a signal word which indicates approximately how toxic the pesticide product is.

Avoiding Contamination - Direct exposure of the skin, nose, mouth or eyes should be avoided or minimized when working with pesticide products to reduce the chances of personal contamination.

When pouring and mixing the concentrated product, every effort should be made to avoid splashing or spilling onto skin or clothing. If any product falls on the skin, or into the eyes, then this should be washed off as soon as possible. Heavily contaminated clothing must be removed and washed with detergent and water.

174

The likelihood of contamination can be greatly reduced by using suitable equipment for measuring out and transferring the product. In particular the hands must never be used as scoops nor should the hands or arms be used to stir liquids.

The most appropriate application technique should be selected to control the pest problem. It is very important that the application equipment is in a good state of repair and that it is properly maintained and calibrated.

When spraying the diluted product the applicator should always work upwind of the spray to avoid coming into contact with it. He should also avoid contact with freshly sprayed foliage as far as possible.

Personal Hygiene - Another basic principle of personal protection is good hygiene when working with pesticides. This is to ensure that if any contamination occurs then it is removed in good time. In addition personal habits will help avoid direct contamination in itself.

Operators should not eat, drink or smoke during work and should not touch their face or other bare skin with soiled hands or gloves. They should always wash their hands and face after handling pesticides and before eating, drinking, smoking or going to the toilet. When they have finished work for the day they should then wash themselves thoroughly. Their work clothes should also be washed after work, separately from other clothing, and then dried.

Safety Gear - For the effective safety and protection of the workers handling agro- chemicals, the provision of the following is deemed necessary.  Helmet or cloth cap  Safety spectacles, goggles or face shield (attached to helmet)  Dust or light fume masks  Emergency vapor masks or half-face respirators with organic vapor cartridges  Nitrile rubber or neoprene gloves or gauntlets  Overalls  Nitrile rubber or neoprene aprons  Strong rubber or neoprene boots

175

Full Personal Protection a Pesticide Operator

In hot weather conditions, wearing of additional protective clothing and other equipment can cause severe discomfort and even physical distress due to heat stress if they are made of inappropriate materials. In addition, because of the discomfort, operators may dispense with protective apparel and become subject to greater exposure and possible contamination. There are certain measures which can help reduce this problem, namely:

a) Where possible using a pesticide formulation which does not require the wearing of additional items of protective clothing; b) Applying the pesticide in the cooler hours of the day when it is more comfortable to wear protective equipment.

Given the climate in Uganda, cotton may be the most comfortable material for making up protective garments and should be readily available on the market. The protection given by cotton depends upon its weight and thickness, therefore it is advisable to choose garments with the material as thick and as heavy as can be worn with reasonable comfort in the prevailing climate.

Another alternative material for wearing in the hot and humid conditions includes non- woven polypropylene. This material is as comfortable as cotton in these conditions but is less durable and therefore will have to be replaced more often according to the type of work involved.

Fire Emergencies Pesticides, especially those formulated as liquids, present major fire hazards because the solvents used in formulations (oils and petroleum distillates) have low flashpoints and may be readily vaporized at normal temperatures. In poorly ventilated stores heavy

176 vapors may likely accumulate near the floor if drums are left open or if leaks and spills are not cleared up. An electrical spark, naked flame or even the sun's rays concentrated by a glass container can potentially cause an explosion which can trigger and spread fire.

It is also important to note that, some wettable powders can start fires through spontaneous combustion, while sodium chlorate (used as a herbicide, defoliant, desiccant and soil sterilant) is a powerful oxidizing agent that easily catches fire and should only be supplied with a fire suppressant in the formulation (once sodium chlorate containers have been opened their entire contents should be used immediately).

The outside of pesticide stores should bear prominently displayed WARNING NOTICES stating "DANGER PESTICIDES: AUTHORIZED PERSONS ONLY" AND "NO SMOKING: NO NAKED FLAME" AS WELL AS HAZARD SYMBOLS. It is important that, rules governing the operations of the agro-chemical stores be strictly followed by all project staff.

The pesticide storage area must have a warning sign prominently displayed at the entrances bearing, in clearly visible, block letters, the words:

 Warning;  Authorized Persons Only and  Chemical Storage or Pesticide Storage

Warning Signage Outside the Store SMOKING SIGN in and outside the stores

This is possible by training of staff on safety aspects of agro-chemical storage, handling and application.

Fire extinguishers (powder or carbon dioxide, not water) should be available in the reach of the store and should be regularly checked. Static or running water (required, together with soap, for decontamination purposes) should also be available and buckets of sand or earth (also required for absorbing any liquid pesticide spills or leaks) are useful for putting out small fires.

In the event of a fire, it is essential to try to contain the agro-chemicals that leak from burning and exploding containers in the store. Hence, the need for bunding be done around the store to prevent the water used to fight the fire, which inevitably becomes

177 contaminated with pesticides, from contaminating the neighborhood and thus the environment generally.

Management of Pesticide Spills and Leaks

Leaks Containers may leak for a number of reasons; for example, strong sunlight can degrade some plastic containers, including bottles and plastic sacks. Rodents may damage paper, board or fibre containers. Termites may equally attack paper and card in chemical stores. Stores should be inspected regularly, at least every two months. Old, rotting and leaking containers are extremely difficult to move safely, so any leaking containers should be dealt with immediately. Usually, the only way to deal with a leak is to repack the material in a sound container. New containers are preferable; if available, but old containers of various types and sizes may be used for this purpose (old containers are also useful for temporarily storing the products of spills). They must have been thoroughly decontaminated (see next section) and their old labels completely removed.

Agro-chemicals will be repacked in containers made of the same materials as the original containers as some chemicals are not compatible with different materials. Ideally a drum that contained the same product should be used. If unavailable, the container must have been properly cleaned of previous contents to avoid cross- contamination. New labels must be written out immediately with all the information on the old label and fastened securely to the new container. Write the date of repacking (and the date of the original receipt) on the replacement container and ensure that the repacked material is used first.

Liquid spills The spill should not be hosed down as this merely disperses the pesticide over a wider area. A supply of absorbent sawdust, sand or dry soil should be kept in a container in the store. Nitrile rubber protective gloves and face-mask should be worn. Sawdust, sand or dry soil should be scattered over the area of the spill and left for a few minutes to soak up the chemical. The sawdust, sand or dry soil containing absorbed spilled chemical should be swept or shoveled up and placed in a marked container for disposal. After sweeping, more than once if necessary, a scrubbing brush at the end of a stick should be used to scrub down the area of the spill with water and strong soap or detergent. Excess soapy water should be removed with a rough floor cloth and not hosed down.

Solid spills  Dusts, wettable powders or granules can create dust when swept up without the use of an absorbent material. A supply of absorbent sawdust, sand or dry soil should be kept in a container in the store where they can easily be reached for use in an emergency.  Nitrile rubber protective gloves and face-mask should be worn. The sawdust, sand or dry soil should be dampened and applied with a shovel over the area of the spill.  The damp sawdust, sand or soil containing spillage material should be swept or shoveled up carefully and placed in a marked container for disposal.

178

 After sweeping, more than once if necessary, a scrubbing brush at the end of a stick should be used to scrub down the area of the spill with water and strong soap or detergent. Excess soapy water should be removed with a rough floor cloth and not hosed down.

Disposal of Pesticide Containers Accidents have reportedly been caused by empty pesticide containers which sometimes end up being used to store water and food. An empty pesticide container can never be cleaned completely of pesticide and should be disposed of in a way that ensures it cannot be used for other purposes. It is, however, wise to retain samples of various types of container, which have been carefully cleaned, in the pesticide store for use in repacking the contents of damaged containers and storing cleaned up leaks and spills prior to final disposal.

Empty containers awaiting disposal should be stored in a special, secure area in the pesticide store to ensure that they are not stolen and used for other purposes. Empty containers should always be cleaned out, as far as is practicable, before disposal to minimize both hazard and waste of residual pesticide.

Containers that have contained EC or wettable powder (WP) formulations should be rinsed with water several times and the rinsing added to the spray tank before it is topped up to the required volume. Following this, containers can be washed out with a mixture of water, detergent and caustic soda. Containers of liquid formulations may be cleaned with kerosene (paraffin) or diesel fuel and the washings (small quantities of about 5 liters) collected for sending later to a central location for disposal by the national authority in a safe and environmentally sound manner.

As long as they are not heavily contaminated paper, cardboard and fiberboard containers should be burnt on a fire in the open. However, cartons that have contained phenoxy acid herbicides should not be burnt because the combustion products can damage crops at long distances. Highly contaminated cardboard, paper and jute materials should be collected and sent to the central disposal centers along with other toxic waste.

NOTE: LABEL INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED FOR THE PROPER DISPOSAL OF THE RESPECTIVE PESTICIDE CONTAINERS!

Disposal of expired agro-chemicals Occasions will arise when it will be necessary to dispose of agro-chemicals concentrates, either because the stock is outdated or has been found to be unusable or because the product is no longer registered for the original purpose. Where very large quantities are to be disposed of, professional advice must be sought from the suppliers and national authority.

If only a few kilograms or liters of pesticide are involved, they should be collected for sending later to a central location for disposal by the national authority. Larger quantities of agro-chemicals are best disposed of by burning in a special incinerator (at 1,200°C) - this does not mean that it would be safe to burn them at a lower temperature on a fire. Incineration requires special equipment with provision for "scrubbing" the combustion products, but this is beyond the capacity of agro-chemicals

179 storekeepers and should be referred to the relevant national authority. Other means of disposal are to return the pesticide to the supplier or pass it on to a specialist disposal agent elected by the national authority.

Returning the pesticide to the supplier or to the national authority is the safest means of disposal. Disposal involves chemical methods such as alkaline and acid hydrolysis. Oxidation, reduction and spraying on to the ground or allowing escaping into the atmosphere may also be employed, but require specialist skills. The end product in most cases is still toxic. Storekeepers should not become directly involved with pesticide disposal and should refer to the relevant national authority.

180

Annex 9: Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) Template and Generic Mitigation Measures for Sub-projects

A. ESMP Template

Potential Mitigation/ Monitoring Responsible Implementation Cost and Impacts Enhancement Parameter Entity Schedule Source of Measures Funds

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operation and Maintenance Phase

181

Summary of the Environmental Management Plan for RPRLP

Project Project Activities Project Impacts Mitigation Measures Project Phase Surveillance Mitigation Component Cost Responsible Frequency (USD) Entity Component Rehabilitation and Safety of dam for users; Possibilities of fencing Operational DEOs/DVO/ Bi-Weekly All the 01: Natural Rehabilitation of water Soils erosion from loose soils; dams; DCUs/Distri costs for Resource facilities Loss of vegetation from site Vegetation planting Construction ct Bi-Weekly mitigation Management clearance; on the embankments; Engineers measures to be Management of cut to spoil Securing dump sites for embedd materials; disposal of cut to spoil Operational/Co DEOs/DVO/ Bi-Weekly ed under Management of construction materials; nstruction DCUs project waste at end of the project Site restoration and costs works; clean up at the end of Construction Bi-Weekly Land degradation from the project; animal watering and at the Routine cattle DEOs/DVO/ dams; vaccination Operational DCUs Bi-Weekly Potential spread of disease in programmes; livestock and humans; Restoration of borrow DEOs/DVO/ Creation of borrow pits; pits; Construction DCUs Bi-Weekly May trigger some impacts on Stock piling top soil for physical cultural resources restoration of borrow DEOs/DVO/ such as graves amongst areas; DCUs others; and With minimal Complaints over restoration, some of compensation for borrow and the borrow sites could DEOs/DVO/ dump sites for cut to spoil be sources of water for DCUs materials. livestock; PCR Chance Finds Procedures have been prepared to remedy such issues; Compensation for the borrow areas and dumpsites as per available law and policies; and Conducting ESIAs and Project Briefs. Rehabilitation of Rehabilitation work can May be necessary to Operation Dept. of watersheds temporarily deny users access phase rehabilitation Disaster

182

Project Project Activities Project Impacts Mitigation Measures Project Phase Surveillance Mitigation Component Cost Responsible Frequency (USD) Entity to the watersheds; work to allow and Early Cutting of vegetation communities access Warning in Burning of old grass and and use of watersheds; OPM shrubbery Restrict clearance of Seeding with good quality site to areas required grass species for the project;

Establishment of field Occupational health and Provide workers with Construction DEOs/DVO/ Monthly Will be agro-pastoral schools safety of workers; PPEs; DCUs integrat Extraction and transportation Restoration of works ed in the of construction materials can and cleanup work project have impacts on areas; budget. communities; Application of Chance May trigger some PCR Finds Procedures for concerns; and management of PCR Management of construction concerns that may be waste and debris triggered. Accidents on workers Component Rehabilitation of and Potential land take issues; A Resettlement Policy Construction DEOs/DVO/ Monthly To be 02: Marketing construction of Extraction and transportation Framework is in place DCUs/Distri integrat and Trade livestock markets of construction materials; to guide land uptake ct ed into Waste management in the issues; Engineers overall markets; Establishment of waste Operations project Crime issues may go up during management facilities budgets. operations of markets; e.g. toilets and Management of condemned contracting their carcasses; maintenance to May trigger some PCR service providers; concerns; Application Chance Public health concerns on finds procedures Construction abattoirs operations; during Issues of HIV/AIDS; implementation; Dangers from errant animals Disposal of once off-loaded in the condemned carcasses Operation markets; in special pits; and Potential spread of livestock Errant animals will be in diseases. secure market fenced enclosures. Operation

183

Project Project Activities Project Impacts Mitigation Measures Project Phase Surveillance Mitigation Component Cost Responsible Frequency (USD) Entity Rehabilitation of Potential land take issues; Application of RPF Construction DVOs/DAO Bi- Weekly Border Check Points Extraction and transportation guide land and s/DEOs/Pub of construction materials; compensation for lic Health Waste management in the construction materials; Construction Staff/District facilities; Establish toilets and Engineers Management of condemned have them routinely carcasses; cleaned Operation May trigger some PCR Use of pits with concerns; lockable tops and Issues of HIV/AIDS; dosing such carcasses Potential spread of livestock with waste engine oils; diseases. Sensitization in on Operation HIV/AIDS; Part of Involvement of DVOs Operation project and DAOs in cost managements and operations of such facilities. Rehabilitation and Risks with management of Adopt international Operation DVOs/DEOs Monthly Part of construction of reagents and specimens; best practices in and project regional laboratories Accidents laboratory operations; DAOs/Distri budget. Disposal of waste reagents Availing PPEs for ct laboratory staff; and Operations Engineers Application of PMP as in Annex 5 in this ESMF. Operations Rehabilitation of and Potential land take issues; Application of RPF Construction DVOs/DAO construction of animal Extraction and transportation procedures in place to s/District Holding/Auction of construction materials; address land take and Engineers Grounds Waste management in the compensation for facilities; materials extracted; Management of condemned Restoration of sites; carcasses; Engage HI/AIDS May trigger some PCR service providers to Construction concerns; conduct sensitization Operation Issues of HIV/AIDS; and awareness Issues of errant bulls that may campaigns and issue be a risk to the stock; and condoms;

184

Project Project Activities Project Impacts Mitigation Measures Project Phase Surveillance Mitigation Component Cost Responsible Frequency (USD) Entity Potential spread of livestock Animals to be diseases. checked and certified before transportation for sale. Operations Trade routes Mapping process may deny Phasing of the exercise Construction DVOs and Monthly Part of demarcation users of such areas. to allow continuous DEOs project use of such areas budget. during implementation. Demarcation of Mapping process may deny Phasing of the exercise Construction DVOs and Monthly Part of Watering points users of such areas. to allow continuous DEOs project use of such areas budget. during implementation. Grazing and Strategic Mapping process may deny Phasing of the exercise Construction DVOs and Monthly Part of Livestock feed reserves users of such areas. to allow continuous DEOs project to be demarcated use of such areas budget. during implementation. Component Communal Potential land take issues; Application of RPF in Construction DVOs/Distri Monthly These 03: Demonstration Extraction and transportation guiding land take and ct are to Livelihoods Permanent Crashes of construction materials; construction materials Engineers be part (galvanized iron) to be Occupational health and related issues; of support constructed as well as safety of workers; Provide workers with project crushes in selected Waste management during PPEs; Construction DVOs/DEOs Monthly budget. sites constructed operation of the facilities; Apply Best May trigger some PCR Construction Practices; concerns during construction; Use of Chance Finds Construction District Monthly Issues of errant bulls that may Procedures; Engineers be a risk to the stock; Galvanized iron bars Construction Management of acarides; will hold back such and bulls; and Construction/Op District Monthly Potential spread of livestock Acaricides handling eration Engineers diseases. and storage will be as in PMP in Annex 5; and Operation DVOs/DAO Monthly S s/DEOs Veterinary staff to routinely monitor stock.

185

Project Project Activities Project Impacts Mitigation Measures Project Phase Surveillance Mitigation Component Cost Responsible Frequency (USD) Entity Operation DVOs Monthly

Establishment of Field Site clearances leads to loss of Restrict clearances; Construction DVOs and Monthly Part of Demonstration Plots to vegetation; Apply PMP Guidelines DEOs project be established Application of pesticides; and in pest management; budget. Safety of workers. and Provide workers with PPEs.

Storage facilities in 12 Potential land take issues; Application of RPF Construction DAOs/DVO Monthly Part of districts Extraction and transportation procedures in place to /District project of construction materials; address land take and Engineers budget. Occupational health and compensation for safety of workers; materials extracted; Waste management during Restoration of sites; operation of the facilities; Engage HI/AIDS May trigger some PCR service providers to Construction District Monthly concerns during construction; conduct sensitization Engineers Management of pesticides in and awareness Construction and DEOs keeping off rodents and pests; campaigns and issue and condoms; HIV/AIDS Monthly Potential risks of snake bites Application of PMP service inside stores. Guide in management providers of rodenticides and pesticides; Operation DAOs/DEOs Monthly Keeping areas around stores clear of tall vegetation to keep off potential rodent predators such as Operations Communiti Continuou snakes which are a risk es s to humans.

186

Annex 10: Sample Contract Clauses for Civil Works

The following information is intended solely as broad guidance to be used in conjunction with local and national regulations. Based on this information, environmental rules for contractors should be developed for each project, taking into account the subproject size, site characteristics, and location (rural vs. urban). After choosing an appropriate site and design, construction activities can proceed. As these construction activities could cause significant impacts on and nuisances to surrounding areas, careful planning of construction activities is critical. Therefore the following rules (including specific prohibitions and construction management measures) should be incorporated into all relevant bidding documents, contracts, and work orders.

PROHIBITIONS

The following activities are prohibited on or near the project site:  Cutting of trees for any reason outside the approved construction area;  Hunting, fishing, wildlife capture, or plant collection;  Use of unapproved toxic materials, including lead-based paints, asbestos, etc.  Disturbance to anything with architectural or historical value;  Building of fires;  Use of firearms (except authorized security guards);  Use of alcohol by workers.

PROTECTION OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL SITES

A clause for “Protection of Archaeological and Historical Sites’ should be added to all bidding documents for the works contract which explains the steps to follow whenever new archaeological remains, antiquity or any other object of cultural or archaeological importance are encountered during construction.

Excavation in sites of known archaeological interest should be avoided. Where this is unavoidable, prior discussions must be held with the Department of Museums and Monuments in order to undertake pre-construction excavation or assign an archaeologist to log discoveries as construction proceeds. Where historical remains, antiquity or any other object of cultural or archaeological importance are unexpectedly discovered during construction in an area not previously known for its archaeological interest, the following procedures should be applied:

a) Stop construction activities. b) Delineate the discovered site area. c) Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In case of removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard should be present until the responsible authority takes over. d) Notify the responsible foreman/archaeologist. Who in turn should notify the responsible authorities, Department of Museums and Monuments and local authorities (within less than 24 hours)

187

e) Responsible authorities would be in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on the proper procedures to be carried out. f) An evaluation of the finding will be performed by the Department of Museums and Monuments. The significance and importance of the findings will be assessed according to various criteria relevant to cultural heritage including aesthetic, historic, scientific or research, social and economic values. g) Decision on how to handle the finding will be reached based on the above assessment and could include changes in the project layout (in case of finding an irrevocable remain of cultural or archaeological importance), conservation, preservation, restoration or salvage. h) Implementation of the authority decision concerning the management of the finding. i) Construction work could resume only when permission is given from the Department of Museums and Monuments after the decision concerning the safeguard of the heritage is fully executed.

In case of delay incurred in direct relation to Archeological findings not stipulated in the contract (and affecting the overall schedule of works), the contractor may apply for an extension of time. However the contractor will not be entitled for any kind of compensation or claim other than what is directly related to the execution of the archeological findings works and protections

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT MEASURES

Waste Management and Erosion: Solid, sanitation, and, hazardous wastes must be properly controlled, through the implementation of the following measures:

Waste Management:  Minimize the production of waste that must be treated or eliminated.  Identify and classify the type of waste generated. If hazardous wastes (including health care wastes) are generated, proper procedures must be taken regarding their storage, collection, transportation and disposal.  Identify and demarcate disposal areas clearly indicating the specific materials that can be deposited in each.  Control placement of all construction waste (including earth cuts) to approved disposal sites (>300 m from rivers, streams, lakes, or wetlands).  Dispose in authorized areas all of garbage, metals, used oils, and excess material generated during construction, incorporating recycling systems and the separation of materials.

Maintenance:  Identify and demarcate equipment maintenance areas (>30m from rivers, streams, lakes or wetlands).  Ensure that all equipment maintenance activities, including oil changes, are conducted within demarcated maintenance areas; never dispose spent oils on the ground, in water courses, drainage canals or in sewer systems.  Identify, demarcate and enforce the use of within-site access routes to limit impact to site vegetation.

188

 Install and maintain an adequate drainage system to prevent erosion on the site during and after construction.

Erosion Control  Erect erosion control barriers around perimeter of cuts, disposal pits, and roadways.  Spray water on dirt roads, cuts, fill material and stockpiled soil to reduce wind- induced erosion, as needed.  Maintain vehicle speeds at or below 10mph within work area at all times.

Stockpiles and Borrow Pits  Identify and demarcate locations for stockpiles and borrow pits, ensuring that they are 30 meters away from critical areas such as steep slopes, erosion-prone soils, and areas that drain directly into sensitive water bodies.  Limit extraction of material to approved and demarcated borrow pits.

Site Cleanup  Establish and enforce daily site clean-up procedures, including maintenance of adequate disposal facilities for construction debris.

Safety during Construction The Contractor’s responsibilities include the protection of every person and nearby property from construction accidents. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all national and local safety requirements and any other measures necessary to avoid accidents, including the following:

 Carefully and clearly mark pedestrian-safe access routes.  If school children are in the vicinity, include traffic safety personnel to direct traffic.  Maintain supply of supplies for traffic signs (including paint, easel, sign material, etc.), road marking, and guard rails to maintain pedestrian safety during construction.  Conduct safety training for construction workers prior to beginning work.  Provide personal protective equipment and clothing (goggles, gloves, respirators, dust masks, hard hats, steel-toed and –shanked boots, etc.,) for construction workers and enforce their use.  Post Material Safety Data Sheets for each chemical present on the worksite.  Require that all workers read, or are read, all Material Safety Data Sheets. Clearly explain the risks to them and their partners, especially when pregnant or planning to start a family. Encourage workers to share the information with their physicians, when relevant.  Ensure that the removal of asbestos-containing materials or other toxic substances be performed and disposed of by specially trained workers.  During heavy rains or emergencies of any kind, suspend all work.  Brace electrical and mechanical equipment to withstand seismic events during the construction.

Nuisance and dust control To control nuisance and dust the Contractor should:

189

 Maintain all construction-related traffic at or below 15 mph on roads within 200 m of the site.  Maintain all on-site vehicle speeds at or below 10 mph.  To the extent possible, maintain noise levels associated with all machinery and equipment at or below 90 db.  In sensitive areas (including residential neighborhoods, hospitals, rest homes, etc.) more strict measures may need to be implemented to prevent undesirable noise levels.  Minimize production of dust and particulate materials at all times, to avoid impacts on surrounding families and businesses, and especially to vulnerable people (children, elders).  Phase removal of vegetation to prevent large areas from becoming exposed to wind.  Place dust screens around construction areas, paying particular attention to areas close to housing, commercial areas, and recreational areas.  Spray water as needed on dirt roads, cut areas and soil stockpiles or fill material.  Apply proper measures to minimize disruptions from vibration or noise coming from construction activities.

Community Relations To enhance adequate community relations the Contractor should:  Following the Ugandan and EA requirements i.e. inform the population about construction and work schedules, interruption of services, traffic detour routes and provisional bus routes, as appropriate.  Limit construction activities at night. When necessary ensure that night work is carefully scheduled and the community is properly informed so they can take necessary measures.  At least five days in advance of any service interruption (including water, electricity, telephone, and traffic routes) the community must be advised through postings at the project site, at bus stops, and in affected homes/businesses.

Environmental Supervision during Construction The bidding documents should indicate how compliance with environmental rules and design specifications would be supervised, along with the penalties for non-compliance by contractors or workers. Construction supervision requires oversight of compliance with the manual and environmental specifications by the contractor or his designated environmental supervisor. Contractors are also required to comply with national and municipal regulations governing the environment, public health and safety.

190

Annex 11: List of Persons Consulted

Sr NAME M/F DESIGNATION DISTRICT No. 1 Okwakol Lawrence M ACAO Katakwi

2 Otim Charles M DNRO Amuria

3 Dr Opolot John M DVO Amuria

4 Apolot Jane Francis F AVO Kumi

5 Dr Onyaiti Alfred Opiede M DVO Kumi

6 Ongaba Stephen M District Planner Bukedea

7 Dr Ongelech Francis M DVO Bukedea

8 Chemisto Samuel M Ag DNRO Kween

9 Dr Yesho Nelson M DVO Kween

10 Tengei Mario Lokut M A DAO Nakapiripiti

11 Dr kathiya Dominic Lokeris M DVO Nakapiripiti

12 Odeng Emmanuel M Ag DEO Nakapiripiti

13 Lomwai Shadrack M Ag DPO Amudat

14 Ariong Deborah Alinga F DNRO Amudat

15 Dr Kaziro Micheal M DVO Amudat

16 Achula O F DPO Moroto

17 Dr Orongo T T W M Ag DVO Moroto

18 Dr Elungat J I M DVO Katakwi

19 OKUL MICHAEL M AAHO BUKEDEA

20 OLUKA MICHAEL M SENIOR ENTOMOLOGIST BUKEDEA ONGOM B. SILVER M DISTRICT PRODUCTION KATAKWI 21 OFFICER DR. ELUNGAT. J M DISTRICT VETERINARY KATAKWI 22 OFFICER 23 LOKAKWA GEOFREY L. M PARISH CHIEF MOROTO

24 NAKIRU SUSAN F NATIVE MOROTO

25 DR. ONYAIT. A M DVO/AGDPC KUMI

OKALANG EMMANUEL M DNRO KUMI

191

26 OKIRICU ALEX M DCDO KUMI

27 MUBANI ARAPKISSA M Ag.DAO KWEEN CHEPKURUI ISAAC M DISTRICT NAADS KWEEN 28 COORDINATOR Dr. YESHO NELSON M DVO/Ag.DPO KWEEN

29 CHEBET ROSE F DCDO KWEEN

30 OKWAKOL JOSEPH M RDC KWEEN

31 MALINGA MARTIN M FARMER KWEEN

32 CHELIMO STEPHEN M FARMER KWEEN

33 CHEROTIN PATRICK M SNC NGENGE S/C KWEEN MULAKI ANTHONY M CHAIRMAN S/C FARMERS’ KWEEN 34 FORA 35 CHEPSIKOR D. JUMA M S/C CHIEF NGENGE KWEEN

36 KENYATIA K. ALFRED M FARMER KWEEN

37 KITIYO MOSES M FARMER KWEEN LABU HABIBU M FARMER KWEEN 38

SANYA LABU M COUNCILLOR LC.III KWEEN 39

CHABANG JAMES M COUNCILLOR LC.III KWEEN 40

MANDE JEREMIAH M FARMER KWEEN 41

KASSAJA TAKWENYI M FARMER KWEEN 42

CHEPTAI ALEX M FARMER KWEEN 43

AMWENYUN DUNCAN M FARMER KWEEN 44

ATEBENI SOLOMON M FARMER KWEEN 45

MUTULEI STEPHEN M CHAIRMAN LC.I SOSHO KWEEN 46

ACHOCHORO BECKY F COUNCILLOR LC.V AMUDAT 47

ALUNGAT JOYCE F FEMALE YOUTH AMUDAT 48 COUNCILLOR LC.V LOSEKORI JOSEPH M COUNCILLOR OF PWDs AMUDAT 49 LC.V CHEPTILAK LONAH F CHAIRPERSON FINANCE AMUDAT 50 COMMITTEE, DISTRICT COUNCL LOCHUL EMMANUEL F MALE YOUTH AMUDAT 51 COUNCILLOR LC.V

192

NANGIRO ROBERT M NAADS COORDINATOR, AMUDAT 52 AMUDAT TOWN COUNCIL LOKONIOLO SAMSON M FARMER AMUDAT 53

LONWAI SHADRACK M AAG. DPO AMUDAT 54

LOKIRU PAUL M FARMER AMUDAT 55

YARAKORI LOKONG M FARMER AMUDAT 56

AMASILE AMOS M FARMER AMUDAT 57

LOGWE GABRIEL M FARMER KOTIDO 58

ACHAU PETER M FARMER KOTIDO 59

ABOL LOKOYA M FARMER KOTIDO 60

KEEM MATEO M FARMER KOTIDO 61

ACHAU ENIWA F FARMER KOTIDO 61

LONGOROK APAI M FARMER KOTIDO 63

LOKOL TOODO M FARMER KOTIDO 64

DEDENG PETER M FARMER KOTIDO 65

IMADI GWARAKORI F FARMER KOTIDO 66

ODEKE ROBERT M FARMER KOTIDO 67

LOMURIA KETE F FARMER KOTIDO 68

SAGAL HENRY M D/DISO KOTIDO 69

OGWANG CONSTANTINE M SAHO KOTIDO 70

AJOK JANET F AHO KOTIDO 71

NATYANG CECILIA F CAO KOTIDO 72

ADUPA DENIS M FARMER KABONG 73

LOKOL ALEX M FARMER KABONG 74

LONIPE MARK M FARMER KABONG 75

LOKONG SIMON M FARMER KABONG 76

LOKIDING PAUL M FARMER KABONG 77

78 LONGOLI SAMSON M FARMER KABONG

193

KALI CLEMENT M FARMER KABONG 79 MODING CHRISTINE F FARMER KABONG 80

ILUKAL MARIA F FARMER KABONG 81

LUKUYANA F FARMER KABONG 82

EKURE PHILIP M FARMER KABONG 83

NAYAON PHILIP NERI M FARMER KABONG 84

LOKORU PETER M FARMER KABONG 85

LEMU ROBERT M FARMER KABONG 86

LOJORE INYASIO M FARMER KABONG 87

CHILLA CHARLES M FARMER KABONG 88

ILUKAL THOMAS M FARMER KABONG 89

LONGOLI PETER M FARMER KABONG 90

LOCHOM JAMES M FARMER KABONG 91

ILUKAL MOSES M FARMER KABONG 92

LOCHUL JACOB M FARMER KABONG 93

NAMUYA N. FRANCESCA F ACDO AMUDAT 94

OBONG ALFRED M NAADS COORDINATOR AMUDAT 95

96 LOGIEL ANTHONY ABBOT M CDO AMUDAT 97 ASIO ANGELLA F AASP AMUDAT 98 CHENANGAT PENINAH F FARMER AMUDAT 99 LOROT SYLIVIA F FARMER AMUDAT 100 Apeyo Lokwamudang M Jie Elder, Kotido Kotido l 101 NALII ANNA F FARMER KOTIDO 102 LOMUSE LUCIA F FARMER KOTIDO 103 NGURA MARIA F FARMER KOTIDO 103 AMIN DADA F FARMER KOTIDO 104 UMA CHARLES M DEPUTY CAO KABONG 105 AngolereBeye M Elder Kotido 106 LOKWEE JOHN JUJAN M ACAO KABONG 107 BAATOM BEN KORYANG M DCDO KABONG 108 LOTINYANG FRANCIS FRANK M DISTRICT VICE C/PERSON KABONG 109 NAKIRU LILLY GRACE F COUNCILLOR LC.V KABONG 110 OGWANG JINO M Ag.DPO ABIM

194

111 Dr. OLUGE PETER M DVO ABIM 112 OJOK ANJELO KENNETH M Ag. DAO ABIM 113 LAMMY OYOLLO M SCDO ABIM 114 ODONG ORYONO ROBBIN M DYC ABIM 115 KAZIBA MOSES NANDHALA M CAO ABIM 116 OKONG PAUL MWANGA M DYC ABIM 117 OCHEN SIMON PETER M FARMER KABONG 118 LEMUKOL PAUL M FARMER KABONG 119 LOCHUL INYASIO M FARMER KABONG 120 ASIYO ANTHONY M FARMER KABONG 121 SAMALITA THOMAS M FARMER KABONG 122 NAMONGIN JULIANA F FARMER KABONG 123 MACHU CECILIA F FARMER KABONG 124 LEMU ALICE F FARMER KABONG 125 ARIKO MATAN F FARMER KABONG 126 LOKWANG MARK M FARMER KABONG 127 LOKOL JOSEPH M FARMER KABONG 128 BENGA TITUS M DNC NAPAK 129 LOCHUNGOKOL JOHN M NAPAK 130 KORYANG TICOCHY M ACAO NAPAK 131 RIISA JOSHUA JEFFERSON M SUB COUNTY CHIEF NAPAK 132 Dr. OPOLOT JOHN M DVO AMURIA 133 Dr. CHELI PETER M DVC AMURIA 134 OLOIT MICHAEL M DCDO AMURIA 135 EPAJU PIUS M CAO AMURIA 136 RIPLANGET MICHAEL FRED M FARMER KWEEN 137 MASAU RASHID M FARMER KWEEN 138 MAMA ESTHER F FARMER KWEEN 139 KITIYO MARTIN M FARMER KWEEN 140 CHEKWEMBOI DIANA F FARMER KWEEN 141 CHEBOJUMA CAROLINE F FARMER KWEEN 142 KAPSOL TOM CHEROP M FARMER KWEEN 143 LOTEE ZADORY TWALA F ACDO MOROTO 144 EJAJAWAI GODFREY JULIUS M AASP MOROTO 145 OPOLOT JONATHAN M AASP MOROTO 146 AKOL Y. LILLY F OA MOROTO 147 ONYANGA RONALD M SNC MOROTO 148 ALANY FAUSTINO M LC I CHAIRMAN MOROTO 149 LOPEYOK PETER M ELDER MOROTO 150 ODONG ALICE F HOUSE WIFE MOROTO 151 NACHUGE VERONICA F HOUSE WIFE MOROTO 152 IDITEMANY VICTOR M ADWO NAKAPIRIPIRIT 153 TENGEI MARIO LOKUT M DAO NAKAPIRIPIRIT LONYEE JOHN M SEC. WORKS AND TECH. NAKAPIRIPIRIT 154 SERVICES 155 LOCHORO MARIO M LC II CHAIRPERSON KOTIDO 156 ADOME LOLERE M FARMER KOTIDO

195

157 MUNYES JOSEPH M FARMER KOTIDO 158 LOKWI APAKAKEB M FARMER KOTIDO 159 AWOT SIMON P. M FARMER KOTIDO 160 AKULLO SOPHIA F FARMER KOTIDO 161 KIYONGA MARTINA F FARMER KOTIDO 162 KORIANG NIGHT F FARMER KOTIDO 163 ACHEN ROSE F FARMER KOTIDO 164 Abonyo Agnes F Youth Member Kotido District 165 Achayo Gloria F Youth Member Kaabong District 166 Aguma Betty F Youth Member Kotido District 167 Akello Irene F Youth Member Kotido District 168 Akol Anna Grace F Youth, Female Napak

196

Annex 12 ESMF Quarter and Annual Reporting Form

1. General Location of the subproject [Type here – Specific location of each subproject can be written in the remark column corresponding each subprojects]

District: [Type here]

Reporting Quarter/Year: [type here]

Date of the report: [Type here]

2. Project’s summary: Here, short description of the subprojects which are implemented during the reporting period will be done focusing on to how many of them are screened; ESMP, RAP, PMP and other instruments prepared; field appraisal done; ESIA carried out; reviewed; approved and other aspects of the implementation of the ESMF. Capacity building activities, challenged faced, and lesson learned will also be described in short here.

197

3. In the table below, fill and tick for a number of subprojects/activities (screened, reviewed and approved) described below against the column question

Type of Subprojects/activities Subprojects for which Remarks

where where the

quarter/year

this this category

Approved this

subproject located

District

Application included

ESMFchecklist (Annex

Number subprojectsof in

Desk review/app raisal undertaken ESMP prepared Field appraisal undertaken RAP prepared PMP prepared ESIA Carried out 1. Natural Resources Management

Construction of watershed based different soil and water conservation structures Establishment of nursery

Plantation of multipurpose trees

Others (specify)

Construction of micro dams

Construction of weir

Construction of farm pond

Construction of HDW

Construction of other WH structures

Construction of water supply structures (bore hole and others) Others (specify)

198

Type of Subprojects/activities Subprojects for which Remarks

where where the

quarter/year

this this category

Approved this

subproject located

District

Application included

ESMFchecklist (Annex

Number subprojectsof in

Desk review/app raisal undertaken ESMP prepared Field appraisal undertaken RAP prepared PMP prepared ESIA Carried out 2. Market center development

Construction of primary market center

Construction of secondary market center

Construction of tertiary market center

Upgrading/strengthening/construction of veterinary clinic Upgrading/strengthening/construction of veterinary laboratories Construction/strengthening slaughterhouses

Others (specify)

3. Livelihood support

Animal fattening

Milk production (dairy farm)

Milk processing (dairy processing)

199

Type of Subprojects/activities Subprojects for which Remarks

where where the

quarter/year

this this category

Approved this

subproject located

District

Application included

ESMFchecklist (Annex

Number subprojectsof in

Desk review/app raisal undertaken ESMP prepared Field appraisal undertaken RAP prepared PMP prepared ESIA Carried out Poultry production

Aquaculture

Bee keeping

Honey processing

Mining

Others (specify)

200

4. Have communities been involved in the identification of subprojects? Tick [x] [ ] Yes [ ] No

If yes, describe:

[type here]

Please explain any participatory issues that have impacted the ability of the communities to identify subprojects

[type here]

5. Were there any unforeseen environmental or social problems associated with any subprojects approved and implemented this year? If so, please identify the subprojects and summarize the problem(s) and what was or will be done to solve the problem(s). Use a summary table like the one below. Subproject Key gaps or areas of Key action taken Follow up activities non- recommended (action to compliance(problems) be taken)

201

6. Is the project [type the name of the project here] positively contributing to the environment in this District?

Yes

Too early to say

Please explain:

[type here]

7. Did the subproject improve the welfare of women and youth in this District? Yes

Too early to say

Please explain:

202

[type here]

8. Has there been any analysis of cumulative environmental and social impacts of RPLRP projects in this District? Tick [x] [ ] Yes [ ] No

If yes, describe:

[type here]

9. Have there been any environmental and/or social analyses undertaken in this District in connection to RPLRP projects? Tick [x] [ ] Yes [ ] No

If yes, describe:

[type here]

10. Training Please the types of training given at your County.

203

[type here]

Please list the types of training needed to ensure the effectiveness of the ESMF in your District.

[type here]

11. Completed by: [Name] Position: [type here – positions of all contributors]

Date: [type here]

204